| Mat 1:12 | A ma hope mai o ka lawe ʻana i Babulona, na Iekonia ʻo Saletiʻela; na Saletiʻela ʻo Zerubabela; | After the exile to Babylon: Jeconiah was the father of Shealtiel, Shealtiel the father of Zerubbabel, |
| Mat 3:11 | ʻO wau nō ke bapetizo aku nei iā ʻoukou i ka wai, no ka mihi; akā, ʻo ka mea e hele mai ana ma hope oʻu, he nui aku kona mana i koʻu, ʻaʻole au e pono ke lawe i kona mau kāmaʻa; nāna ʻoukou e bapetizo aku i ka ʻUhane Hemolele a me ke ahi. | "I baptize you with water for repentance. But after me will come one who is more powerful than I, whose sandals I am not fit to carry. He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire. |
| Mat 4:2 | Hoʻokē ʻai ihola ia i hoʻokahi kanahā lā, a me nā pō he kanahā, a ma hope iho, pōloli ihola ia. | After fasting forty days and forty nights, he was hungry. |
| Mat 5:13 | ʻO ʻoukou nō ka paʻakai o ka honua: akā, inā pau ka liʻu o ka paʻakai, pehea lā ia e liʻu hou ai? ʻAʻohe ona mea e pono ai ma ia hope, e kiola wale ia i waho e hehi ʻia ai e nā kānaka. | "You are the salt of the earth. But if the salt loses its saltiness, how can it be made salty again? It is no longer good for anything, except to be thrown out and trampled by men. |
| Mat 9:20 | Aia hoʻi, he wahine heʻe koko i nā makahiki he ʻumikumamālua, hele akula ia ma hope iho ona, a hoʻopā akula i ka lepa o kona ʻaʻahu: | Just then a woman who had been subject to bleeding for twelve years came up behind him and touched the edge of his cloak. |
| Mat 12:45 | A laila, hele aku nō ia, a lawe pū mai me ia i nā ʻuhane ʻē aʻe i ʻehiku, ua ʻoi aku ko lākou ʻino i kona iho; komo lākou i loko, a noho i laila: a hewa loa aku ka hope o ua kanaka lā i kona noho ʻana ma mua. Pēlā auaneʻi nō hoʻi kēia hanauna hewa. | Then it goes and takes with it seven other spirits more wicked than itself, and they go in and live there. And the final condition of that man is worse than the first. That is how it will be with this wicked generation." |
| Mat 15:23 | ʻAʻole ia i ʻōlelo iki aku iā ia. Hele akula kāna mau haumāna, a noi akula iā ia, E hoʻihoʻi aku ʻoe iā ia; no ka mea, ke walaʻau mai nei ia ma hope o kākou. | Jesus did not answer a word. So his disciples came to him and urged him, "Send her away, for she keeps crying out after us." |
| Mat 16:23 | Hāliu aʻela kēlā, ʻī maila iā Petero, E hele ʻoe pēlā ma hope oʻu, e Sātana: He mea hihia ʻoe noʻu; no ka mea, ʻaʻole ʻoe e manaʻo nei e like me kā ke Akua, ʻo kā ke kanaka kāu e manaʻo nei. | Jesus turned and said to Peter, "Get behind me, Satan! You are a stumbling block to me; you do not have in mind the things of God, but the things of men." |
| Mat 19:30 | A he nui nā mea mua e lilo ana i hope, a ʻo nā mea hope e lilo ana i mua. | But many who are first will be last, and many who are last will be first. |
| Mat 20:8 | A ahiahi aʻela, ʻī akula ka haku nona ka pā waina i kona puʻukū, E kāhea, aku ʻoe i ka poʻe paʻaua, a e hāʻawi aku iā lākou i ka uku, mai ka poʻe hope mai a hiki aku i ka poʻe mua. | "When evening came, the owner of the vineyard said to his foreman, 'Call the workers and pay them their wages, beginning with the last ones hired and going on to the first.' |
| Mat 20:12 | ʻĪ aʻela, ʻo kēia poʻe hope, hoʻokahi wale nō hora o kā lākou hana ʻana, a ua hoʻohālike mai ʻoe iā lākou me mākou, ka poʻe hoʻoikaika i ka wā luhi a me ka wela o ka lā. | 'These men who were hired last worked only one hour,' they said, 'and you have made them equal to us who have borne the burden of the work and the heat of the day.' |
| Mat 20:14 | E lawe ʻoe i kāu, a e hele. ʻO koʻu makemake nō e hāʻawi aku na kēia poʻe ma hope e like me kāu. | Take your pay and go. I want to give the man who was hired last the same as I gave you. |
| Mat 20:16 | Pēlā hoʻi ka poʻe hope e lilo i mua, a ʻo ka poʻe mua i hope: no ka mea, he nui nā mea i hea ʻia, akā he ʻuʻuku ka poʻe i wae ʻia. | "So the last will be first, and the first will be last." |
| Mat 21:9 | Hoʻokani aʻela ka poʻe hele ma mua, a me ka poʻe hahai ma hope, ʻī akula, Hōsana i ka Mamo a Dāvida! E hoʻonani ʻia ka Mea e hele mai nei ma ka inoa o ka Haku; Hōsana i ka lani kiʻekiʻe loa! | The crowds that went ahead of him and those that followed shouted, "Hosanna to the Son of David!" "Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord!" "Hosanna in the highest!" |
| Mat 21:19 | ʻIke aʻela ia i kekahi lāʻau fiku ma kapa alanui, hele akula ia i laila, a ʻo nā lau wale nō i loaʻa iā ia ma luna ona; ʻī aku ia i ua lāʻau lā, Mai noho a ulu ka hua ma luna ou ma ia hope a mau loa aku. Maloʻo koke ihola ua lāʻau fiku lā. | Seeing a fig tree by the road, he went up to it but found nothing on it except leaves. Then he said to it, "May you never bear fruit again!" Immediately the tree withered. |
| Mat 21:29 | Hōʻole maila kēlā, ʻī maila, ʻAʻole au e hiki. A ma hope mihi ihola ia, a hele akula. | " 'I will not,' he answered, but later he changed his mind and went. |
| Mat 21:32 | No ka mea, i hele mai nei ʻo Ioane i o ʻoukou nei ma ka ʻaoʻao o ka pono, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻoukou i manaʻoʻiʻo iā ia; akā, manaʻoʻiʻo ka poʻe luna ʻauhau a me nā wāhine hoʻokamakama iā ia; a iā ʻoukou i ʻike iā ia, ʻaʻole ʻoukou i mihi ma hope me ka manaʻoʻiʻo iā ia. | For John came to you to show you the way of righteousness, and you did not believe him, but the tax collectors and the prostitutes did. And even after you saw this, you did not repent and believe him. |
| Mat 21:37 | A ma hope iho, hoʻouna maila ia i kāna Keiki i o lākou lā, ʻī ihola, E hoʻomaikaʻi mai paha lākou i kaʻu keiki. | Last of all, he sent his son to them. 'They will respect my son,' he said. |
| Mat 22:27 | Ma hope iho o lākou a pau, make ihola hoʻi ua wahine lā. | Finally, the woman died. |
| Mat 24:3 | I kona noho ʻana ma luna o ka mauna ʻOliveta, hele malū akula ka poʻe haumāna i ona lā, ʻī akula, E haʻi mai ʻoe iā mākou, i ka manawa hea e hiki mai ai ia mau mea? He aha hoʻi ka hōʻailona no kou hiki ʻana mai, a me ka hope o kēia ao? | As Jesus was sitting on the Mount of Olives, the disciples came to him privately. "Tell us," they said, "when will this happen, and what will be the sign of your coming and of the end of the age?" |
| Mat 24:18 | A ʻo ka mea ma ka waena, mai hoʻi hou ia i hope e kiʻi i kona kapa ʻaʻahu. | Let no one in the field go back to get his cloak. |
| Mat 24:21 | A laila, e nui loa mai nō ka pōpilikia, ʻaʻohe pōpilikia me nēia mai ke kumu mai o ka honua, ʻaʻole hoʻi ma ia hope aku. | For then there will be great distress, unequaled from the beginning of the world until now--and never to be equaled again. |
| Mat 24:29 | Ma hope iho o ia mau lā pōpilikia, e pōʻeleʻele ana ka lā, ʻaʻole hoʻi e mālamalama mai ka mahina, e hāʻule iho hoʻi nā hōkū mai ka lani mai, a e hoʻonaue ʻia nā mea mana o ka lani. | "Immediately after the distress of those days " 'the sun will be darkened, and the moon will not give its light; the stars will fall from the sky, and the heavenly bodies will be shaken.' |
| Mat 25:11 | Ma hope iho, hele mai ua poʻe wāhine puʻupaʻa lā i koe, ʻī maila, E ka Haku, e ka Haku ē, e wehe aʻe ʻoe iā mākou. | "Later the others also came. 'Sir! Sir!' they said. 'Open the door for us!' |
| Mat 26:16 | Ma ia hope iho, ʻimi ihola ia i ka wā pono e kumakaia aku ai iā ia. | From then on Judas watched for an opportunity to hand him over. |
| Mat 26:32 | Akā, ma hope iho o kuʻu ala hou ʻana, e hele aku nō au ma mua o ʻoukou i Galilaia. | But after I have risen, I will go ahead of you into Galilee." |
| Mat 26:58 | Ukali mamao akula ʻo Petero iā ia, a hiki i ka pā hale o ke kahuna nui: a komo akula ia i loko, noho pū ihola me ka poʻe ilāmuku e ʻike i ka hope. | But Peter followed him at a distance, right up to the courtyard of the high priest. He entered and sat down with the guards to see the outcome. |
| Mat 26:60 | ʻAʻole naʻe i loaʻa. He nui nō hoʻi nā mea hōʻike wahaheʻe i hele mai, ʻaʻole hoʻi i loaʻa. Ma hope iho hele maila ʻelua mau mea hōʻike wahaheʻe, | But they did not find any, though many false witnesses came forward. Finally two came forward |
| Mat 26:64 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Iesū, ʻO ia kāu i ʻōlelo mai. A ke ʻōlelo aku nei hoʻi au iā ʻoukou, ma hope aku nei, e ʻike nō ʻoukou i ke keiki a ke kanaka e noho ana ma ka lima ʻākau o ka Mea mana, a e hele mai ana ma luna o nā ao o ka lani. | "Yes, it is as you say," Jesus replied. "But I say to all of you: In the future you will see the Son of Man sitting at the right hand of the Mighty One and coming on the clouds of heaven." |
| Mat 26:73 | Ma hope iho, hele maila ka poʻe e kū ana i laila, ʻī maila iā Petero, ʻOiaʻiʻo nō, ʻo ʻoe kekahi o lākou, no ka mea, ke hōʻike mai nei kāu ʻōlelo iā ʻoe iho. | After a little while, those standing there went up to Peter and said, "Surely you are one of them, for your accent gives you away." |
| Mat 27:53 | A hele maila i waho o nā hale kupapaʻu ma hope iho o kona ala hou ʻana mai, a komo akula i loko o ke kūlanakauhale hoʻāno, a ua ʻikea e nā mea he nui loa. | They came out of the tombs, and after Jesus' resurrection they went into the holy city and appeared to many people. |
| Mat 27:62 | I ka lā ma hope iho o ka lā hoʻomalolo, hele ʻākoakoa akula ka poʻe kāhuna nui a me ka poʻe Parisaio i o Pilato lā, | The next day, the one after Preparation Day, the chief priests and the Pharisees went to Pilate. |
| Mat 27:64 | No laila, e kauoha aku ʻoe i kiaʻi pono ʻia ai ka hale kupapaʻu a hiki i ka pō ʻakolu, o hele mai ka poʻe haumāna āna, a ʻaihue malū iā ia, a e ʻōlelo aku i nā kānaka, Ua ala mai ia mai ka make mai; a e nui loa aku ka hewa o kēia hoʻopunipuni hope i kēlā ma mua. | So give the order for the tomb to be made secure until the third day. Otherwise, his disciples may come and steal the body and tell the people that he has been raised from the dead. This last deception will be worse than the first." |
| Mar 1:7 | Aʻo maila ia, ʻī maila, E hele mai ana kekahi ma hope nei oʻu, ua ʻoi aku ia ma mua oʻu, ʻaʻole au e pono ke kūlou iho, e wehe i ke kaula o kona mau kāmaʻa. | And this was his message: "After me will come one more powerful than I, the thongs of whose sandals I am not worthy to stoop down and untie. |
| Mar 1:14 | Ma hope iho o ka paʻa ʻana o Ioane i loko o ka hale paʻahao, hele maila Iesū i Galilaia, me ka haʻi ʻana mai i ka ʻeuanelio no ke aupuni o ke Akua; | After John was put in prison, Jesus went into Galilee, proclaiming the good news of God. |
| Mar 2:1 | A ma hope iho o ia mau lā, hele hou akula nō ʻo Iesū i Kaperenauma, a lohe ʻia aʻela kona noho ʻana i loko o ka hale. | A few days later, when Jesus again entered Capernaum, the people heard that he had come home. |
| Mar 4:28 | No ka mea, hoʻohua wale mai nō ka honua, ma mua ka hoʻomaka, ma hope iho ka huhui, a laila ka hua oʻo ma loko o ka huhui. | All by itself the soil produces grain--first the stalk, then the head, then the full kernel in the head. |
| Mar 4:38 | E moe ana ia ma ka uluna, ma ka hope o ka moku; hoʻāla aʻela lākou iā ia, ʻī akula, E ke Kumu, he mea ʻole anei iā ʻoe ke make mākou? | Jesus was in the stern, sleeping on a cushion. The disciples woke him and said to him, "Teacher, don't you care if we drown?" |
| Mar 5:27 | A lohe akula ia no Iesū, a laila, hele maila ia ma hope, a i loko o ka ʻaha kanaka, hoʻopā akula i kona kapa. | When she heard about Jesus, she came up behind him in the crowd and touched his cloak, |
| Mar 8:25 | Ma hope iho, kau hou maila ia i kona lima ma nā maka ona, a hoʻonānā hou akula iā ia i luna; a ola aʻela ia, a ʻike maopopo ihola i kēlā kanaka i kēia kanaka. | Once more Jesus put his hands on the man's eyes. Then his eyes were opened, his sight was restored, and he saw everything clearly. |
| Mar 8:33 | Hāliu aʻela Iesū, nānā aʻela i kāna mau haumāna, pāpā aʻela iā Petero, ʻī aʻela, E hele ʻoe pēlā ma hope oʻu, e Sātana, no ka mea, ʻaʻole i like kou manaʻo me ko ke Akua, akā, me ko nā kānaka. | But when Jesus turned and looked at his disciples, he rebuked Peter. "Get behind me, Satan!" he said. "You do not have in mind the things of God, but the things of men." |
| Mar 8:34 | A kāhea maila ia i kānaka, a i kāna poʻe haumāna nō hoʻi, ʻī maila iā lākou, ʻO ka mea makemake e hahai mai ma hope oʻu, e hōʻole ʻo ia iā ia iho, a e kaʻikaʻi i kona keʻa, a e hahai mai iaʻu. | Then he called the crowd to him along with his disciples and said: "If anyone would come after me, he must deny himself and take up his cross and follow me. |
| Mar 9:35 | Noho ihola ia, a kāhea maila i ka poʻe ʻumikumamālua, ʻī maila kēlā iā lākou, Inā e manaʻo kekahi kanaka, e ʻoi ia ma mua, e emi auaneʻi ia ma hope o nā mea a pau, a e lilo nō hoʻi i kauā na nā mea a pau. | Sitting down, Jesus called the Twelve and said, "If anyone wants to be first, he must be the very last, and the servant of all." |
| Mar 10:30 | E loaʻa ʻole mai iā ia ka pāhaneri i kēia ao, a me nā hale, a me nā kaikuaʻana, a me nā kaikuāhine, a me nā mākuahine, a me nā keiki, a me nā ʻāina, me ka hoʻomāinoino naʻe; a i kēlā ao ma hope, ʻo ke ola mau loa. | will fail to receive a hundred times as much in this present age (homes, brothers, sisters, mothers, children and fields--and with them, persecutions) and in the age to come, eternal life. |
| Mar 10:31 | A he nui loa nā mea mua e lilo ana i hope, a me nā mea hope i mua. | But many who are first will be last, and the last first." |
| Mar 11:9 | Hoʻokani akula ka poʻe i hele ma mua, a me lākou e hahai ana ma hope, ʻī akula, Hōsana; nani wale ka mea i hele mai ma ka inoa o ka Haku. | Those who went ahead and those who followed shouted, "Hosanna! " "Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord!" |
| Mar 11:14 | ʻŌlelo aʻela Iesū, ʻī aʻela iā ia, ʻAʻole loa e ʻai kekahi kanaka i kāu hua, ma nēia hope aku; a lohe nō kāna poʻe haumāna. | Then he said to the tree, "May no one ever eat fruit from you again." And his disciples heard him say it. |
| Mar 12:6 | He keiki kāne hoʻokahi kāna, ʻo kāna punahele, ʻo ia kāna i hoʻouna hope mai ai iā lākou, ʻī maila, E mahalo mai paha lākou i kuʻu keiki kāne. | "He had one left to send, a son, whom he loved. He sent him last of all, saying, 'They will respect my son.' |
| Mar 12:22 | A mare aʻela nō hoʻi ka poʻe ʻehiku a pau iā ia, ʻaʻole hoʻi a lākou keiki; a ma hope iho, make akula nō hoʻi ka wahine. | In fact, none of the seven left any children. Last of all, the woman died too. |
| Mar 13:7 | A i lohe ʻoukou i ke kaua, a me ka lono o ke kaua, mai hopohopo ʻoukou; no ka mea, e hiki ʻiʻo mai nō ia mau mea a pau, ʻaʻole naʻe ia ka hope. | When you hear of wars and rumors of wars, do not be alarmed. Such things must happen, but the end is still to come. |
| Mar 13:19 | No ka mea, e nui auaneʻi ka pōpilikia o ua mau lā lā, ʻaʻole me nēia mai kinohi mai o ka honua a ke Akua i hana ai a hiki loa mai nei i kēia wā, ʻaʻole nō hoʻi ma hope aku. | because those will be days of distress unequaled from the beginning, when God created the world, until now--and never to be equaled again. |
| Mar 14:28 | Akā, ma hope iho o koʻu ala hou ʻana mai, e hele aku au ma mua o ʻoukou i Galilaia. | But after I have risen, I will go ahead of you into Galilee." |
| Mar 14:70 | Hōʻole hou akula ia. A ma hope iho, ʻī aʻela ka poʻe e kū ana ma laila iā Petero, ʻOiaʻiʻo, ʻo ʻoe nō kekahi o lākou, no ka mea, no Galilaia ʻoe, ke hōʻike mai nei nō hoʻi kāu ʻōlelo ʻana. | Again he denied it. After a little while, those standing near said to Peter, "Surely you are one of them, for you are a Galilean." |
| Mar 16:12 | A ma hope iho o ia mau mea, ʻike ʻia ʻo ia, me ke ʻano ʻokoʻa, e nā mea ʻelua, iā lāua e hele ana i ke kuaʻāina. | Afterward Jesus appeared in a different form to two of them while they were walking in the country. |
| Mar 16:14 | A ma hope iho, ʻike ʻia mai nō ia e ka poʻe ʻumikumamākahi, iā lākou e ʻai ana, a hoʻohewa mai iā lākou no ko lākou manaʻoʻiʻo ʻole ʻana, a no ka paʻakikī o ko lākou naʻau, no ka mea, ʻaʻole lākou i manaʻoʻiʻo aku i kā ka poʻe nāna ia i ʻike ma hope iho o kona ala ʻana. | Later Jesus appeared to the Eleven as they were eating; he rebuked them for their lack of faith and their stubborn refusal to believe those who had seen him after he had risen. |
| Luka 1:24 | A, ma hope iho o ia mau lā, hāpai ihola kāna wahine, ʻo ʻElisabeta, a noho mehameha ihola ia i nā malama ʻelima, ʻī ihola, | After this his wife Elizabeth became pregnant and for five months remained in seclusion. |
| Luka 1:48 | No ka mea, ua nānā aloha mai ʻo ia i ka haʻahaʻa o kāna kauā wahine. Eia hoʻi, ma nēia hope aku e ʻī ʻia mai au e nā hanauna a pau, He pōmaikaʻi. | for he has been mindful of the humble state of his servant. From now on all generations will call me blessed, |
| Luka 4:2 | A hoʻowalewale ʻia i nā lā hoʻokahi kanahā, e ka diabolō. ʻAʻole ia i pāʻina ia mau lā: a hala aʻela ia mau lā a ma hope iho, pōloli ihola ia. | where for forty days he was tempted by the devil. He ate nothing during those days, and at the end of them he was hungry. |
| Luka 4:8 | ʻŌlelo hou Iesū iā ia, ʻī aʻela, E hele pēlā ma hope oʻu, e Sātana; no ka mea, ua palapala ʻia, E hoʻomana ʻoe i ka Haku, i kou Akua, ʻo ia wale nō kāu e mālama aku ai. | Jesus answered, "It is written: 'Worship the Lord your God and serve him only.' " |
| Luka 5:10 | Pēlā hoʻi ʻo Iakobo, a me Ioane, nā keiki a Zebedaio, ko Simona mau hoa lawehana. ʻĪ maila ʻo Iesū iā Simona, Mai makaʻu ʻoe, no ka mea, ma hope aku, e hoʻohei aʻe ʻoe i kānaka. | and so were James and John, the sons of Zebedee, Simon's partners. Then Jesus said to Simon, "Don't be afraid; from now on you will catch men." |
| Luka 5:27 | Ma hope iho o ia mau mea, hele aʻela ia, a ʻike ihola ia i ka luna ʻauhau, ʻo Levi kona inoa, e noho ana i kahi hoʻokupu; ʻī ihola ʻo ia iā ia, E hahai mai ʻoe iaʻu. | After this, Jesus went out and saw a tax collector by the name of Levi sitting at his tax booth. "Follow me," Jesus said to him, |
| Luka 7:9 | A lohe aʻela ʻo Iesū ia mau mea, mahalo ihola iā ia, a hāliu aʻela ia, ʻī maila i ka ʻaha kanaka e hahai ana ma hope ona, Ke ʻī aku nei au iā ʻoukou, ʻaʻole au i ʻike i ka paulele nui e like me nēia i loko o ka ʻIseraʻela. | When Jesus heard this, he was amazed at him, and turning to the crowd following him, he said, "I tell you, I have not found such great faith even in Israel." |
| Luka 7:38 | Kū ihola ia ma hope, ma kona mau wāwae, e uē ana, hoʻomaka ihola ia e hoʻopulu i ko Iesū mau wāwae me ka waimaka, a holoi ihola me ka lauoho o kona poʻo, a honi ihola i kona mau wāwae, a poni ihola me ka mea poni. | and as she stood behind him at his feet weeping, she began to wet his feet with her tears. Then she wiped them with her hair, kissed them and poured perfume on them. |
| Luka 8:1 | Eia kekahi, ma ia hope iho kaʻahele aʻela ʻo ia i nā kūlanakauhale a me nā kauhale a pau, e haʻi ana a e hōʻike ana i ka ʻōlelo maikaʻi no ke aupuni o ke Akua; me ia pū nō hoʻi ka poʻe ʻumikumamālua; | After this, Jesus traveled about from one town and village to another, proclaiming the good news of the kingdom of God. The Twelve were with him, |
| Luka 8:44 | Hele maila ia ma hope ona, hoʻopā ihola i ke kihi o kona ʻaʻahu; paʻa koke ihola kona heʻe koko. | She came up behind him and touched the edge of his cloak, and immediately her bleeding stopped. |
| Luka 9:28 | Eia kekahi, a hala aʻela nā lā ʻewalu paha ma hope iho o ia mau ʻōlelo, lawe pū ihola ʻo ia iā Petero, a me Ioane, a me Iakobo, a piʻi akula i ka mauna e pule. | About eight days after Jesus said this, he took Peter, John and James with him and went up onto a mountain to pray. |
| Luka 9:62 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Iesū iā ia, ʻO ke kanaka i lālau kona lima i ka ʻōʻō palau, a nānā aku i hope, ʻaʻole ia e pono no ke aupuni o ke Akua. | Jesus replied, "No one who puts his hand to the plow and looks back is fit for service in the kingdom of God." |
| Luka 10:1 | A ma hope iho o kēia mau mea, hoʻomaopopo maila ka Haku i kekahi poʻe ʻē he kanahiku, a hoʻouna pāpālua akula ʻo ia iā lākou ma mua ona, i nā wahi a pau āna i manaʻo ai e hele aku ana. | After this the Lord appointed seventy-two others and sent them two by two ahead of him to every town and place where he was about to go. |
| Luka 11:26 | A laila kiʻi akula a lawe mai i kekahi poʻe ʻuhane ʻē ʻehiku, ua ʻoi aku ko lākou hewa i kona iho, a komo hoʻi lākou a noho ma laila; a ua ʻoi aku ka hewa o hope o ua kanaka lā i ko ka noho ʻana ma mua. | Then it goes and takes seven other spirits more wicked than itself, and they go in and live there. And the final condition of that man is worse than the first." |
| Luka 12:4 | Ke ʻōlelo aku hoʻi au iā ʻoukou, e kuʻu mau hoaaloha, Mai makaʻu ʻoukou i ka poʻe pepehi i ke kino, a ma hope aku, ʻaʻole o lākou mea e hiki ke hana. | "I tell you, my friends, do not be afraid of those who kill the body and after that can do no more. |
| Luka 12:5 | Akā, ke hōʻike aku nei au iā ʻoukou i kā ʻoukou mea e makaʻu ai; e makaʻu aku ʻoukou i ka mea nona ka mana e hoʻolei aku i loko o ka lua ahi, ma hope iho o kāna pepehi ʻana. ʻO ia, ʻo kaʻu ʻōlelo nō ia iā ʻoukou, e makaʻu ʻoukou iā ia. | But I will show you whom you should fear: Fear him who, after the killing of the body, has power to throw you into hell. Yes, I tell you, fear him. |
| Luka 12:52 | No ka mea, ma nēia hope aku, e kūʻē ana nā mea ʻelima i loko o ka hale hoʻokahi, ʻo ke kōkoʻokolu i ke kōkoʻolua, a ʻo ke kōkoʻolua i ke kōkoʻokolu. | From now on there will be five in one family divided against each other, three against two and two against three. |
| Luka 13:9 | E hoʻohua mai paha ia, a i ʻole hoʻi, ma ia hope iho, e kua aku ʻoe iā ia. | If it bears fruit next year, fine! If not, then cut it down.' " |
| Luka 13:30 | Aia hoʻi, ʻo ka poʻe hope, e lilo lākou i poʻe mua, a ʻo ka poʻe mua, e lilo lākou i poʻe hope. | Indeed there are those who are last who will be first, and first who will be last." |
| Luka 14:29 | O hiki ʻole iā ia ke hoʻopaʻa i ka hale ma hope iho o kāna hoʻokumu ʻana, a henehene mai iā ia ka poʻe a pau e nānā mai ana, | For if he lays the foundation and is not able to finish it, everyone who sees it will ridicule him, |
| Luka 15:13 | ʻAʻole nui nā lā ma hope iho, hōʻuluʻulu mai ke keiki pōkiʻi i kāna a pau, hele akula ia i ka ʻāina lōʻihi aku: a ma laila ia i hoʻomāunauna aku ai i kāna waiwai e noho ʻuhaʻuha ana. | "Not long after that, the younger son got together all he had, set off for a distant country and there squandered his wealth in wild living. |
| Luka 17:8 | ʻAʻole anei e ʻōlelo aku iā ia, E hoʻomākaukau ʻoe i ʻai naʻu, e kākoʻo iā ʻoe iho e lawelawe mai naʻu, a pau kaʻu ʻai ʻana, a me koʻu inu ʻana; a ma hope iho e ʻai ʻoe a inu hoʻi? | Would he not rather say, 'Prepare my supper, get yourself ready and wait on me while I eat and drink; after that you may eat and drink'? |
| Luka 18:4 | ʻAʻole aʻela hoʻi ia i makemake ia manawa; a ma hope iho, ʻī ihola ʻo ia i loko ona, ʻAʻole oʻu makaʻu i ke Akua, ʻaʻole oʻu manaʻo i kānaka; | "For some time he refused. But finally he said to himself, 'Even though I don't fear God or care about men, |
| Luka 19:14 | A ua hoʻowahāwahā kona poʻe kānaka iā ia, a hoʻouna akula i ka luna ma hope ona, ʻī akula, ʻAʻole o mākou makemake i aliʻi ia ma luna o mākou. | "But his subjects hated him and sent a delegation after him to say, 'We don't want this man to be our king.' |
| Luka 20:12 | A ma hope iho, hoʻouna hou maila ʻo ia i ke kolu; a hana ʻeha akula lākou iā ia, a kipaku akula. | He sent still a third, and they wounded him and threw him out. |
| Luka 20:30 | A mare ihola kona hope mai i ua wahine lā, a make keiki ʻole nō hoʻi ia. | The second |
| Luka 20:32 | A ma hope o lākou a pau, make ihola nō hoʻi ua wahine lā. | Finally, the woman died too. |
| Luka 22:20 | Pēlā nō hoʻi i ke kīʻaha, ma hope iho o ka ʻaina, ʻī maila, ʻO kēia kīʻaha, ʻo ke kauoha hou ia i loko o koʻu koko i hoʻokahe ʻia no ʻoukou. | In the same way, after the supper he took the cup, saying, "This cup is the new covenant in my blood, which is poured out for you. |
| Luka 22:54 | A laila lālau aʻela lākou iā ia, kaʻi akula, a alakō iā ia i loko o ka hale o ke kahuna nui; a hahai kaʻawale akula ʻo Petero ma hope. | Then seizing him, they led him away and took him into the house of the high priest. Peter followed at a distance. |
| Luka 22:59 | A hoʻokahi paha hora ma ia hope iho, hōʻoiaʻiʻo aʻela kekahi, ʻī aʻela, ʻOiaʻiʻo, ʻo ia nei nō hoʻi kekahi me ia, no ka mea, no Galilaia ia nei. | About an hour later another asserted, "Certainly this fellow was with him, for he is a Galilean." |
| Luka 22:69 | Ma hope aku nei hoʻi, e noho nō ke Keiki a ke kanaka ma ka lima ʻākau o ka mana o ke Akua. | But from now on, the Son of Man will be seated at the right hand of the mighty God." |
| Luka 23:26 | A i ko lākou kaʻi ʻana aku iā ia, lālau iho lākou iā Simona no Kurene e hele mai ana mai ka ʻāina mai, kau akula lākou i ka lāʻau keʻa ma luna ona, e hali aku ia ma hope o Iesū. | As they led him away, they seized Simon from Cyrene, who was on his way in from the country, and put the cross on him and made him carry it behind Jesus. |
| Ioane 1:15 | Hōʻike akāka maila ʻo Ioane, ʻī maila, ʻO ia ka mea nona wau i ʻōlelo ai, ʻO ka mea e hele mai ana ma hope oʻu, ma mua oʻu ia; no ka mea, ua mua ia noʻu. | John testifies concerning him. He cries out, saying, "This was he of whom I said, 'He who comes after me has surpassed me because he was before me.' " |
| Ioane 1:27 | ʻO ia ka mea e hele mai ana ma hope oʻu, ma mua oʻu ia; ʻaʻole au e pono ke kala aʻe i ke kaula a kona kāmaʻa. | He is the one who comes after me, the thongs of whose sandals I am not worthy to untie." |
| Ioane 1:30 | ʻO ia nei ka mea nona wau i ʻōlelo ai, E hele mai ana kekahi kanaka ma hope oʻu, ma mua oʻu ia, no ka mea, ua mua ia noʻu. | This is the one I meant when I said, 'A man who comes after me has surpassed me because he was before me.' |
| Ioane 1:51 | ʻŌlelo maila ʻo ia iā ia, ʻOiaʻiʻo; he ʻoiaʻiʻo kaʻu e ʻōlelo aku nei iā ʻoukou, Ma hope aku e ʻike ʻoukou i ka lani e hāmama ana, a me nā ʻānela o ke Akua e piʻi aku ana, a e iho mai ana ma luna iho o ke Keiki a ke kanaka. | He then added, "I tell you the truth, you shall see heaven open, and the angels of God ascending and descending on the Son of Man." |
| Ioane 2:12 | Ma hope mai o kēia, iho akula ia i Kaperenauma, ʻo ia a me kona makuahine, a me kona mau hoahānau, a me kāna poʻe haumāna, ʻaʻohe nui nā lā i noho ai lākou ma laila. | After this he went down to Capernaum with his mother and brothers and his disciples. There they stayed for a few days. |
| Ioane 3:22 | A ma hope iho o kēia mau mea, hele akula ʻo Iesū me kāna poʻe haumāna i ka ʻāina ʻo Iudea; a noho ihola ia i laila me lākou, a bapetizo ihola. | After this, Jesus and his disciples went out into the Judean countryside, where he spent some time with them, and baptized. |
| Ioane 4:43 | A ma hope iho o nā lā ʻelua, hele akula ia mai laila aku, a hiki i Galilaia. | After the two days he left for Galilee. |
| Ioane 5:1 | Ma hope iho o ia mau mea, he ʻahaʻaina a nā Iudaio, a piʻi akula ʻo Iesū i Ierusalema. | Some time later, Jesus went up to Jerusalem for a feast of the Jews. |
| Ioane 5:4 | No ka mea, i kekahi manawa, iho maila kekahi ʻānela i loko o ka wai ʻauʻau, a hōʻaleʻale i ka wai: a ʻo ka mea i iho mua i loko o ka wai ma hope o ka hōʻaleʻale ʻana o ka wai, ua ola kona maʻi i loʻohia ai ʻo ia. | for an angel of the Lord went down at certain seasons into the pool and stirred up the water; whoever then first, after the stirring up of the water, stepped in was made well from whatever disease with which he was afflicted. |
| Ioane 5:14 | Ma hope iho, ʻike maila ʻo Iesū iā ia i loko o ka luakini, ʻī maila iā ia, Eia hoʻi, ua hoʻōla ʻia ʻoe; mai hana hewa hou aku, o loʻohia ʻoe e ka ʻino i ʻoi aku. | Later Jesus found him at the temple and said to him, "See, you are well again. Stop sinning or something worse may happen to you." |
| Ioane 6:1 | Ma hope iho holo akula ʻo Iesū ma kēlā kapa o ka moana wai ʻo Galilaia, ʻo ia ʻo Tiberia. | Some time after this, Jesus crossed to the far shore of the Sea of Galilee (that is, the Sea of Tiberias), |
| Ioane 6:23 | Akā hoʻi, holo maila nā moku mai Tiberia mai, kokoke ma kahi i ʻai ai lākou i ka berena, ma hope iho o ko ka Haku hoʻomaikai ʻana aku. | Then some boats from Tiberias landed near the place where the people had eaten the bread after the Lord had given thanks. |
| Ioane 6:39 | Eia ka makemake o ka mea nāna au i hoʻouna mai, i ʻole e lilo aku mai oʻu aku nei kekahi o nā mea a pau āna i hāʻawi mai ai iaʻu, akā, e hoʻāla mai au iā ia i ka lā ma hope. | And this is the will of him who sent me, that I shall lose none of all that he has given me, but raise them up at the last day. |
| Ioane 6:40 | No ka mea, eia ka makemake o ka mea nāna au i hoʻouna mai, ʻo nā mea a pau e ʻike mai i ke Keiki, a e manaʻoʻiʻo hoʻi iā ia, e loaʻa iā ia ke ola mau loa; a e hoʻāla mai au iā ia i ka lā ma hope. | For my Father's will is that everyone who looks to the Son and believes in him shall have eternal life, and I will raise him up at the last day." |
| Ioane 6:44 | ʻAʻohe mea e hiki iā ia ke hele mai i oʻu nei, ke kauō ʻole mai iā ia ka Makua nāna au i hoʻouna mai; a naʻu ia e hoʻāla mai i ka lā ma hope. | "No one can come to me unless the Father who sent me draws him, and I will raise him up at the last day. |
| Ioane 6:54 | ʻO ka mea e ʻai i koʻu kino, a e inu hoʻi i koʻu koko, he ola mau loa kona, a naʻu ia e hoʻāla mai i ka lā ma hope. | Whoever eats my flesh and drinks my blood has eternal life, and I will raise him up at the last day. |
| Ioane 6:66 | Mai ia manawa, nui nā haumāna āna i hoʻi hope, ʻaʻole hoʻi i hele pū hou me ia. | From this time many of his disciples turned back and no longer followed him. |
| Ioane 7:1 | Ma hope iho o ia mau mea, kaʻahele aʻela ʻo Iesū i Galilaia: ʻaʻole ona makemake e kaʻahele i Iudea, no ka mea, ua ʻimi nā Iudaio e pepehi iā ia. | After this, Jesus went around in Galilee, purposely staying away from Judea because the Jews there were waiting to take his life. |
| Ioane 7:37 | I ka lā nui ma ka hope o ua ʻahaʻaina lā, kū aʻela ʻo Iesū, kāhea akula, i ka ʻī ʻana aʻe, Inā e make wai kekahi, e hele mai ia i oʻu nei e inu. | On the last and greatest day of the Feast, Jesus stood and said in a loud voice, "If anyone is thirsty, let him come to me and drink. |
| Ioane 11:7 | Ma hope iho, ʻōlelo maila ia i nā haumāna, E hele hou kākou i Iudea. | Then he said to his disciples, "Let us go back to Judea." |
| Ioane 11:24 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Mareta iā ia, Ua ʻike nō au e ala hou mai ia i ke ala hou ʻana i ka lā ma hope. | Martha answered, "I know he will rise again in the resurrection at the last day." |
| Ioane 12:19 | A laila ʻōlelo aʻela nā Parisaio iā lākou iho, E nānā ʻoukou, ʻaʻohe lanakila iki ʻoukou; aia hoʻi, ua hele ko ke ao nei ma hope ona. | So the Pharisees said to one another, "See, this is getting us nowhere. Look how the whole world has gone after him!" |
| Ioane 12:48 | ʻO ka mea e hoʻowahāwahā mai iaʻu, a mālama ʻole hoʻi i kaʻu mau ʻōlelo, he mea nō kāna, nāna ia e hoʻāhewa aku; ʻo ka ʻōlelo aʻu i ʻōlelo ai, ʻo ia ka mea nāna ia e hoʻāhewa aku i ka lā ma hope. | There is a judge for the one who rejects me and does not accept my words; that very word which I spoke will condemn him at the last day. |
| Ioane 13:1 | Ma mua o ka ʻahaʻaina mōliaola, ʻike ihola ʻo Iesū, ua hiki mai kona manawa e hele aku ai ia i ka Makua mai kēia ao aku, i ke aloha ʻana i kona poʻe ponoʻī i ke ao nei, ua aloha ʻo ia iā lākou a hiki i ka hope. | It was just before the Passover Feast. Jesus knew that the time had come for him to leave this world and go to the Father. Having loved his own who were in the world, he now showed them the full extent of his love. |
| Ioane 13:27 | A ma hope o ka hakina, a laila komo ihola ʻo Sātana i loko ona. ʻĪ maila hoʻi ʻo Iesū iā ia, E hana koke ʻoe i kāu mea e hana aku ai. | As soon as Judas took the bread, Satan entered into him. "What you are about to do, do quickly," Jesus told him, |
| Ioane 14:30 | Ma kēia hope aku, ʻaʻole au e kamaʻilio nui me ʻoukou: no ka mea, e hele mai ana ke aliʻi o kēia ao, ʻaʻole e loaʻa iā ia kekahi mea i loko oʻu. | I will not speak with you much longer, for the prince of this world is coming. He has no hold on me, |
| Ioane 18:6 | A i kāna ʻī ʻana mai, ʻO wau nō ia, emi hope akula lākou, a hina ihola ma ka honua. | When Jesus said, "I am he," they drew back and fell to the ground. |
| Ioane 19:28 | Ma hope aʻela, ʻike ihola ʻo Iesū, ua pau nā mea i ka hana ʻia, ʻī maila ia, i kō ai ka palapala hemolele, Ua make wai au. | Later, knowing that all was now completed, and so that the Scripture would be fulfilled, Jesus said, "I am thirsty." |
| Ioane 19:38 | Ma hope iho, noi akula ʻo Iosepa, no ʻArimataia iā Pilato, e ʻae iā ia e lawe aku i ke kino o Iesū, he haumāna hoʻi ia na Iesū, ua hūnā ʻia nō naʻe i ka makaʻu i nā Iudaio; a ʻae maila ʻo Pilato iā ia. Hele akula ia, a lawe akula i ke kino o Iesū. | Later, Joseph of Arimathea asked Pilate for the body of Jesus. Now Joseph was a disciple of Jesus, but secretly because he feared the Jews. With Pilate's permission, he came and took the body away. |
| Ioane 20:6 | A laila, hiki mai ʻo Simona Petero e hahai ana ma hope ona, a komo ihola i loko o ka hale kupapaʻu, a ʻike akula i ka lole olonā e waiho ana, | Then Simon Peter, who was behind him, arrived and went into the tomb. He saw the strips of linen lying there, |
| Ioane 20:14 | Pau kāna ʻōlelo ʻana ia mau mea, huli aʻela ia i hope, a ʻike akula iā Iesū e kū ana, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻo ia i ʻike, ʻo Iesū ia. | At this, she turned around and saw Jesus standing there, but she did not realize that it was Jesus. |
| Ioane 21:1 | Ma hope iho o kēia mau mea hōʻike hou maila ʻo Iesū iā ia iho i nā haumāna ma ka moana wai ʻo Tiberia. Pēnēia ʻo ia i hōʻike ai. | Afterward Jesus appeared again to his disciples, by the Sea of Tiberias. It happened this way: |
| Ioane 21:14 | ʻO ke kolu kēia o ko Iesū hōʻike ʻana iā ia iho i kāna poʻe haumāna, ma hope iho o kona ala hou ʻana aʻe mai ka make mai. | This was now the third time Jesus appeared to his disciples after he was raised from the dead. |
| ʻOih 1:2 | A hiki i ka lā i lawe ʻia aku ai ia i luna, ma hope o kāna kauoha ʻana mai ma ka ʻUhane Hemolele i nā lunaʻōlelo āna i wae mai ai. | until the day he was taken up to heaven, after giving instructions through the Holy Spirit to the apostles he had chosen. |
| ʻOih 1:3 | Hōʻike ola mai nō ʻo ia iā ia iho iā lākou ma hope o kona make ʻana, ma nā hōʻailona hōʻike he nui loa, me ka ʻike ʻia e lākou i nā lā he kanahā, a ʻōlelo mai nō ia i nā mea o ke aupuni o ke Akua: | After his suffering, he showed himself to these men and gave many convincing proofs that he was alive. He appeared to them over a period of forty days and spoke about the kingdom of God. |
| ʻOih 1:5 | No ka mea, ua bapetizo ʻiʻo nō ʻo Ioane me ka wai; akā, e bapetizo ʻia nō hoʻi ʻoukou i ka ʻUhane Hemolele, ma hope iho o nā lā ʻaʻohe nui. | For John baptized with water, but in a few days you will be baptized with the Holy Spirit." |
| ʻOih 2:17 | I nā lā ma hope, wahi a ke Akua, e ninini iho au i koʻu ʻUhane ma luna o nā kānaka a pau; a e wānana aʻe kā ʻoukou poʻe keiki kāne, a me kā ʻoukou mau kaikamāhine, a e ʻike ko ʻoukou poʻe kānaka hou i nā hihiʻo, a e moe nō ko ʻoukou poʻe ʻelemākule i nā moeʻuhane. | " 'In the last days, God says, I will pour out my Spirit on all people. Your sons and daughters will prophesy, your young men will see visions, your old men will dream dreams. |
| ʻOih 3:24 | A ʻo nā kāula a pau, mai ka wā mai o Samuʻela a me ka poʻe ma hope ona, ʻo nā mea ʻōlelo, ua hōʻike mai nō lākou i kēia mau lā. | "Indeed, all the prophets from Samuel on, as many as have spoken, have foretold these days. |
| ʻOih 5:7 | A ma hope iho ʻekolu paha hora, komo maila kāna wahine, me ka ʻike ʻole i ka mea i hana ʻia ai. | About three hours later his wife came in, not knowing what had happened. |
| ʻOih 5:24 | A lohe ihola ke kahuna nui, a me ka luna o ka luakini, a me nā kāhuna nui i kēia ʻōlelo, kānalua ihola lākou, i ka hope o kēia mea. | On hearing this report, the captain of the temple guard and the chief priests were puzzled, wondering what would come of this. |
| ʻOih 5:37 | A ma hope ona kū aʻela ʻo Iuda, no Galilaia, i ka manawa o ka helu ʻauhau ʻana, a alakaʻi akula ia i kekahi poʻe nui ma hope ona; make ihola nō hoʻi ia; a ʻo ka poʻe a pau i mālama aku i kāna, ua hoʻoʻauheʻe ʻia lākou. | After him, Judas the Galilean appeared in the days of the census and led a band of people in revolt. He too was killed, and all his followers were scattered. |
| ʻOih 7:5 | ʻAʻole hoʻi i hāʻawi ia iā ia i hoʻoilina ma loko ona, ʻaʻole nō i kahi e kū ai ka wāwae: ua ʻōlelo mai naʻe ʻo ia e hāʻawi mai ia iā ia i kuleana nona, a no kāna poʻe mamo ma hope ona; ia manawa, ʻaʻole āna keiki. | He gave him no inheritance here, not even a foot of ground. But God promised him that he and his descendants after him would possess the land, even though at that time Abraham had no child. |
| ʻOih 7:7 | A ʻo ka lāhui kanaka a lākou i hoʻokauā ai, naʻu nō ia e hoʻopaʻi aku, wahi a ke Akua: a ma hope iho o kēia mau mea, e puka mai lākou i waho, a e mālama mai iaʻu ma kēia wahi. | But I will punish the nation they serve as slaves,' God said, 'and afterward they will come out of that country and worship me in this place.' |
| ʻOih 10:37 | Ua ʻike nō ʻoukou i ka ʻōlelo i kaulana ma Iudea a pau, ma Galilaia ka hoʻomaka ʻana, ma hope iho o ka bapetizo a Ioane i haʻi mai ai. | You know what has happened throughout Judea, beginning in Galilee after the baptism that John preached-- |
| ʻOih 10:41 | ʻAʻole naʻe i kānaka a pau loa, akā, i ka poʻe hōʻike a ke Akua i wae mua ai, iā mākou nō, i ka poʻe i ʻai pū a i inu pū me ia ma hope o kona ala hou ʻana, mai ka make mai. | He was not seen by all the people, but by witnesses whom God had already chosen--by us who ate and drank with him after he rose from the dead. |
| ʻOih 13:15 | A ma hope o ka heluhelu ʻana o ke kānāwai a me kā nā kāula, kiʻi aʻela nā luna o ka hale hālāwai iā lāua, ʻī aʻela, E nā kānaka, nā hoahānau, inā iā ʻolua kekahi ʻōlelo hoʻoikaika no nā kānaka, ʻeā, e ʻōlelo mai. | After the reading from the Law and the Prophets, the synagogue rulers sent word to them, saying, "Brothers, if you have a message of encouragement for the people, please speak." |
| ʻOih 13:20 | A ma hope iho o ia mau mea, hāʻawi maila ia i mau luna kānāwai, i ʻehā paha haneri makahiki a me kanalima, a hiki i ka wā o Samuʻela, ke kāula. | All this took about 450 years. "After this, God gave them judges until the time of Samuel the prophet. |
| ʻOih 13:25 | A hoʻopau ʻo Ioane i kāna hana, nīnau maila ia, ʻO wai lā wau i ko ʻoukou manaʻo? ʻAʻole au ia. Aia hoʻi, ke hele mai nei kekahi ma hope oʻu, ʻaʻole au e pono ke wehe i nā kāmaʻa o kona mau kapuaʻi. | As John was completing his work, he said: 'Who do you think I am? I am not that one. No, but he is coming after me, whose sandals I am not worthy to untie.' |
| ʻOih 15:13 | Ma hope iho i ko lāua oki ʻana, a laila ʻōlelo maila ʻo Iakobo, ʻī maila, E nā kānaka, nā hoahānau, e hoʻolohe mai iaʻu: | When they finished, James spoke up: "Brothers, listen to me. |
| ʻOih 15:16 | A ma hope iho, e hoʻi hou mai au, a e kūkulu hou aʻe i ka halelewa o Dāvida i hiolo; a e hoʻokuʻikuʻi hou au i nā mea hina, a e kūkulu hou ʻia; | " 'After this I will return and rebuild David's fallen tent. Its ruins I will rebuild, and I will restore it, |
| ʻOih 17:26 | A nāna nō i hana i nā lāhui kanaka a pau i ke koko hoʻokahi, i noho lākou ma ka honua nei; aia hoʻi, ua paʻa i kona manaʻo kahiko ka hope o nā wā, a me nā mokuna o ko lākou wahi e noho ai; | From one man he made every nation of men, that they should inhabit the whole earth; and he determined the times set for them and the exact places where they should live. |
| ʻOih 18:1 | A ma hope iho o kēia mau mea, haʻalele ihola ʻo Paulo iā ʻAtenai, a hele aʻela i Korineto. | After this, Paul left Athens and went to Corinth. |
| ʻOih 18:6 | Kūʻēʻē akula lākou, ʻōlelo hōʻino maila, a laila lūlū ihola ia i kona kīhei, ʻī maila iā lākou, Aia ma luna o ko ʻoukou poʻo iho ko ʻoukou koko; ua maʻemaʻe au; ma kēia hope aku e hele au i ko nā ʻāina ʻē. | But when the Jews opposed Paul and became abusive, he shook out his clothes in protest and said to them, "Your blood be on your own heads! I am clear of my responsibility. From now on I will go to the Gentiles." |
| ʻOih 19:4 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Paulo, Bapetizo maila ʻo Ioane i ka bapetizo ʻana o ka mihi, i ka ʻī ʻana mai i kānaka, e manaʻoʻiʻo aku lākou i ka mea e hiki mai ana ma hope ona, ʻo ka Mesia nō ia, ʻo Iesū nō. | Paul said, "John's baptism was a baptism of repentance. He told the people to believe in the one coming after him, that is, in Jesus." |
| ʻOih 19:21 | A pau kēia mau mea i ka hana ʻia, manaʻo ihola ʻo Paulo ma ka ʻuhane, e kaʻahele ma Makedonia a me ʻAkaia, a laila, e hele i Ierusalema, ʻī aʻela, A hiki au i laila, ma ia hope aku, pono iaʻu ke ʻike iā Roma. | After all this had happened, Paul decided to go to Jerusalem, passing through Macedonia and Achaia. "After I have been there," he said, "I must visit Rome also." |
| ʻOih 20:1 | Ma hope iho o ka pau ʻana aʻe o kēia haunaele, hoʻākoakoa ihola ʻo Paulo i nā haumāna, a honi aʻela, a puka akula i waho, e hele i Makedonia. | When the uproar had ended, Paul sent for the disciples and, after encouraging them, said good-by and set out for Macedonia. |
| ʻOih 20:6 | A ma hope iho o nā lā o ka berena hū ʻole, holo akula mākou mai Pilipi aku, pō ʻalima hiki aku mākou i o lākou lā ma Teroa; ma laila mākou i noho ai i nā lā ʻehiku. | But we sailed from Philippi after the Feast of Unleavened Bread, and five days later joined the others at Troas, where we stayed seven days. |
| ʻOih 21:15 | A ma hope iho o kēia mau lā, hoʻomākaukau ihola mākou, a piʻi akula i Ierusalema. | After this, we got ready and went up to Jerusalem. |
| ʻOih 24:25 | A i kāna kamaʻilio ʻana no ka pono, a me ka pākiko, a me ka hoʻokolokolo ʻia e hiki mai ana ma hope, haʻalulu ihola ʻo Pelika, ʻī akula, Ō hoʻi ʻoe i kēia wā; a loaʻa iaʻu ka manawa kaʻawale, e kiʻi hou aku nō au iā ʻoe. | As Paul discoursed on righteousness, self-control and the judgment to come, Felix was afraid and said, "That's enough for now! You may leave. When I find it convenient, I will send for you." |
| ʻOih 25:26 | ʻAʻole aʻu mea e palapala aku ai nona i koʻu haku. No ia mea, ua kaʻi mai au iā ia i mua o ʻoukou nei, a i mua nō hoʻi ou, e ke aliʻi, e ʻAgeripa ē, i loaʻa iaʻu kekahi mea e palapala aku ai, ma hope o kēia hoʻokolokolo ʻana. | But I have nothing definite to write to His Majesty about him. Therefore I have brought him before all of you, and especially before you, King Agrippa, so that as a result of this investigation I may have something to write. |
| ʻOih 27:29 | Makaʻu aʻela o ili mākou ma kahi pōhaku, hoʻolei ihola lākou i nā heleuma ʻehā ma ka hope o ka moku, a ʻiʻini ihola i ke ao ʻana aʻe. | Fearing that we would be dashed against the rocks, they dropped four anchors from the stern and prayed for daylight. |
| ʻOih 27:41 | Īkā ihola lākou i lalo i kahi wili au, ili ihola ka moku, paʻa ihola ka ihu, ʻaʻole loa i hemo, nāhāhā ihola ka hope i ka ikaika o nā ʻale. | But the ship struck a sandbar and ran aground. The bow stuck fast and would not move, and the stern was broken to pieces by the pounding of the surf. |
| ʻOih 28:25 | A i ka like pū ʻole ʻana o ko lākou manaʻo kekahi i kekahi, hele aku lākou, ma hope iho o ka haʻi ʻana aku o Paulo i kahi ʻōlelo hou; Pololei wale ka ʻōlelo a ka ʻUhane Hemolele, ma o ʻIsaia lā, ʻo ke kāula, i ko kākou poʻe kūpuna, | They disagreed among themselves and began to leave after Paul had made this final statement: "The Holy Spirit spoke the truth to your forefathers when he said through Isaiah the prophet: |
| Roma 1:4 | A i hoʻomaopopo ʻia hoʻi ʻo ke Keiki a ke Akua me ka mana, ma ka ʻuhane hoʻāno, ma hope o ke ala hou ʻana mai waena mai o ka poʻe make; | and who through the Spirit of holiness was declared with power to be the Son of God by his resurrection from the dead: Jesus Christ our Lord. |
| Roma 6:21 | He aha hoʻi ka hua i loaʻa iā ʻoukou ia manawa o nā mea a ʻoukou e hilahila nei? No ka mea, ʻo ka hope o ia mau mea, he make ia. | What benefit did you reap at that time from the things you are now ashamed of ? Those things result in death! |
| Roma 6:22 | ʻĀnō hoʻi, ua hoʻokaʻawale ʻia aʻe ʻoukou mai ka hewa aʻe a lilo hoʻi i mau kauā na ke Akua, ua loaʻa iā ʻoukou kā ʻoukou hua i ka pono, a ʻo ka hope, ke ola mau loa. | But now that you have been set free from sin and have become slaves to God, the benefit you reap leads to holiness, and the result is eternal life. |
| Roma 8:18 | Ke manaʻo nei nō hoʻi au, ʻaʻole e pono ke hoʻohālike ʻia ka ʻehaʻeha o kēia noho ʻana me ka nani e hōʻike ʻia mai ana iā kākou ma hope. | I consider that our present sufferings are not worth comparing with the glory that will be revealed in us. |
| Roma 8:38 | No ka mea, ke manaʻo maopopo nei au, ʻaʻole e hiki i ka make a me ke ola, ʻaʻole i nā ʻānela a me nā aliʻi a me nā mea ikaika, ʻaʻole hoʻi i nā mea o nēia wā a me nā mea ma hope aku, ʻaʻole hoʻi i nā luna kānāwai, | For I am convinced that neither death nor life, neither angels nor demons, neither the present nor the future, nor any powers, |
| 1-Kor 7:29 | Ke ʻōlelo aku nei nō hoʻi au i kēia, e nā hoahānau, ma kēia hope aku ka wā pilikia; no laila, ʻo ka mea wahine, e lilo ia i mea like me ka mea wahine ʻole: | What I mean, brothers, is that the time is short. From now on those who have wives should live as if they had none; |
| 1-Kor 8:13 | No ia mea, inā ʻo ka ʻiʻo ka mea e hewa ai koʻu hoahānau, ma kēia hope aku, ʻaʻole loa au e ʻai hou i ka ʻiʻo, o hoʻolilo au i koʻu hoahānau i ka hewa. | Therefore, if what I eat causes my brother to fall into sin, I will never eat meat again, so that I will not cause him to fall. |
| 1-Kor 9:23 | Ke hana nei nō hoʻi au i kēia, no ka ʻeuanelio, i loaʻa pū ai iaʻu ko laila hope. | I do all this for the sake of the gospel, that I may share in its blessings. |
| 1-Kor 9:27 | Ke ʻuʻumi nei au i kuʻu kino a lanakila ma luna iho, o lilo paha wau i ke ʻāpono ʻole ʻia, ma hope o kuʻu aʻo ʻana aku iā haʻi. | No, I beat my body and make it my slave so that after I have preached to others, I myself will not be disqualified for the prize. |
| 1-Kor 10:4 | A inu nō hoʻi lākou i kēlā wai lani; no ka mea, inu nō lākou i ko ia pōhaku lani i hahai ma hope o lākou, a ʻo ua pōhaku lā, ʻo ia ʻo Kristo. | and drank the same spiritual drink; for they drank from the spiritual rock that accompanied them, and that rock was Christ. |
| 1-Kor 10:11 | Ua loʻohia mai lākou i kēia mau mea, i hōʻailona; a ua palapala ʻia mai i mea e naʻauao ai kākou, ka poʻe e ola nei, i kēia hope o ke ao. | These things happened to them as examples and were written down as warnings for us, on whom the fulfillment of the ages has come. |
| 1-Kor 11:25 | Pēlā nō hoʻi ke kīʻaha, ma hope o ka ʻai ʻana, ʻī akula, ʻO kēia kīʻaha, ʻo ke kauoha hou ia i loko o koʻu koko. E hana ʻoukou i kēia, i ko ʻoukou wā e inu ai, me ka hoʻomanaʻo mai iaʻu. | In the same way, after supper he took the cup, saying, "This cup is the new covenant in my blood; do this, whenever you drink it, in remembrance of me." |
| 1-Kor 12:28 | A ua hoʻonoho mai ke Akua i nā mea ma loko o ka ʻekalesia, ʻo ka mua, ʻo nā lunaʻōlelo; ʻo ka lua, ʻo nā kāula; ʻo ke kolu, ʻo nā kumu; a ma hope, nā mea hana mana; a laila, ka ʻoihana hoʻōla, a me nā mea kōkua, a me nā luna, a me ka ʻōlelo i nā ʻōlelo ʻē. | And in the church God has appointed first of all apostles, second prophets, third teachers, then workers of miracles, also those having gifts of healing, those able to help others, those with gifts of administration, and those speaking in different kinds of tongues. |
| 1-Kor 15:6 | A ma hope iho, ʻike ʻia ʻo ia e nā hoahānau ʻelima haneri a keu, i ka wā hoʻokahi. A ke ola lā nō ka nui o lākou i kēia manawa, a ʻo kekahi poʻe, ua moe. | After that, he appeared to more than five hundred of the brothers at the same time, most of whom are still living, though some have fallen asleep. |
| 1-Kor 15:7 | A ma hope iho, ʻike ʻia ʻo ia e Iakobo, a laila e ka poʻe lunaʻōlelo a pau. | Then he appeared to James, then to all the apostles, |
| 1-Kor 15:8 | ʻO wau nō kai ʻike hope loa aku iā ia, me he keiki hānau hapa lā. | and last of all he appeared to me also, as to one abnormally born. |
| 1-Kor 15:24 | ʻO ia hoʻi ka hope, i ka wā e hoʻihoʻi ia i ke aupuni i ke Akua, i ka Makua; i kona wā e hoʻopau ai i nā ʻoihana aliʻi, a me ka ikaika, a me ka mana. | Then the end will come, when he hands over the kingdom to God the Father after he has destroyed all dominion, authority and power. |
| 1-Kor 15:26 | A ʻo ka ʻenemi hope loa, ʻo ka make, e hoʻopau ʻia nō ia. | The last enemy to be destroyed is death. |
| 1-Kor 15:45 | Pēlā hoʻi ka palapala ʻana mai, ʻO ke kanaka mua, ʻo ʻAdamu, ua hana ʻia ʻo ia, he kanaka ola; a ʻo ʻAdamu hope, he ʻuhane hoʻōla ia. | So it is written: "The first man Adam became a living being"; the last Adam, a life-giving spirit. |
| 1-Kor 15:46 | Akā hoʻi, ʻo ka mea ma ka ʻuhane, ʻaʻole ʻo ia ka mua, ʻo ka mea nō ma ke kino; a ma hope ka mea ma ka ʻuhane. | The spiritual did not come first, but the natural, and after that the spiritual. |
| 1-Kor 15:47 | ʻO ke kanaka mua, no ka lepo ia, a he lepo. A ʻo ke kanaka hope, ʻo ia ka Haku, mai ka lani mai. | The first man was of the dust of the earth, the second man from heaven. |
| 2-Kor 1:13 | No ka mea, ʻo nā mea a ʻoukou i heluhelu ai me ka hōʻoiaʻiʻo mai, a ke manaʻo nei au e hōʻoiaʻiʻo ana ʻoukou a hiki i ka hope, ʻo ia wale nō kā mākou i palapala aku ai iā ʻoukou. | For we do not write you anything you cannot read or understand. And I hope that, |
| 2-Kor 3:13 | ʻAʻole like me Mose i uhi iho ai i kona maka i ka pale, i hiki ʻole i nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela ke nānā pono i ka hope o ua mea lā e nalowale ana: | We are not like Moses, who would put a veil over his face to keep the Israelites from gazing at it while the radiance was fading away. |
| 2-Kor 11:5 | No ka mea, ke manaʻo nei au, ʻaʻole au i emi iki ma hope o ke poʻokela o nā lunaʻōlelo. | But I do not think I am in the least inferior to those "super-apostles." |
| 2-Kor 11:15 | No ia hoʻi, ʻaʻole ia he mea kupanaha ke ʻano hou aʻe nā kāhuna nona e like me nā kāhuna o ka pono; a e like auaneʻi ko lākou hope me nā hana a lākou. | It is not surprising, then, if his servants masquerade as servants of righteousness. Their end will be what their actions deserve. |
| 2-Kor 12:11 | Ua lilo au i naʻaupō ma ke kaena ʻana; na ʻoukou au i koi mai: no ka mea, he pono koʻu e hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia mai e ʻoukou; ʻaʻole au i emi iki ma hope o nā lunaʻōlelo poʻokela, he mea ʻole nō naʻe au. | I have made a fool of myself, but you drove me to it. I ought to have been commended by you, for I am not in the least inferior to the "super-apostles," even though I am nothing. |
| 2-Kor 12:13 | Ma hea ko ʻoukou wahi emi ma hope o nā ʻekalesia ʻē aʻe, ke waiho ko ʻoukou kaumaha ʻole iaʻu? E kala mai ʻoukou iaʻu i kēia mea pono ʻole. | How were you inferior to the other churches, except that I was never a burden to you? Forgive me this wrong! |
| Gal 1:21 | Ma ia hope mai, hele akula au i nā moku o Suria a me Kilikia; | Later I went to Syria and Cilicia. |
| Gal 3:17 | ʻO kēia kaʻu e ʻōlelo aku nei, ʻo ka berita i hoʻopaʻa ʻē ʻia ma mua e ke Akua no Kristo, ʻaʻole e hiki i ke kānāwai i kau ʻia ma hope mai o nā haneri makahiki ʻehā a me kanakolu ke hōʻole aku, i hāʻule ai ka ʻōlelo. | What I mean is this: The law, introduced |
| Gal 4:7 | No ia mea, ʻaʻole he kauā luhi ʻoe ma ia hope aku, akā, he keiki nō; inā he keiki, he hoʻoilina nō hoʻi na ke Akua ma o Kristo lā. | So you are no longer a slave, but a son; and since you are a son, God has made you also an heir. |
| Gal 6:17 | Ma ia hope aku, mai hoʻoluhi mai kekahi iaʻu; no ka mea, ke halihali nei au ma koʻu kino i nā hōʻailona o ka Haku ʻo Iesū. | Finally, let no one cause me trouble, for I bear on my body the marks of Jesus. |
| ʻEpeso 1:10 | I ke aupuni o kēia manawa hope, e hōʻuluʻulu i nā mea a pau ma kahi hoʻokahi i loko o Kristo, i nā mea o ka lani a me nā mea o ka honua, i loko ona. | to be put into effect when the times will have reached their fulfillment--to bring all things in heaven and on earth together under one head, even Christ. |
| ʻEpeso 2:7 | I hōʻike mai ai ʻo ia i nā manawa ma hope aku i ka nui loa o kona lokomaikaʻi, ma ka hana maikaʻi mai iā kākou ma o Kristo Iesū lā. | in order that in the coming ages he might show the incomparable riches of his grace, expressed in his kindness to us in Christ Jesus. |
| ʻEpeso 3:21 | Iā ia ka hoʻonani ʻia aku e ka ʻekalesia ma o Kristo Iesū lā, i nā manawa a pau, ma hope mau loa aku. ʻĀmene. | to him be glory in the church and in Christ Jesus throughout all generations, for ever and ever! Amen. |
| ʻEpeso 4:14 | I kamaliʻi ʻole ai kākou ma ia hope aku i ka ʻaleʻale ʻia a me ka lauwili ʻia e nā makani a pau o ka ʻōlelo, ma ka ʻāpiki a kānaka, a me ka maʻalea a lākou e ʻimi ai i ka hoʻopunipuni; | Then we will no longer be infants, tossed back and forth by the waves, and blown here and there by every wind of teaching and by the cunning and craftiness of men in their deceitful scheming. |
| Pilipi 2:23 | No ia mea, ke manaʻo nei au e hoʻouna koke aku iā ia, aia ʻike au i ka hope o kaʻu mau mea. | I hope, therefore, to send him as soon as I see how things go with me. |
| Pilipi 3:13 | E nā hoahānau, ma kuʻu manaʻo iho, ʻaʻole au i lālau aku: akā, ʻo kēia hoʻokahi kaʻu e hana nei, e hoʻopoina ana au i nā mea i hala ma hope, a e kīkoʻo aku ana au i nā mea ma mua, | Brothers, I do not consider myself yet to have taken hold of it. But one thing I do: Forgetting what is behind and straining toward what is ahead, |
| Pilipi 3:19 | ʻO ka make ko lākou hope, ʻo ka ʻōpū hoʻi ko lākou akua, a ma ka mea hilahila ko lākou nani, ke manaʻo nei hoʻi lākou i nā mea o ka honua.) | Their destiny is destruction, their god is their stomach, and their glory is in their shame. Their mind is on earthly things. |
| 1-Tim 1:4 | ʻAʻole hoʻi e mālama i nā ʻōlelo haku wale ʻia, a me nā kūʻauhau hope ʻole, ʻo nā mea i hoʻomāhuahua aʻe i ka hoʻopaʻapaʻa ʻana, ʻaʻole i ka pono o ke Akua, ma ka manaʻo ʻoiaʻiʻo. | nor to devote themselves to myths and endless genealogies. These promote controversies rather than God's work--which is by faith. |
| 1-Tim 1:5 | ʻO ka hope o ke kauoha, ʻo ke aloha ia, mai loko mai o ka naʻau maʻemaʻe, a me ka manaʻo maikaʻi, a me ka paulele ʻoiaʻiʻo. | The goal of this command is love, which comes from a pure heart and a good conscience and a sincere faith. |
| 1-Tim 1:16 | A ua aloha ʻia mai hoʻi au, i hōʻike mai ai ʻo Iesū Kristo ma oʻu nei lā mua, i ke ahonui a pau, i kumu no ka poʻe e paulele ana iā ia ma ia hope aku, i ola mau loa ai. | But for that very reason I was shown mercy so that in me, the worst of sinners, Christ Jesus might display his unlimited patience as an example for those who would believe on him and receive eternal life. |
| 1-Tim 4:1 | Ke ʻōlelo paka mai nei ka ʻUhane, a i ka manawa ma hope, e haʻalele kekahi poʻe i ka manaʻoʻiʻo, e mālama ana i nā ʻuhane hoʻopunipuni, a me ke aʻo ʻana a nā daimonio; | The Spirit clearly says that in later times some will abandon the faith and follow deceiving spirits and things taught by demons. |
| 2-Tim 3:1 | Eia hoʻi kāu mea e ʻike ai; a i nā lā ma hope e hiki mai ana nā manawa pōpilikia. | But mark this: There will be terrible times in the last days. |
| 2-Tim 4:8 | Ma kēia hope aku, e waiho mai ana noʻu he lei o ka pono, ka mea a ka Haku a ka Luna kānāwai hoʻopono e hāʻawi mai ai iaʻu i kēlā lā; ʻaʻole hoʻi iaʻu wale nō, akā, i ka poʻe a pau i makemake i kona ʻikea ʻana mai. | Now there is in store for me the crown of righteousness, which the Lord, the righteous Judge, will award to me on that day--and not only to me, but also to all who have longed for his appearing. |
| Tito 3:10 | ʻO ke kanaka e aʻo kūʻēʻē ana, ʻo kāu ia e hoʻonoho aku i waho, ma hope iho o ka mua a me ka lua o ke aʻo pono ʻana aku iā ia: | Warn a divisive person once, and then warn him a second time. After that, have nothing to do with him. |
| Pil 1:16 | ʻAʻole me he kauā lā ma ia hope, akā, me he mea lā e ʻoi i ke kauā, he hoahānau punahele, pēlā ʻiʻo iaʻu, a he ʻoiaʻiʻo maoli nō iā ʻoe, ma ke kino, a ma loko hoʻi o ka Haku. | no longer as a slave, but better than a slave, as a dear brother. He is very dear to me but even dearer to you, both as a man and as a brother in the Lord. |
| Heb 4:3 | Akā hoʻi, ʻo kākou ka poʻe manaʻoʻiʻo ke komo i loko o kahi maha, me ia kāna ʻōlelo ʻana, Pēlā hoʻi au i koʻu huhū i hoʻohiki ai, ʻaʻole lākou e komo i loko o koʻu wahi maha; ʻo ia hoʻi, i ka pau ʻana o nā hana ma hope iho o ka hoʻokumu ʻana o ke ao nei. | Now we who have believed enter that rest, just as God has said, "So I declared on oath in my anger, 'They shall never enter my rest.' " And yet his work has been finished since the creation of the world. |
| Heb 4:7 | Ua hoʻākāka hou mai ia i kekahi lā, e ʻōlelo ana ma Dāvida, I kēia lā, i ka manawa ma hope loa mai; ua ʻōlelo ʻia mai pēnēia, I kēia lā i ko ʻoukou lohe ʻana i kona leo, mai hoʻopaʻakikī i ko ʻoukou naʻau. | Therefore God again set a certain day, calling it Today, when a long time later he spoke through David, as was said before: "Today, if you hear his voice, do not harden your hearts." |
| Heb 6:8 | Akā, ʻo kahi i hoʻokupu mai i ke kākalaioa, a me ka nāhelehele ʻoʻoi, he pono ʻole ia, ua kokoke ia i ka hoʻāhewa ʻia mai; a ʻo kona hope ka puhi ʻia i ke ahi. | But land that produces thorns and thistles is worthless and is in danger of being cursed. In the end it will be burned. |
| Heb 7:28 | Na ke kānāwai hoʻi i hoʻolilo i kānaka nāwaliwali i kāhuna nui; akā, na ka ʻōlelo o ka hoʻohiki ʻana, ka mea ma hope mai o ke kānāwai, i hoʻolilo i ke Keiki, ka mea i hoʻohemolele mau loa ʻia aku. | For the law appoints as high priests men who are weak; but the oath, which came after the law, appointed the Son, who has been made perfect forever. |
| Heb 8:10 | Akā, eia ka berita aʻu e hana aku ai me ka ʻohana ʻIseraʻela, ma hope iho o ua mau lā lā, wahi a Iēhova; E paʻi au i koʻu mau kānāwai ma ko lākou manaʻo, a e kākau iho ia mau mea ma ko lākou naʻau; a e lilo au i Akua no lākou, a e lilo mai lākou i poʻe kānaka noʻu. | This is the covenant I will make with the house of Israel after that time, declares the Lord. I will put my laws in their minds and write them on their hearts. I will be their God, and they will be my people. |
| Heb 9:3 | A ma hope o ka pale lua, ka halelewa i kapa ʻia ka hoʻāno loa. | Behind the second curtain was a room called the Most Holy Place, |
| Heb 9:17 | No ka mea, ʻo ke kauoha, ua paʻa loa ia ma hope wale nō o ka make ʻana o kānaka, ʻaʻole ia i paʻa i ka wā e ola ana ka mea nāna ke kauoha. | because a will is in force only when somebody has died; it never takes effect while the one who made it is living. |
| Heb 9:26 | Inā pēlā, inā ua make pinepine ʻo ia mai ka hoʻokumu ʻana mai o ke ao nei, akā, ʻānō, ma kēia hope o ke ao, ua hōʻike hoʻokahi mai ʻo ia iā ia iho no ka hoʻomaʻemaʻe ʻana i ka hewa ma ka mōhai ʻana iā ia iho. | Then Christ would have had to suffer many times since the creation of the world. But now he has appeared once for all at the end of the ages to do away with sin by the sacrifice of himself. |
| Heb 9:27 | A ua hoʻomaopopo ʻia ka make hoʻokahi ʻana o nā kānaka, a ma ia hope aku ka hoʻopaʻi ʻana: | Just as man is destined to die once, and after that to face judgment, |
| Heb 10:12 | Akā, ʻo kēia hoʻi, ma hope iho o kona kaumaha ʻana i ka mōhai hoʻokahi no ka hewa, noho ihola ia a mau loa, ma ka lima ʻākau o ke Akua; | But when this priest had offered for all time one sacrifice for sins, he sat down at the right hand of God. |
| Heb 10:16 | Eia ka berita aʻu e hana aku ai me lākou, ma hope iho o ua mau lā lā, wahi a ka Haku; E paʻi iho au i koʻu mau kānāwai ma ko lākou naʻau, a e kākau iho hoʻi ia mau mea ma ko lākou manaʻo: | "This is the covenant I will make with them after that time, says the Lord. I will put my laws in their hearts, and I will write them on their minds." |
| Heb 10:26 | A inā e hana hewa kākou me ka ʻae o ka naʻau, ma hope iho o ka loaʻa ʻana mai iā kākou ka ʻike ʻana i ka ʻōlelo ʻoiaʻiʻo, ʻaʻohe mōhai hou no nā hala; | If we deliberately keep on sinning after we have received the knowledge of the truth, no sacrifice for sins is left, |
| Heb 10:32 | E hoʻomanaʻo hoʻi ʻoukou i nā lā ma mua, i ka manawa i hoʻomanawanui ai ʻoukou i ka paio nui ʻana, me ka ʻehaʻeha, ma hope iho o ko ʻoukou naʻauao ʻana; | Remember those earlier days after you had received the light, when you stood your ground in a great contest in the face of suffering. |
| Heb 10:36 | ʻO ke ahonui ko ʻoukou mea e pono ai, i loaʻa mai ai iā ʻoukou ka pono i haʻi mua ʻia mai, ma hope iho o kā ʻoukou hana ʻana i ka makemake o ke Akua. | You need to persevere so that when you have done the will of God, you will receive what he has promised. |
| Heb 10:38 | A ʻo ka mea i pono, e ola nō ia ma ka manaʻoʻiʻo; akā, inā e hoʻi i hope kekahi, ʻaʻole e ʻoluʻolu koʻu ʻuhane iā ia. | But my righteous one will live by faith. And if he shrinks back, I will not be pleased with him." |
| Heb 10:39 | ʻAʻole hoʻi mākou no ka poʻe hoʻi i hope e make ai; akā, no ka poʻe manaʻoʻiʻo e ola ai ka ʻuhane. | But we are not of those who shrink back and are destroyed, but of those who believe and are saved. |
| Heb 11:11 | Ma ka manaʻoʻiʻo i loaʻa ai iā Sara ka ikaika e hāpai keiki ai, a hānau mai, ma hope iho o ka manawa maoli o kona ola ʻana, no kona manaʻo ʻana i ka ʻoiaʻiʻo o ka mea nāna i haʻi mua mai. | By faith Abraham, even though he was past age--and Sarah herself was barren--was enabled to become a father because he considered him faithful who had made the promise. |
| Heb 11:23 | Ma ka manaʻoʻiʻo i hūnā ʻia ai ʻo Mose i nā malama ʻekolu e kona mau mākua ma hope iho o kona hānau ʻana, no ko lāua ʻike ʻana he keiki maikaʻi ia; ʻaʻole hoʻi lāua i makaʻu i ke kauoha a ke aliʻi. | By faith Moses' parents hid him for three months after he was born, because they saw he was no ordinary child, and they were not afraid of the king's edict. |
| Heb 11:31 | No ka manaʻoʻiʻo i make pū ʻole ai ʻo Rahaba ka wahine hoʻokamakama me ka poʻe hoʻomaloka, ma hope iho o kona hoʻokipa ʻana i nā kiu me ke aloha. | By faith the prostitute Rahab, because she welcomed the spies, was not killed with those who were disobedient. |
| Heb 12:11 | A ʻo nā hahau ʻana a pau, ʻaʻole ia i manaʻo ʻia i kona manawa, he mea ʻoliʻoli, he mea ʻehaʻeha nō; akā, ma ia hope iho, ua hoʻohua mai ia i ka hua o ka pono e pōmaikaʻi ai no ka poʻe i hoʻoponopono ʻia i laila. | No discipline seems pleasant at the time, but painful. Later on, however, it produces a harvest of righteousness and peace for those who have been trained by it. |
| Heb 12:17 | No ka mea, ua ʻike ʻoukou, i kona makemake ʻana ma hope iho e loaʻa iā ia ka hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia, ua hōʻole ʻia ʻo ia; ʻaʻole hoʻi i loaʻa iā ia kahi e lole hou mai ai, ua ʻimi aku nō naʻe ʻo ia ia mea me ka waimaka. | Afterward, as you know, when he wanted to inherit this blessing, he was rejected. He could bring about no change of mind, though he sought the blessing with tears. |
| Heb 13:7 | E hoʻomanaʻo i ko ʻoukou mau alakaʻi, nā mea nāna i haʻi mai i ka ʻōlelo a ke Akua iā ʻoukou; e noʻonoʻo pono i ka hope o kā lākou hana ʻana, e hele hoʻi ma muli o ko lākou manaʻoʻiʻo. | Remember your leaders, who spoke the word of God to you. Consider the outcome of their way of life and imitate their faith. |
| Heb 13:14 | No ka mea, ʻaʻole o kākou kūlanakauhale e mau ana ma ʻaneʻi, akā, ke ʻimi nei kākou ia mea ma ia hope aku. | For here we do not have an enduring city, but we are looking for the city that is to come. |
| Iak 5:3 | Ua ʻai ʻia e ka popo ko ʻoukou gula, a me ko ʻoukou kālā; he hōʻike ka popo o ia mau mea no ʻoukou, a e ʻai aku i ko ʻoukou ʻiʻo me he ahi lā. Ua hōʻiliʻili ʻoukou no nā lā ma hope. | Your gold and silver are corroded. Their corrosion will testify against you and eat your flesh like fire. You have hoarded wealth in the last days. |
| Iak 5:7 | I nui ke aho, e nā hoahānau, a hiki mai ka Haku. Eia hoʻi, ke kakali nei ka mahi ʻai i ka hua ōhāhā o ka honua, e hoʻomanawanui ana ma ia mea a hiki mai ke kuāua mua a me ke kuāua hope. | Be patient, then, brothers, until the Lord's coming. See how the farmer waits for the land to yield its valuable crop and how patient he is for the autumn and spring rains. |
| Iak 5:11 | Aia hoʻi, ke kapa nei kākou i ka poʻe hoʻomanawanui, he pōmaikaʻi. Ua lohe ʻoukou i ka hoʻomanawanui ʻana o Ioba, a ua ʻike ʻoukou i kā ka Haku hope; ua lokomaikaʻi nui ka Haku me ke aloha mai. | As you know, we consider blessed those who have persevered. You have heard of Job's perseverance and have seen what the Lord finally brought about. The Lord is full of compassion and mercy. |
| 1-Pet 1:5 | Ka poʻe i mālama ʻia mai e ka mana o ke Akua, ma ka manaʻoʻiʻo, i loaʻa mai ke ola i hoʻomākaukau ʻia no ka hōʻike ʻia mai i ka wā ma hope. | who through faith are shielded by God's power until the coming of the salvation that is ready to be revealed in the last time. |
| 1-Pet 1:9 | E loaʻa mai ana ka hope o ko ʻoukou manaʻoʻiʻo, ʻo ke ola o ko ʻoukou poʻe ʻuhane. | for you are receiving the goal of your faith, the salvation of your souls. |
| 1-Pet 1:11 | Ua ʻimi nui nō lākou i ka mea a me ka manawa a ka ʻUhane o Kristo i haʻi mai ai i loko o lākou, i kona hōʻike mua ʻana mai i ka hōʻino ʻia ʻo Kristo, a me ka hoʻonani ʻia, ma hope o kēia mau mea. | trying to find out the time and circumstances to which the Spirit of Christ in them was pointing when he predicted the sufferings of Christ and the glories that would follow. |
| 1-Pet 1:20 | Ua hoʻonoho ʻia ʻo ia ma mua o ka hoʻokumu ʻana o ke ao nei; akā, ua hōʻike ʻia mai i kēia wā hope no ʻoukou, | He was chosen before the creation of the world, but was revealed in these last times for your sake. |
| 1-Pet 3:8 | Eia hoʻi ka hope, e lōkahi ko ʻoukou manaʻo a pau, e lokomaikaʻi kekahi i kekahi; he poʻe aloha hoahānau, e menemene hoʻi, a e akahai. | Finally, all of you, live in harmony with one another; be sympathetic, love as brothers, be compassionate and humble. |
| 1-Pet 4:17 | No ka mea, e hiki mai auaneʻi ka manawa e hoʻomaka ai ka hoʻohewa ʻia ma ko ka hale o ke Akua; a inā ma o kākou nei ka mua, he aha lā uaneʻi ka hope o ka poʻe i mālama ʻole i ka ʻeuanelio a ke Akua? | For it is time for judgment to begin with the family of God; and if it begins with us, what will the outcome be for those who do not obey the gospel of God? |
| 1-Pet 5:10 | Akā, ʻo ke Akua, nāna mai ka lokomaikaʻi a pau, ʻo ka mea i hea mai ai iā kākou nei i ka nani mau loa, ma o Kristo Iesū lā, ma hope o ko ʻoukou ʻeha pākole ʻana, nāna nō e hoʻolilo iā ʻoukou i hemolele loa, a e hoʻokumu hoʻi, a e hoʻoikaika, a e hoʻokūpaʻa iā ʻoukou. | And the God of all grace, who called you to his eternal glory in Christ, after you have suffered a little while, will himself restore you and make you strong, firm and steadfast. |
| 2-Pet 1:15 | Akā hoʻi, e hoʻoikaika mau wau, i hiki iā ʻoukou, ke manaʻo mau i kēia mau mea ma hope o kuʻu make ʻana. | And I will make every effort to see that after my departure you will always be able to remember these things. |
| 2-Pet 2:6 | A puhi aku nō hoʻi i nā kūlanakauhale ʻo Sodoma a me Gomora a lehu, me ka hoʻohewa e make māinoino, e hoʻolilo ana iā lākou i hōʻailona e ao ai i ka poʻe ʻaiā ma ia hope; | if he condemned the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah by burning them to ashes, and made them an example of what is going to happen to the ungodly; |
| 2-Pet 2:20 | No ka mea, inā lākou i haʻalele i ka paumāʻele o ke ao nei, no ka ʻike ʻana i ka Haku a me ka Hoʻōla, ʻo Iesū Kristo, a ma hope iho, hihia hou, a lilo i laila, ua ʻoi aku ka ʻino o ko lākou hope, i ko ka mua. | If they have escaped the corruption of the world by knowing our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ and are again entangled in it and overcome, they are worse off at the end than they were at the beginning. |
| 2-Pet 2:21 | Inā ua ʻike ʻole lākou i ka ʻaoʻao o ka pono, e aho nō ia, ma mua o ko lākou ʻike ʻana, a ma hope iho haʻalele i ka ʻōlelo hemolele i hāʻawi ʻia mai na lākou. | It would have been better for them not to have known the way of righteousness, than to have known it and then to turn their backs on the sacred command that was passed on to them. |
| 2-Pet 3:3 | E ʻike mua ʻoukou i kēia; i nā lā ma hope, e hiki mai ana nō ka poʻe hoʻowahāwahā, hilahila ʻole, a e hele ana nō hoʻi lākou ma muli o ko lākou kuko iho, | First of all, you must understand that in the last days scoffers will come, scoffing and following their own evil desires. |
| 1-Ioane 2:18 | E nā kamaliʻi ʻuʻuku, eia ka hope o ka manawa. Me ko ʻoukou lohe ʻana i ka hiki ʻana mai o ʻAnikristo, pēlā nō e noho nei nā ʻAnikristo he nui; no ia mea, ua ʻike nō kākou ʻo ka hope kēia o ka manawa. | Dear children, this is the last hour; and as you have heard that the antichrist is coming, even now many antichrists have come. This is how we know it is the last hour. |
| 1-Ioane 3:2 | E nā punahele, ʻānō lā, he poʻe keiki kākou na ke Akua, akā, ʻo ko kākou ʻano ma hope aku, ʻaʻole ʻikea ia; akā, ke ʻike nei kākou, a i kona wā e ʻikea mai ai, e like auaneʻi kākou me ia: no ka mea, e ʻike kākou iā ia ma kona ʻano maoli. | Dear friends, now we are children of God, and what we will be has not yet been made known. But we know that when he appears, we shall be like him, for we shall see him as he is. |
| Iuda 1:5 | Ua makemake au e paipai i ko ʻoukou manaʻo; ua ʻike nō ʻoukou ma mua, ua hoʻōla mai ka Haku i kona poʻe kānaka mai ka ʻāina mai ʻo ʻAigupita, a ma hope hoʻi luku ihola ia i ka poʻe manaʻoʻiʻo ʻole aku. | Though you already know all this, I want to remind you that the Lord delivered his people out of Egypt, but later destroyed those who did not believe. |
| Iuda 1:18 | I ko lākou haʻi ʻana mai iā ʻoukou, i ka hope o ka manawa, e hiki mai ai ka poʻe haʻakei e hele ana ma ko lākou kuko ʻaiā iho. | They said to you, "In the last times there will be scoffers who will follow their own ungodly desires." |
| Hōʻik 1:10 | A i ka lā o ka Haku, hihiʻo nō wau i ka ʻUhane, a lohe ihola i ka leo nui ma hope oʻu, e like me ko ka pū puhi, | On the Lord's Day I was in the Spirit, and I heard behind me a loud voice like a trumpet, |
| Hōʻik 1:11 | ʻĪ maila, ʻO wau nō ka ʻAlepa a me ka ʻOmega, ka mua a me ka hope; ʻO ka mea āu i ʻike ai, e palapala iho ʻoe ma ka buke, a e hoʻouna aku i nā ʻekalesia ʻehiku ma ʻĀsia; ma ʻEpeso, a ma Semurena, a ma Peregamo, a ma Tuateira, a ma Saredeisa, a ma Piladelepia, a ma Laodikeia. | which said: "Write on a scroll what you see and send it to the seven churches: to Ephesus, Smyrna, Pergamum, Thyatira, Sardis, Philadelphia and Laodicea." |
| Hōʻik 1:17 | A ʻike akula au iā ia, hina ihola au ma kona wāwae me he mea make lā: kau maila ʻo ia i kona lima ʻākau ma luna iho oʻu, ʻī maila iaʻu, Mai makaʻu. ʻO wau nō ka mea mua a me ka mea hope: | When I saw him, I fell at his feet as though dead. Then he placed his right hand on me and said: "Do not be afraid. I am the First and the Last. |
| Hōʻik 1:19 | No laila e palapala ʻoe i nā mea āu i ʻike ai, i nā mea o kēia manawa, a me nā mea e hiki mai ana ma kēia hope aku; | "Write, therefore, what you have seen, what is now and what will take place later. |
| Hōʻik 2:8 | E palapala aku ʻoe i ka ʻānela o ka ʻekalesia ma Semurena; Ke ʻī mai nei ka mea mua, a me ka mea hope, ʻo ka mea i make, a i ola hou, me nei; | "To the angel of the church in Smyrna write: These are the words of him who is the First and the Last, who died and came to life again. |
| Hōʻik 2:19 | Ua ʻike au i kāu hana ʻana, a me kou aloha, a me kou lawelawe ʻana, a me kou manaʻoʻiʻo, a me kou ahonui, a me ka ʻoi ʻana aku o kāu hana hope, ma mua o nā hana mua. | I know your deeds, your love and faith, your service and perseverance, and that you are now doing more than you did at first. |
| Hōʻik 4:1 | Ma hope iho o kēia mau mea, nānā akula au, aia hoʻi, he puka e hāmama ana ma loko o ka lani; a ʻo ka leo mua aʻu i lohe ai, ua like ia me ko ka pū e kamaʻilio ana iaʻu, ʻī maila, E piʻi mai ʻoe i ʻaneʻi, a naʻu nō e hōʻike aku iā ʻoe i nā mea e hiki mai ana ma kēia hope aku. | After this I looked, and there before me was a door standing open in heaven. And the voice I had first heard speaking to me like a trumpet said, "Come up here, and I will show you what must take place after this." |
| Hōʻik 4:6 | Aia hoʻi, i mua o ka noho aliʻi, he moana akāka, me he aniani lā; a ma ka noho aliʻi, a puni hoʻi ka noho aliʻi, ʻehā mau mea ola, ua paʻapū i nā maka ma mua a ma hope. | Also before the throne there was what looked like a sea of glass, clear as crystal. In the center, around the throne, were four living creatures, and they were covered with eyes, in front and in back. |
| Hōʻik 6:8 | A nānā akula au, aia hoʻi, he lio lenalena; a ʻo ka mea e noho ana ma luna iho ona, ʻo Make kona inoa, a hahai akula ʻo ka pō ma hope ona. A ua hāʻawi ʻia mai iā ia ka mana ma luna o kekahi hapa o ka honua, e luku aku me ka pahi kaua, a me ka wī, a me ka make, a me nā ʻīlio hihiu o ka honua. | I looked, and there before me was a pale horse! Its rider was named Death, and Hades was following close behind him. They were given power over a fourth of the earth to kill by sword, famine and plague, and by the wild beasts of the earth. |
| Hōʻik 7:1 | Ma hope iho o kēia mau mea, ʻike akula au i nā ʻānela ʻehā e kū ana ma nā kihi ʻehā o ka honua, e paʻa ana i nā makani ʻehā o ka honua, i pā ʻole mai ka makani ma ka ʻāina, ʻaʻole hoʻi ma ka moana, ʻaʻole hoʻi ma kekahi lāʻau. | After this I saw four angels standing at the four corners of the earth, holding back the four winds of the earth to prevent any wind from blowing on the land or on the sea or on any tree. |
| Hōʻik 7:9 | A ma hope iho o kēia mau mea, nānā akula au, aia hoʻi, he anaina nui loa, ʻaʻole hiki i kekahi ke helu aku, mai loko mai lākou o nā aupuni a pau, a me nā ʻohana, a me nā lāhui kanaka, a me nā ʻōlelo a pau, e kū ana lākou i mua o ka noho aliʻi, a i mua hoʻi o ke Keiki hipa, ua ʻaʻahu ʻia lākou i nā holokū keʻokeʻo, a he mau pāma ma ko lākou mau lima. | After this I looked and there before me was a great multitude that no one could count, from every nation, tribe, people and language, standing before the throne and in front of the Lamb. They were wearing white robes and were holding palm branches in their hands. |
| Hōʻik 9:12 | Ua hala kekahi auē; aia hoʻi, ʻelua auē i koe ma hope aku. | The first woe is past; two other woes are yet to come. |
| Hōʻik 12:15 | Luaʻi akula ua moʻo nei i ka wai ma waho o kona waha, a kahe akula ma hope o ka wahine e like me ka muliwai, i lawe aku ai ʻo ia iā ia ma ka wai. | Then from his mouth the serpent spewed water like a river, to overtake the woman and sweep her away with the torrent. |
| Hōʻik 14:13 | Lohe akula au i ka leo, mai ka lani mai, ʻī maila, E palapala ʻoe, Pōmaikaʻi ka poʻe make, ke make i loko o ka Haku, ma kēia hope aku: he ʻoiaʻiʻo, wahi a ka ʻUhane, i hoʻomaha lākou i ko lākou luhi; a ke hahai nei nō hoʻi kā lākou mau hana me lākou. | Then I heard a voice from heaven say, "Write: Blessed are the dead who die in the Lord from now on." "Yes," says the Spirit, "they will rest from their labor, for their deeds will follow them." |
| Hōʻik 15:1 | ʻIke akula au i kekahi hōʻailona hou ma ka lani, he nui a kupanaha loa, ʻehiku ʻānela me nā mea ʻino ʻehiku, hope loa; no ka mea, ma ia mau mea ua hoʻokō ʻia ko ke Akua inaina. | I saw in heaven another great and marvelous sign: seven angels with the seven last plagues--last, because with them God's wrath is completed. |
| Hōʻik 15:5 | Ma hope o kēia mau mea, ʻike akula au, a ua wehe ʻia ka luakini o ka halelewa hōʻike, ma ka lani: | After this I looked and in heaven the temple, that is, the tabernacle of the Testimony, was opened. |
| Hōʻik 17:8 | ʻO ka holoholona āu i ʻike ai, ma mua ia, i kēia wā hoʻi, ʻaʻole; a ma hope e piʻi mai nō ia mai loko mai o ka lua hohonu, a e hele ana i ka make. E kāhāhā hoʻi ka poʻe noho ma ka honua, ka poʻe ʻaʻole i kākau ʻia ko lākou inoa ma ka buke o ke ola mai ka hoʻokumu ʻana mai o ka honua, i ko lākou ʻike ʻana i ka holoholona, i ka mea ma mua, a i kēia wā ʻaʻole, a e noho ana hoʻi. | The beast, which you saw, once was, now is not, and will come up out of the Abyss and go to his destruction. The inhabitants of the earth whose names have not been written in the book of life from the creation of the world will be astonished when they see the beast, because he once was, now is not, and yet will come. |
| Hōʻik 18:1 | Ma hope iho o kēia mau mea, ʻike aku au i ka ʻānela hou e iho ana mai ka lani mai, me ka mana nui: ua hoʻomālamalama ʻia ka honua ma kona nani. | After this I saw another angel coming down from heaven. He had great authority, and the earth was illuminated by his splendor. |
| Hōʻik 19:1 | A ma hope iho o kēia mau mea, lohe akula au i ka leo nui o ke anaina nui loa ma ka lani, e ʻōlelo ana, Haleluia; ke ola a me ka hanohano a me ka nani a me ka mana, i ka Haku ko kākou Akua. | After this I heard what sounded like the roar of a great multitude in heaven shouting: "Hallelujah! Salvation and glory and power belong to our God, |
| Hōʻik 20:3 | A kiola akula iā ia i loko o ka lua hohonu, pani ihola, a hōʻailona ihola iā ia, i ʻole ia e hoʻowalewale hou aku i ko nā ʻāina, a pau nā makahiki hoʻokahi tausani; a ma hope iho o kēia mau mea, e kuʻu hou ʻia aku ʻo ia no kekahi manawa pōkole. | He threw him into the Abyss, and locked and sealed it over him, to keep him from deceiving the nations anymore until the thousand years were ended. After that, he must be set free for a short time. |
| Hōʻik 21:9 | Hele maila kekahi o nā ʻānela ʻehiku e paʻa ana i nā hue ʻehiku i piha i nā ʻino hope loa ʻehiku, a kamaʻilio mai iaʻu, ʻī maila, E hele mai, a e hōʻike aku au iā ʻoe i ka wahine mare, ʻo ka wahine hoʻi a ke Keiki hipa. | One of the seven angels who had the seven bowls full of the seven last plagues came and said to me, "Come, I will show you the bride, the wife of the Lamb." |
| Hōʻik 22:13 | ʻO wau nō ka ʻAlepa a me ka ʻOmega, ke kumu a me ka wēlau, ka mua a me ka hope. | I am the Alpha and the Omega, the First and the Last, the Beginning and the End. |
| Kin 4:3 | Ma hope iho o nā lā, lawe akula ʻo Kaina i kekahi hua o ka honua i mōhai na Iēhova. | In the course of time Cain brought some of the fruits of the soil as an offering to the Lord. |
| Kin 4:11 | Ma kēia hope aku, e hoʻohewa ʻia aku ai ʻoe mai ka honua aʻe, i hāmama aʻe kona waha e ale i ke koko o kou kaikaina, na kou lima aku. | Now you are under a curse and driven from the ground, which opened its mouth to receive your brother’s blood from your hand. |
| Kin 4:12 | I kou mahi ʻana i ka honua, ʻaʻole ia e hua mai ma kēia hope i kona momona: a e lilo hoʻi ʻoe i kanaka ʻaeʻa a me ke kuewa wale ma luna o ka honua. | When you work the ground, it will no longer yield its crops for you. You will be a restless wanderer on the earth.” |
| Kin 5:4 | ʻO nā lā o ʻAdamu ma hope mai o ka hānau ʻana o Seta, ʻewalu ia haneri makahiki: a nāna mai nā keiki kāne a me nā kaikamāhine: | After Seth was born, Adam lived 800 years and had other sons and daughters. |
| Kin 5:7 | ʻEwalu haneri makahiki o ko Seta ola ʻana a me kumamāhiku ma hope mai o ka hānau ʻana o ʻEnosa, a nāna mai nā keiki kāne a me nā kaikamāhine. | After he became the father of Enosh, Seth lived 807 years and had other sons and daughters. |
| Kin 5:10 | ʻEwalu haneri makahiki a me ka ʻumikumamālima o ko ʻEnosa ola ʻana, ma hope mai o ka hānau ʻana o Kainana, a nāna mai nā keiki kāne a me nā kaikamāhine: | After he became the father of Kenan, Enosh lived 815 years and had other sons and daughters. |
| Kin 5:13 | Ma hope mai o ka hānau ʻana o Mahalaleʻela, ʻewalu haneri makahiki o ko Kainana ola ʻana a me kanahā, a nāna mai nā keiki kāne a me nā kaikamāhine: | After he became the father of Mahalalel, Kenan lived 840 years and had other sons and daughters. |
| Kin 5:16 | Ma hope mai o ko Iareda hānau ʻana, ʻewalu haneri makahiki a me ke kanakolu o ko Mahalaleʻela ola ʻana, a nāna mai nā keiki kāne a me nā kaikamāhine. | After he became the father of Jared, Mahalalel lived 830 years and had other sons and daughters. |
| Kin 5:19 | Ma hope mai o ka hānau ʻana o ʻEnoka, ʻewalu haneri makahiki o ko Iareda ola ʻana, a nāna mai nā keiki kāne a me nā kaikamāhine. | After he became the father of Enoch, Jared lived 800 years and had other sons and daughters. |
| Kin 5:22 | Hele pū aʻela ʻo ʻEnoka me ke Akua, ʻekolu haneri makahiki ma hope mai o ka hānau ʻana o Metusala, a nāna mai nā keiki kāne a me nā kaikamāhine: | After he became the father of Methuselah, Enoch walked faithfully with God 300 years and had other sons and daughters. |
| Kin 5:26 | Ma hope mai o ka hānau ʻana o Lameka, ʻehiku haneri me ke kanawalukumamālua nā makahiki o ko Metusala ola ʻana, a nāna mai nā keiki kāne a me nā kaikamāhine. | After he became the father of Lamech, Methuselah lived 782 years and had other sons and daughters. |
| Kin 5:30 | Ma hope mai o ka hānau ʻana o Noa, ʻelima haneri nā makahiki a me kanaiwakumamālima o ko Lameka ola ʻana, a nāna mai nā keiki kāne a me nā kaikamāhine. | After Noah was born, Lamech lived 595 years and had other sons and daughters. |
| Kin 6:3 | ʻĪ ihola ʻo Iēhova, ʻAʻole e noho loa ana kuʻu ʻUhane me kānaka, no ka mea, he kino nō ia; akā, ʻo kona mau lā ma kēia hope aku, he haneri makahiki ia a me ka iwakālua. | Then the Lord said, “My Spirit will not contend with humans forever, for they are mortal; their days will be a hundred and twenty years.” |
| Kin 6:4 | Noho ihola nā kānaka nunui ma ka honua ia manawa; a ma hope aku, a komo akula nā keiki a ke Akua i loko i nā kaikamāhine a nā kānaka, a hānau mai na lākou ka poʻe kānaka ikaika, he poʻe kānaka kaulana lākou i ka wā kahiko. | The Nephilim were on the earth in those days — and also afterward — when the sons of God went to the daughters of humans and had children by them. They were the heroes of old, men of renown. |
| Kin 6:13 | ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iēhova iā Noa, Ua hiki mai i koʻu alo nei ka hope o nā mea ola a pau; no ka mea, ua piha ka honua i ka hōʻino ma o lākou lā: aia hoʻi, e luku auaneʻi au iā lākou ma ka honua. | So God said to Noah, “I am going to put an end to all people, for the earth is filled with violence because of them. I am surely going to destroy both them and the earth. |
| Kin 7:16 | He kāne he wahine o nā mea ʻiʻo a pau ka poʻe i komo aku i loko, me kā ke Akua i kauoha mai ai iā ia: a papani aʻela ʻo Iēhova i ka puka ma hope ona. | The animals going in were male and female of every living thing, as God had commanded Noah. Then the Lord shut him in. |
| Kin 8:3 | Hoʻi hou mau akula ka wai mai luna aʻe o ka honua: a ma hope o nā lā he haneri a me kanalima, ua emi ka wai. | The water receded steadily from the earth. At the end of the hundred and fifty days the water had gone down, |
| Kin 8:12 | Noho ihola ia i nā lā hou aku i ʻehiku; a hoʻokuʻu akula i ka manu nūnū; ʻaʻole nō ia i hoʻi hou mai i ona lā ma ia hope mai. | He waited seven more days and sent the dove out again, but this time it did not return to him. |
| Kin 9:9 | ʻO wau lā ē, ke hoʻopaʻa nei au i kaʻu berita me ʻoukou, a me kā ʻoukou poʻe mamo ma hope o ʻoukou; | “I now establish my covenant with you and with your descendants after you |
| Kin 9:23 | Lālau akula ʻo Sema lāua ʻo Iapeta i ka ʻaʻahu, a kau ihola ma luna o ko lāua mau poʻohiwi, a hele hope akula lāua, a uhi ihola i kahi hilahila o ko lāua makua kāne: ua huli hope ko lāua mau maka, a ʻike ʻole aku lāua i kahi hilahila o ko lāua makua kāne. | But Shem and Japheth took a garment and laid it across their shoulders; then they walked in backward and covered their father’s naked body. Their faces were turned the other way so that they would not see their father naked. |
| Kin 9:28 | A ʻo ko Noa ola ʻana ma hope o ke kai a Kahinaliʻi, ʻakolu ia haneri makahiki a me kanalima. | After the flood Noah lived 350 years. |
| Kin 10:1 | Eia ka moʻoʻōlelo no nā keiki kāne a Noa, ʻo Sema, ʻo Hama, a ʻo Iapeta: ua hānau na lākou nā keiki kāne ma hope o ke kai a Kahinaliʻi. | This is the account of Shem, Ham and Japheth, Noah’s sons, who themselves had sons after the flood. |
| Kin 10:18 | A ʻo ka ʻAravada, a ʻo Zemara, a ʻo ka Hamata: a ma hope iho ua hoʻolaha ʻia aku nā ʻohana a ka poʻe Kanaʻana. | Arvadites, Zemarites and Hamathites. Later the Canaanite clans scattered |
| Kin 10:32 | ʻO ia nā ʻohana a nā keiki kāne a Noa, e like me ko lākou mau hanauna, ma ko lākou mau lāhui kanaka; ma o lākou nei ua māhele ʻia nā lāhui kanaka ma ka honua ma hope mai o ke kai a Kahinaliʻi. | These are the clans of Noah’s sons, according to their lines of descent, within their nations. From these the nations spread out over the earth after the flood. |
| Kin 11:6 | ʻĪ ihola ʻo Iēhova, Aia hoʻi, hoʻokahi nō ka poʻe kānaka, hoʻokahi hoʻi ko lākou lehelehe; eia kā lākou e hoʻomaka nei e hana: a ma hope aku, ʻaʻohe mea keʻakeʻa iā lākou ke hana i nā mea a pau a lākou e manaʻo ai. | The Lord said, “If as one people speaking the same language they have begun to do this, then nothing they plan to do will be impossible for them. |
| Kin 11:10 | Eia ka moʻoʻōlelo no Sema: hoʻokahi haneri makahiki o Sema, a hānau mai ʻo ʻArepakada nāna, ʻelua makahiki ma hope mai o ke kai a Kahinaliʻi. | This is the account of Shem’s family line. Two years after the flood, when Shem was 100 years old, he became the father of Arphaxad. |
| Kin 11:11 | Ma hope mai o ka hānau ʻana o ʻArepakada, ʻalima haneri nō makahiki o ko Sema ola ʻana, a nāna mai nā keiki kāne a me nā kaikamāhine. | And after he became the father of Arphaxad, Shem lived 500 years and had other sons and daughters. |
| Kin 11:13 | Ma hope mai o ka hānau ʻana o Sala, ʻahā haneri nā makahiki a me kumamākolu o ko ʻArepakada ola ʻana, a nāna mai nā keiki kāne a me nā kaikamāhine. | And after he became the father of Shelah, Arphaxad lived 403 years and had other sons and daughters. |
| Kin 11:15 | Ma hope mai o ka hānau ʻana o ʻEbera, ʻahā haneri nā makahiki me kumamākolu o ko Sala ola ʻana, a nāna mai nā keiki kāne a me nā kaikamāhine. | And after he became the father of Eber, Shelah lived 403 years and had other sons and daughters. |
| Kin 11:17 | Ma hope mai o ka hānau ʻana o Pelega, ʻahā haneri nā makahiki a me kanakolu o ko ʻEbera ola ʻana, a nāna mai nā keiki kāne a me nā kaikamāhine. | And after he became the father of Peleg, Eber lived 430 years and had other sons and daughters. |
| Kin 11:19 | Ma hope mai o ko Reu hānau ʻana, ʻalua haneri nā makahiki a me kumamāiwa o ko Pelega ola ʻana, a nāna mai nā keiki kāne a me nā kaikamāhine. | And after he became the father of Reu, Peleg lived 209 years and had other sons and daughters. |
| Kin 11:21 | ʻElua haneri nā makahiki a me kumamāhiku o ko Reu ola ʻana ma hope mai o ka hānau ʻana o Seruga, a nāna mai nā keiki kāne a me nā kaikamāhine. | And after he became the father of Serug, Reu lived 207 years and had other sons and daughters. |
| Kin 11:23 | Ma hope mai o ka hānau ʻana o Nahora, ʻelua haneri nā makahiki o ko Seruga ola ʻana, a nāna mai nā keiki kāne a me nā kaikamāhine. | And after he became the father of Nahor, Serug lived 200 years and had other sons and daughters. |
| Kin 11:25 | Ma hope mai o ka hānau ʻana o Tera, he haneri nā makahiki a me ka ʻumikumamāiwa o ko Nahora ola ʻana, a nāna mai nā keiki kāne a me nā kaikamāhine. | And after he became the father of Terah, Nahor lived 119 years and had other sons and daughters. |
| Kin 13:14 | ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iēhova iā ʻAberama ma hope mai o ko Lota hoʻokaʻawale ʻana aʻe mai ona aku lā, E ʻalawa aʻe ʻoe i kou mau maka, a e nānā aku mai kou wahi e noho nei, i ke kūkulu ʻākau a i ke kūkulu hema, a i ka hikina hoʻi a i ke komohana: | The Lord said to Abram after Lot had parted from him, “Look around from where you are, to the north and south, to the east and west. |
| Kin 13:15 | No ka mea, ʻo ka ʻāina a pau āu e ʻike nei, naʻu ia e hāʻawi aku nou, a no kāu poʻe mamo ma hope mau loa aku. | All the land that you see I will give to you and your offspring forever. |
| Kin 14:17 | Hele aku ke aliʻi o Sodoma i waho e hālāwai me ʻAberama, ma hope o kona hoʻi hou ʻana mai mai ka luku ʻana iā Kedorelaomera a me nā aliʻi me ia, ma ke awāwa ʻo Save, ʻo ia ke awāwa o ke aliʻi. | After Abram returned from defeating Kedorlaomer and the kings allied with him, the king of Sodom came out to meet him in the Valley of Shaveh (that is, the King’s Valley). |
| Kin 15:1 | Ma hope mai o ia mau mea, hiki maila ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova iā ʻAberama ma ka hihiʻo, ʻī maila, Mai makaʻu ʻoe, e ʻAberama, ʻo wau nō kou pale kaua a me kāu uku nui loa. | After this, the word of the Lord came to Abram in a vision: “Do not be afraid, Abram. I am your shield, your very great reward.” |
| Kin 15:14 | A ʻo ua lāhui kanaka lā nāna lākou e hoʻoluhi mai, naʻu lākou e hoʻohewa aku: a ma hope iho, e puka mai lākou i waho me ka waiwai nui. | But I will punish the nation they serve as slaves, and afterward they will come out with great possessions. |
| Kin 17:7 | A e hoʻopaʻa nō hoʻi au i kaʻu berita ma waena oʻu a ou, a me kāu poʻe mamo ma hope ou ma nā hanauna o lākou, i berita mau loa, i Akua nō au nou, a no kāu poʻe mamo ma hope ou. | I will establish my covenant as an everlasting covenant between me and you and your descendants after you for the generations to come, to be your God and the God of your descendants after you. |
| Kin 17:8 | A e hāʻawi aku nō au i ka ʻāina āu e noho malihini nei, i ka ʻāina a pau o Kanaʻana, nou, a no kāu poʻe mamo ma hope ou, i wahi e noho mau ai: a ʻo wau hoʻi ko lākou Akua. | The whole land of Canaan, where you now reside as a foreigner, I will give as an everlasting possession to you and your descendants after you; and I will be their God.” |
| Kin 17:9 | ʻŌlelo maila ke Akua iā ʻAberahama, No laila, e mālama ʻoe i kaʻu berita, ʻo ʻoe a me kāu poʻe mamo ma hope ou, ma nā hanauna o lākou. | Then God said to Abraham, “As for you, you must keep my covenant, you and your descendants after you for the generations to come. |
| Kin 17:10 | Eia kaʻu berita e mālama ai ʻoukou ma waena oʻu a ʻo ʻoukou, a me kāu poʻe mamo ma hope ou; E ʻoki poepoe ʻia nā keiki kāne a pau o ʻoukou. | This is my covenant with you and your descendants after you, the covenant you are to keep: Every male among you shall be circumcised. |
| Kin 17:19 | ʻĪ maila ke Akua, He ʻoiaʻiʻo, na Sara e hānau ke keiki kāne nāu, a e kapa aku ʻoe i kona inoa ʻo ʻIsaʻaka: a e hoʻopaʻa auaneʻi au i kaʻu berita me ia, a me kāna poʻe mamo ma hope ona, i berita mau loa. | Then God said, “Yes, but your wife Sarah will bear you a son, and you will call him Isaac. I will establish my covenant with him as an everlasting covenant for his descendants after him. |
| Kin 18:5 | E lawe mai nō hoʻi au i wahi berena, a e hōʻoluʻolu iho i ko ʻoukou naʻau; a ma hope iho ʻoukou e hele aku ai; no ka mea, no laila ko ʻoukou hele ʻana mai i ko ʻoukou kauā. ʻĪ maila lākou, Me kāu i ʻōlelo mai ai, pēlā ʻoe e hana ai. | Let me get you something to eat, so you can be refreshed and then go on your way — now that you have come to your servant.” “Very well,” they answered, “do as you say.” |
| Kin 18:12 | No laila, ʻakaʻaka ihola ʻo Sara i loko iho ona, ʻī ihola, E ʻoliʻoli nō anei au ma hope o kuʻu wā luahine, a ua ʻelemakule hoʻi kuʻu haku? | So Sarah laughed to herself as she thought, “After I am worn out and my lord is old, will I now have this pleasure?” |
| Kin 18:19 | No ka mea, ke ʻike nei au iā ia, e kauoha aku nō ia i kāna poʻe keiki a me kona mau ʻōhua ma hope ona, i mālama mai ai lākou i ka ʻaoʻao o Iēhova, a e hana lākou ma ka pono a me ka pololei; i hoʻoili aku ai ʻo Iēhova ma luna o ʻAberahama i ka mea āna i ʻōlelo ai nona. | For I have chosen him, so that he will direct his children and his household after him to keep the way of the Lord by doing what is right and just, so that the Lord will bring about for Abraham what he has promised him.” |
| Kin 19:6 | Hele akula ʻo Lota i waho ma ka puka i o lākou lā; a papani aʻela i ka puka ma hope ona. | Lot went outside to meet them and shut the door behind him |
| Kin 19:17 | I ka wā i alakaʻi aku ai lāua iā lākou i waho o ke kūlanakauhale, a laila ʻī maila ia, E holo i pakele kou ola; mai nānā i hope ou, mai kali ʻoe ma nēia wahi pāpū a pau; e holo i ka mauna, o make ʻoe. | As soon as they had brought them out, one of them said, “Flee for your lives! Don’t look back, and don’t stop anywhere in the plain! Flee to the mountains or you will be swept away!” |
| Kin 19:26 | Akā, nānā aʻela kāna wahine ma hope ona, a lilo ihola ia i kūkulu paʻakai. | But Lot’s wife looked back, and she became a pillar of salt. |
| Kin 22:1 | Ma hope mai o ia mau mea, hoʻāʻo maila ke Akua iā ʻAberahama, ʻī maila iā ia, E ʻAberahama : ʻī akula kēlā, Eia nō wau. | Some time later God tested Abraham. He said to him, “Abraham!” “Here I am,” he replied. |
| Kin 22:20 | Ma hope mai o ia mau mea, haʻi ʻia mai iā ʻAberahama, i ka ʻī ʻana mai, Aia hoʻi, ʻo Mileka, ua hānau nō hoʻi ʻo ia i nā keiki na kou kaikuaʻana na Nahora; | Some time later Abraham was told, “Milkah is also a mother; she has borne sons to your brother Nahor: |
| Kin 23:19 | Ma hope iho kanu ihola ʻo ʻAberahama i kāna wahine iā Sara i loko o ke ana ma ka mahina ʻai o Makepela ma ke alo o Mamere: ʻo ia ʻo Heberona i ka ʻāina ʻo Kanaʻana. | Afterward Abraham buried his wife Sarah in the cave in the field of Machpelah near Mamre (which is at Hebron) in the land of Canaan. |
| Kin 24:55 | ʻĪ maila kona kaikunāne lāua ʻo kona makuahine, E noho nō ke kaikamahine me mākou i kekahi mau lā, i ʻumi paha: a ma hope aku e hele nō ia. | But her brother and her mother replied, “Let the young woman remain with us ten days or so; then you may go.” |
| Kin 25:11 | Ma hope mai o ka make ʻana o ʻAberahama, hoʻopōmaikaʻi maila ke Akua iā ʻIsaʻaka; a noho ihola ʻo ʻIsaʻaka ma ka luawai ʻo Lahairoi. | After Abraham’s death, God blessed his son Isaac, who then lived near Beer Lahai Roi. |
| Kin 25:23 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Iēhova iā ia, ʻElua nō lāhui kanaka i loko o kou ʻōpū, ʻelua hoʻi poʻe kānaka e puka mai ana no loko mai o kou ʻōpū, a e ʻoi aku ka ikaika o kekahi poʻe i ko kekahi poʻe; a e hoʻokauā aku ka hānau mua i ka hānau hope. | The Lord said to her, “Two nations are in your womb, and two peoples from within you will be separated; one people will be stronger than the other, and the older will serve the younger.” |
| Kin 25:26 | Ma hope iho, puka maila kona kaikaina, a paʻa akula kona lima i ke kuʻekuʻe wāwae o ʻEsau; a kapa ʻia kona inoa, ʻo Iakoba. He kanaono nā makahiki o ʻIsaʻaka i ko Rebeka manawa i hānau ai lāua. | After this, his brother came out, with his hand grasping Esau’s heel; so he was named Jacob. Isaac was sixty years old when Rebekah gave birth to them. |
| Kin 26:18 | ʻEli hou ihola ʻo ʻIsaʻaka i nā luawai a lākou i ʻeli iho ai i ka wā iā ʻAberahama ʻo kona makua kāne; no ka mea, ua hūnā iho ko Pilisetia ia mau mea ma hope o ka make ʻana o ʻAberahama : a kapa ihola ia i ko lākou mau inoa, ma nā inoa a kona makua kāne i kapa iho ai. | Isaac reopened the wells that had been dug in the time of his father Abraham, which the Philistines had stopped up after Abraham died, and he gave them the same names his father had given them. |
| Kin 26:23 | A ma hope aku, piʻi akula ia ma laila aku a Beʻereseba. | From there he went up to Beersheba. |
| Kin 29:26 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Labana, ʻAʻole pēlā e pono ke hana ma ko mākou ʻāina, ke hāʻawi ʻē aku i ka hānau hope ma mua o ka hānau mua. | Laban replied, “It is not our custom here to give the younger daughter in marriage before the older one. |
| Kin 30:21 | A ma hope iho, hānau maila ia i kaikamahine, a kapa ihola i kona inoa ʻo Dina. | Some time later she gave birth to a daughter and named her Dinah. |
| Kin 30:30 | No ka mea, he mea ʻuʻuku kāu ma mua o koʻu hiki ʻana mai, a ua hoʻomāhuahua ʻia aʻe ia he lehulehu loa: a ua hoʻopōmaikaʻi mai ʻo Iēhova iā ʻoe, ma hope mai o kuʻu hele ʻana mai: ʻānō hoʻi, āhea lā au e hoʻolako ai i ko ka hale oʻu kekahi? | The little you had before I came has increased greatly, and the Lord has blessed you wherever I have been. But now, when may I do something for my own household?” |
| Kin 30:33 | Pēlā e hoʻāpono aku ai koʻu pono iaʻu i ka wā ma hope, i ka wā e lilo mai ai ia i uku naʻu i mua o kou mau maka: ʻo nā mea a pau o ka poʻe kao me aʻu, ʻaʻole i kikokiko, ʻaʻole hoʻi i ʻeleʻele no ka poʻe hipa, ʻo ia ke ʻōlelo ʻia he mea i ʻaihue ʻia. | And my honesty will testify for me in the future, whenever you check on the wages you have paid me. Any goat in my possession that is not speckled or spotted, or any lamb that is not dark-colored, will be considered stolen.” |
| Kin 31:23 | Kono akula ia i kona poʻe hoahānau e hele pū me ia, alualu mai ma hope ona i nā lā hele ʻehiku, a hiki maila i o Iakoba lā ma ka mauna ʻo Gileada. | Taking his relatives with him, he pursued Jacob for seven days and caught up with him in the hill country of Gilead. |
| Kin 32:18 | A laila, e ʻōlelo aku ʻoe, Na kāu kauā, na Iakoba lākou nei, ua hoʻouna ʻia mai, i makana na koʻu haku na ʻEsau: eia aʻe hoʻi ʻo ia ma hope o mākou. | then you are to say, ‘They belong to your servant Jacob. They are a gift sent to my lord Esau, and he is coming behind us.’” |
| Kin 32:19 | Pēlā hoʻi ʻo ia i kauoha aku ai i ka lua a me ke kolu, a me ka poʻe a pau i hahai ma hope o nā pūʻā holoholona, i ka ʻī ʻana, Pēlā hoʻi ʻoukou e ʻōlelo aku ai iā ʻEsau, i ka wā e loaʻa ai iā ʻoukou ia. | He also instructed the second, the third and all the others who followed the herds: “You are to say the same thing to Esau when you meet him. |
| Kin 32:20 | E ʻī aku hoʻi ʻoukou, Eia aʻe kāu kauā ʻo Iakoba ma hope o mākou. No ka mea, ʻī ihola ia, E hoʻolauleʻa aku au iā ia i ka makana e hele lā ma mua oʻu, a ma hope iho e ʻike aku au i kona maka; a e maliu mai paha ia iaʻu. | And be sure to say, ‘Your servant Jacob is coming behind us.’” For he thought, “I will pacify him with these gifts I am sending on ahead; later, when I see him, perhaps he will receive me.” |
| Kin 33:2 | Hoʻonoho akula ia i nā kauā wahine me nā keiki a lāua ma mua, iā Lea hoʻi me kāna mau keiki ma hope iho, a iā Rāhela me Iosepa ma hope loa. | He put the female servants and their children in front, Leah and her children next, and Rachel and Joseph in the rear. |
| Kin 33:7 | Neʻeneʻe maila hoʻi ʻo Lea me kāna mau keiki, a kūlou ihola lākou: a ma hope iho, neʻeneʻe maila ʻo Iosepa me Rāhela, a kūlou ihola lāua. | Next, Leah and her children came and bowed down. Last of all came Joseph and Rachel, and they too bowed down. |
| Kin 35:12 | A ʻo ka ʻāina aʻu i hāʻawi aku ai no ʻAberahama, a no ʻIsaʻaka, e hāʻawi aku hoʻi au nou, a no kāu poʻe mamo ma hope ou kaʻu e hāʻawi aku ai i ka ʻāina. | The land I gave to Abraham and Isaac I also give to you, and I will give this land to your descendants after you.” |
| Kin 37:9 | A ma hope aku, moe hou ihola ia i ka moe, a haʻi hou akula i kona poʻe kaikuaʻana, ʻī akula, Eia hoʻi, ua moe hou iho nei au i ka moe; a ua kūlou mai iaʻu ka lā, a me ka mahina, a me nā hōkū he ʻumikumamākahi. | Then he had another dream, and he told it to his brothers. “Listen,” he said, “I had another dream, and this time the sun and moon and eleven stars were bowing down to me.” |
| Kin 37:20 | Inā kākou e pepehi iā ia a make loa, e hoʻolei iā ia i loko o kahi lua, a e ʻōlelo aku kākou, Na ka ʻīlio hihiu ia i ʻai; a laila, e ʻike kākou i ka hope o kāna mau moe. | “Come now, let’s kill him and throw him into one of these cisterns and say that a ferocious animal devoured him. Then we’ll see what comes of his dreams.” |
| Kin 38:30 | Ma hope iho puka maila ke kaikaina, iā ia ke kaula ʻulaʻula ma kona lima: a ua kapa ʻia kona inoa ʻo Zara. | Then his brother, who had the scarlet thread on his wrist, came out. And he was named Zerah. |
| Kin 39:7 | A ma hope iho o kēia mau mea, ʻike maila nā maka o ka wahine a kona haku iā Iosepa, ʻī maila ia, E moe kāua. | and after a while his master’s wife took notice of Joseph and said, “Come to bed with me!” |
| Kin 40:1 | A ma hope iho o kēia mau mea, hewa ka mea lawe kīʻaha, a me ka mea kahu ʻai o ke aliʻi o ʻAigupita, i ko lāua haku, i ke aliʻi o ʻAigupita. | Some time later, the cupbearer and the baker of the king of Egypt offended their master, the king of Egypt. |
| Kin 41:1 | Ma hope o nā makahiki ʻelua, moe ihola ʻo Paraʻo, aia hoʻi, kū ihola ia ma kapa o ka muliwai. | When two full years had passed, Pharaoh had a dream: He was standing by the Nile, |
| Kin 41:3 | Hōʻea hou maila, ma hope mai o lākou, mai loko mai o ka muliwai, ʻehiku bipi ʻinoʻino, a ʻōlala ke kino, a kū pū maila lākou me kēlā mau bipi, ma kapa o ka muliwai. | After them, seven other cows, ugly and gaunt, came up out of the Nile and stood beside those on the riverbank. |
| Kin 41:6 | Aia hoʻi, hua hou maila ma hope mai o lākou, nā ʻōpuʻu hou ʻehiku, he wīwī, a mae i ka makani mai ka hikina mai. | After them, seven other heads of grain sprouted — thin and scorched by the east wind. |
| Kin 41:19 | Aia hoʻi, hōʻea hou maila, ma hope mai o lākou nā bipi ʻehiku he wīwī, a ʻinoʻino loa ke nānā aku, ʻōlala ke kino, ʻaʻole i ʻike ʻia ka mea e like me lākou ma ka ʻāina a pau ʻo ʻAigupita, no ka ʻino. | After them, seven other cows came up — scrawny and very ugly and lean. I had never seen such ugly cows in all the land of Egypt. |
| Kin 41:23 | Aia hoʻi, kupu hou maila ma hope mai o lākou, ʻehiku ʻōpuʻu hou, he mimino, he wīwī, a mae i ka makani mai ka hikina mai. | After them, seven other heads sprouted — withered and thin and scorched by the east wind. |
| Kin 41:27 | A ʻo ua mau bipi wīwī ʻinoʻino lā ʻehiku, i ea mai ai ma hope o lākou, ʻehiku ia makahiki; a ʻo nā ʻōpuʻu palaoa wīwī a mae i ka makani no ka hikina mai, ʻehiku makahiki ia o ke kau wī. | The seven lean, ugly cows that came up afterward are seven years, and so are the seven worthless heads of grain scorched by the east wind: They are seven years of famine. |
| Kin 41:30 | A ma hope iho o lākou, e hiki mai auaneʻi nā makahiki ʻehiku e wī ai, a e poina ʻia auaneʻi ke ola a pau, ma ka ʻāina i ʻAigupita, e oki loa ka ʻāina i ka wī. | but seven years of famine will follow them. Then all the abundance in Egypt will be forgotten, and the famine will ravage the land. |
| Kin 41:31 | ʻAʻole e ʻike ʻia ke ola ma ka ʻāina, no ka wī e hiki ana ma hope, no ka mea, e kaumaha loa ia. | The abundance in the land will not be remembered, because the famine that follows it will be so severe. |
| Kin 45:15 | Honi akula ʻo Iosepa i kona poʻe hoahānau a pau, a uē ihola i luna o lākou. A ma hope iho o ia mea, kamaʻilio pū kona poʻe hoahānau me ia. | And he kissed all his brothers and wept over them. Afterward his brothers talked with him. |
| Kin 48:1 | A ma hope iho o kēia mau mea, haʻi akula kekahi iā Iosepa, Ua maʻi kou makua kāne. Lawe aʻela ia i kāna mau keiki kāne, iā Manase lāua ʻo ʻEperaima. | Some time later Joseph was told, “Your father is ill.” So he took his two sons Manasseh and Ephraim along with him. |
| Kin 48:4 | ʻĪ maila, E hoʻomāhuahua aku au iā ʻoe; a e hoʻonui aku iā ʻoe, a e hoʻolilo iā ʻoe i lāhui kanaka nui loa, a e hāʻawi aku i kēia ʻāina, no kāu poʻe mamo ma hope ou, i hoʻoilina mau loa. | and said to me, ‘I am going to make you fruitful and increase your numbers. I will make you a community of peoples, and I will give this land as an everlasting possession to your descendants after you.’ |
| Kin 48:6 | A ʻo kāu mau keiki i hānau ʻia mai nāu, ma hope mai o lāua e kapa ʻia lākou ma ka inoa o ko lākou mau kaikuaʻana ma ko lākou noho ʻana. | Any children born to you after them will be yours; in the territory they inherit they will be reckoned under the names of their brothers. |
| Kin 49:1 | Kāhea akula ʻo Iakoba i kāna mau keiki kāne, ʻī akula, E hōʻuluʻulu mai iā ʻoukou iho i haʻi aku ai au iā ʻoukou i nā mea e hiki mai ana i o ʻoukou lā i nā lā ma hope. | Then Jacob called for his sons and said: “Gather around so I can tell you what will happen to you in days to come. |
| Kin 49:17 | He nahesa ʻo Dana ma kapa alanui, he moʻolele ma ke ala; nāna e nahu aku nā kuʻekuʻe wāwae o ka lio, a e hāʻule hope iho ka mea e hoʻoholo ana iā ia. | Dan will be a snake by the roadside, a viper along the path, that bites the horse’s heels so that its rider tumbles backward. |
| Kin 49:19 | ʻO Gada, e lanakila mai ka poʻe kaua ma luna ona, akā, e lanakila aku ʻo ia ma ka hope. | “Gad will be attacked by a band of raiders, but he will attack them at their heels. |
| Kin 50:8 | ʻO ko Iosepa poʻe a pau me kona poʻe hoahānau, a me ka poʻe a pau o kona makua kāne. ʻO nā kamaliʻi, a me nā hipa, a me nā bipi, ʻo ia wale nō kā lākou i waiho ai ma hope, ma ka ʻāina i Gosena. | besides all the members of Joseph’s household and his brothers and those belonging to his father’s household. Only their children and their flocks and herds were left in Goshen. |
| Puk 3:20 | Akā, e ʻō aku nō wau i koʻu lima, a e paopao wau iā ʻAigupita me nā mea mana a pau aʻu e hana aku ai ma waenakonu o lākou: a ma hope e hoʻokuʻu nō ʻo ia iā ʻoukou. | So I will stretch out my hand and strike the Egyptians with all the wonders that I will perform among them. After that, he will let you go. |
| Puk 4:8 | A inā ʻaʻole lākou e manaʻoʻiʻo mai iā ʻoe, ʻaʻole hoʻi e hoʻolohe mai i ka leo o ka hōʻailona mua, e manaʻoʻiʻo paha lākou i ka leo o ka hōʻailona hope. | Then the Lord said, “If they do not believe you or pay attention to the first sign, they may believe the second. |
| Puk 5:1 | Ma hope iho, hele akula ʻo Mose lāua ʻo ʻAʻarona, a haʻi akula iā Paraʻo, Ke ʻī mai nei ʻo Iēhova ke Akua o ka ʻIseraʻela penei, E hoʻokuʻu mai ʻoe i koʻu poʻe kānaka, i ʻahaʻaina lākou naʻu ma ka wao nahele. | Afterward Moses and Aaron went to Pharaoh and said, “This is what the Lord, the God of Israel, says: ‘Let my people go, so that they may hold a festival to me in the wilderness.’” |
| Puk 9:14 | No ka mea, ma kēia hope aku, e hoʻouna aku nō wau i koʻu mau mea hōʻino a pau ma luna o kou naʻau, a ma luna o kāu poʻe kauā, a ma luna o kou poʻe kānaka, i ʻike pono ai ʻoe, ʻaʻohe mea ʻē aʻe e like me aʻu ma ka honua a pau. | or this time I will send the full force of my plagues against you and against your officials and your people, so you may know that there is no one like me in all the earth. |
| Puk 10:14 | Lele aʻela nā ʻūhini ma luna o ka ʻāina a pau o ʻAigupita, a kau ihola ma nā mokuna a pau o ʻAigupita: he ʻino loa; ʻaʻohe ʻūhini ma mua e like ai, ʻaʻole hoʻi e hiki mai ana ma hope o lākou nā mea e like ai. | they invaded all Egypt and settled down in every area of the country in great numbers. Never before had there been such a plague of locusts, nor will there ever be again. |
| Puk 11:1 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Iēhova iā Mose, E hoʻouka mai ana au i hoʻokahi hōʻino hou ma luna o Paraʻo, a ma luna o ʻAigupita, a ma hope iho, e hoʻokuʻu mai nō ia iā ʻoukou: a i ka lā āna e hoʻokuʻu mai ai iā ʻoukou, a laila e kipaku loa ʻo ia iā ʻoukou. | Now the Lord had said to Moses, “I will bring one more plague on Pharaoh and on Egypt. After that, he will let you go from here, and when he does, he will drive you out completely. |
| Puk 11:6 | A e nui loa auaneʻi ka uē ʻana ma ka ʻāina a pau i ʻAigupita nei; ʻaʻohe mea e like me ia ma mua, ʻaʻole hoʻi he mea e like ana ma hope. | There will be loud wailing throughout Egypt — worse than there has ever been or ever will be again. |
| Puk 11:8 | A ʻo kēia poʻe kauā āu, e hele mai nō lākou i oʻu nei, a e kūlou i lalo i mua oʻu, a e ʻī mai, E hele aku ʻoe, a me nā kānaka a pau ma muli ou. A ma hope iho e puka aku nō wau. Hele aʻela ia mai o Paraʻo mai me ka wela o kona huhū. | All these officials of yours will come to me, bowing down before me and saying, ‘Go, you and all the people who follow you!’ After that I will leave.” Then Moses, hot with anger, left Pharaoh. |
| Puk 13:14 | Eia hoʻi, a i ka wā e nīnau mai ai kāu keiki kāne ma hope aku nei, e ʻī mai ana, He aha kēia? A laila e haʻi aku ʻoe iā ia, Me ka lima ikaika kā Iēhova i lawe mai ai iā mākou mai loko mai o ʻAigupita, a mai loko mai hoʻi o ka hale hoʻoluhi; | “In days to come, when your son asks you, ‘What does this mean?’ say to him, ‘With a mighty hand the Lord brought us out of Egypt, out of the land of slavery. |
| Puk 14:4 | A naʻu nō e hoʻopaʻakikī i ka naʻau o Paraʻo, i hahai mai ai ʻo ia ma hope o lākou: a e hoʻonani ʻia auaneʻi au ma luna o Paraʻo, a ma luna o kona pūʻali a pau; i ʻike ai hoʻi ko ʻAigupita, ʻo wau nō Iēhova. A pēlā nō lākou i hana ai. | And I will harden Pharaoh’s heart, and he will pursue them. But I will gain glory for myself through Pharaoh and all his army, and the Egyptians will know that I am the Lord.” So the Israelites did this. |
| Puk 14:8 | Hoʻopaʻakikī ihola ʻo Iēhova i ka naʻau o Paraʻo, ʻo ke aliʻi o ʻAigupita, a hahai maila ia ma hope o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela: a puka maila nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela ma waho me ka lima hoʻokiʻekiʻe. | The Lord hardened the heart of Pharaoh king of Egypt, so that he pursued the Israelites, who were marching out boldly. |
| Puk 14:9 | Hahai maila ko ʻAigupita ma hope o lākou, ʻo nā lio a pau, a me nā kaʻa kaua o Paraʻo, a me kona hoʻoholo lio, a me kona poʻe koa, a loaʻa mai lākou nei e hoʻomoana ana ma kahakai, ma Pihahirota, e kū pono ana i Baʻalazepona. | The Egyptians — all Pharaoh’s horses and chariots, horsemen and troops — pursued the Israelites and overtook them as they camped by the sea near Pi Hahiroth, opposite Baal Zephon. |
| Puk 14:10 | A hoʻokokoke maila ʻo Paraʻo, ʻalawa aʻela nā maka o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, aia hoʻi, e hele mai ana ko ʻAigupita ma hope o lākou; makaʻu loa ihola lākou: a uē akula nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela iā Iēhova. | As Pharaoh approached, the Israelites looked up, and there were the Egyptians, marching after them. They were terrified and cried out to the Lord. |
| Puk 14:13 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Mose i nā kānaka, mai makaʻu ʻoukou, e kū mālie ʻoukou, a e nānā aku i ka hoʻōla ʻana o Iēhova, i ka mea āna e hōʻike mai ai iā ʻoukou i kēia lā; no ka mea, ʻo ko ʻAigupita a ʻoukou i ʻike ai i kēia lā, ʻaʻole ʻoukou e ʻike hou iā lākou, ma hope mau loa aku. | Moses answered the people, “Do not be afraid. Stand firm and you will see the deliverance the Lord will bring you today. The Egyptians you see today you will never see again. |
| Puk 14:17 | A naʻu iho nō e hoʻopaʻakikī i nā naʻau o ko ʻAigupita, a e hahai mai lākou ma hope o lākou nei: a e hoʻonani au iaʻu iho ma o Paraʻo lā a ma kona poʻe koa a pau, a ma kona mau kaʻa kaua, a me nā hoʻoholo lio ona. | I will harden the hearts of the Egyptians so that they will go in after them. And I will gain glory through Pharaoh and all his army, through his chariots and his horsemen. |
| Puk 14:19 | A ʻo ka ʻānela o ke Akua i hele ma mua o ke kahua hoʻomoana o ka ʻIseraʻela, hoʻi akula ia ma hope o lākou; a hele aʻela hoʻi ke kia ao mai mua aʻe o lākou, a kū ihola ma hope o lākou. | Then the angel of God, who had been traveling in front of Israel’s army, withdrew and went behind them. The pillar of cloud also moved from in front and stood behind them, |
| Puk 14:23 | Hahai maila ko ʻAigupita, a hele mai ma hope o lākou, ʻo nā lio a pau o Paraʻo, a me kona mau kaʻa kaua, a me nā hoʻoholo lio i waena o ke kai. | The Egyptians pursued them, and all Pharaoh’s horses and chariots and horsemen followed them into the sea. |
| Puk 14:28 | Hoʻi hou akula ke kai, a popoʻi ihola ma luna o nā kaʻa kaua, a me nā hoʻoholo lio, a me ka poʻe koa a pau o Paraʻo i hele mai i loko o ke kai ma hope o lākou: ʻaʻole loa kekahi o lākou i koe. | The water flowed back and covered the chariots and horsemen — the entire army of Pharaoh that had followed the Israelites into the sea. Not one of them survived. |
| Puk 18:2 | A laila kaʻi maila ʻo Ietero, ka makuahōnōwai kāne o Mose iā Zipora i ka wahine a Mose, ma hope o kona hoʻihoʻi ʻana aku iā ia, | After Moses had sent away his wife Zipporah, his father-in-law Jethro received her |
| Puk 18:13 | A ia lā hope iho, noho ihola ʻo Mose e hoʻoponopono i nā kānaka; a kū maila nā kānaka i mua o Mose, mai ke kakahiaka a ahiahi. | The next day Moses took his seat to serve as judge for the people, and they stood around him from morning till evening. |
| Puk 21:22 | Inā hakakā nā kānaka, a hoʻoʻeha i ka wahine hāpai keiki, a hemo akula kāna keiki, ʻaʻole hoʻi he hewa ma hope; e ʻoiaʻiʻo nō e hoʻouku ʻia ʻo ia e like me ka mea e kau ʻia ma luna ona e ke kāne a ka wahine; a e hāʻawi nō ʻo ia i mua o nā luna kānāwai. | “If people are fighting and hit a pregnant woman and she gives birth prematurely but there is no serious injury, the offender must be fined whatever the woman’s husband demands and the court allows. |
| Puk 21:23 | Akā, inā he hewa ma hope, a laila, e hāʻawi nō ʻoe i ke ola no ke ola, | But if there is serious injury, you are to take life for life, |
| Puk 23:16 | A me ka ʻahaʻaina o ka ʻohi mua ʻana, ʻo nā hua mua hoʻi o kāu hoʻoikaika ʻana, ka mea aū i lūlū ai ma ke kula, a me ka ʻahaʻaina o ka hōʻiliʻili ʻai ʻana, ʻo ia hoʻi ka hope o ka makahiki, i kou wā e hōʻiliʻili ai mai loko mai o ke kula, i kāu mea i hoʻoikaika ai. | “Celebrate the Festival of Harvest with the firstfruits of the crops you sow in your field. “Celebrate the Festival of Ingathering at the end of the year, when you gather in your crops from the field. |
| Puk 23:28 | A naʻu nō e hoʻouna aku i nalo hope ʻeha ma mua ou, na lākou nō e kipaku aku i ka Heva, a me ko Kanaʻana, a me ka Heta, ma mua ou. | I will send the hornet ahead of you to drive the Hivites, Canaanites and Hittites out of your way. |
| Puk 28:43 | Ma luna o ʻAʻarona ia mea, a ma luna o kāna mau keiki kāne, iā lākou e hele mai ai i loko o ka halelewa o ka ʻaha kanaka, a iā lākou e hoʻokokoke mai ai i ke kuahu, e lawelawe ma kahi kapu, i kau ʻole ai ka hewa ma luna o lākou a make. He kānāwai mau loa ia nona, a no kāna poʻe mamo ma hope ona. | Aaron and his sons must wear them whenever they enter the tent of meeting or approach the altar to minister in the Holy Place, so that they will not incur guilt and die. “This is to be a lasting ordinance for Aaron and his descendants. |
| Puk 29:29 | A ʻo nā kāhiko laʻa o ʻAʻarona, na kāna mau keiki kāne ia ma hope ona; i poni ʻia lākou ma loko o ia mau mea, a hoʻolaʻa ʻia ma loko o laila. | “Aaron’s sacred garments will belong to his descendants so that they can be anointed and ordained in them. |
| Puk 33:8 | A i ka hele ʻana aku o Mose i ka halelewa, ala aʻela nā kānaka a pau i luna, a kū nō kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka ma ka puka o kona halelewa, a nānā akula ma hope o Mose, a hala ia i loko o ka halelewa. | And whenever Moses went out to the tent, all the people rose and stood at the entrances to their tents, watching Moses until he entered the tent. |
| Puk 34:32 | A ma hope iho, hoʻokokoke nā mamo a pau a ʻIseraʻela: a kauoha maila ia iā lākou i nā mea a pau a Iēhova i ʻōlelo mai ai iā ia, ma ka mauna i Sinai. | Afterward all the Israelites came near him, and he gave them all the commands the Lord had given him on Mount Sinai. |
| ʻOihk 11:31 | He mau mea haumia ia iā ʻoukou i waena o nā mea a pau e kolo ana; ʻo ka mea e pā ia mau mea ma hope o ko lākou make ʻana, e haumia nō ia a hiki i ke ahiahi. | Of all those that move along the ground, these are unclean for you. Whoever touches them when they are dead will be unclean till evening. |
| ʻOihk 13:7 | Akā inā i nunui aʻe ka pehu pala i loko o ka ʻili, ma hope iho o kona ʻike ʻia ʻana e ke kahuna, e ʻike hou ʻia ʻo ia e ke kahuna pule. | But if the rash does spread in their skin after they have shown themselves to the priest to be pronounced clean, they must appear before the priest again. |
| ʻOihk 13:35 | Akā inā i pālahalaha nui aʻe ka maʻi lēpera ma ka ʻili ma hope o kona maʻemaʻe ʻana, | But if the sore does spread in the skin after they are pronounced clean, |
| ʻOihk 13:55 | A e nānā ke kahuna i ka lēpera ma hope o ka holoi ʻana; aia hoʻi, inā ʻaʻole ʻano hou, ʻaʻole i pālahalaha aʻe ka lēpera, he haumia nō ia; e puhi ʻoe ia mea i ke ahi, ua ʻaʻai nō ia, ua kuakea ma ke kua a ma ke alo paha. | After the article has been washed, the priest is to examine it again, and if the mold has not changed its appearance, even though it has not spread, it is unclean. Burn it, no matter which side of the fabric has been spoiled. |
| ʻOihk 13:56 | A inā e nānā ke kahuna, aia hoʻi, ua ʻeleʻele iki ka lēpera ma hope iho o ka holoi ʻana ia mea; a laila e uhae, ʻo ia ia mea mai loko aʻe o ke kapa paha, a ʻo ka ʻili paha, a ʻo ka maʻawe loloa paha, a ʻo ka maʻawe pokopoko paha: | If, when the priest examines it, the mold has faded after the article has been washed, he is to tear the spoiled part out of the fabric, the leather, or the woven or knitted material. |
| ʻOihk 14:8 | A ʻo ka mea e hoʻomaʻemaʻe ʻia ana, e holoi ʻo ia i kona kapa, a e koli i kona lauoho a pau, a e ʻauʻau ia i ka wai, i maʻemaʻe ia; a ma hope iho, e hele mai ia i kahi hoʻomoana, a e noho ma waho o kona halelewa i nā lā ʻehiku. | “The person to be cleansed must wash their clothes, shave off all their hair and bathe with water; then they will be ceremonially clean. After this they may come into the camp, but they must stay outside their tent for seven days. |
| ʻOihk 14:19 | A e kaumaha aku ke kahuna i ka mōhai lawehala, a e hana hoʻi i kalahala no ka mea e hoʻomaʻemaʻe ʻia ana mai kona haumia ʻana; a ma hope iho e pepehi ai ʻo ia i ka mōhai kuni. | “Then the priest is to sacrifice the sin offering and make atonement for the one to be cleansed from their uncleanness. After that, the priest shall slaughter the burnt offering |
| ʻOihk 14:36 | A laila e kauoha ke kahuna e hoʻokaʻawale i ka hale ma mua o ke komo ʻana o ke kahuna e ʻike i ka ʻino, i ʻole ai e pau i ka haumia ko loko o ka hale; a ma hope iho e hele aʻe ke kahuna i loko e nānā i ka hale. | The priest is to order the house to be emptied before he goes in to examine the mold, so that nothing in the house will be pronounced unclean. After this the priest is to go in and inspect the house. |
| ʻOihk 14:43 | A inā e hiki hou mai ka ʻino, a pohā hou ma hope iho o ka lawe ʻana aku o nā pōhaku, a ma hope hoʻi o kona kepa ʻana i ka hale, a ma hope hoʻi o kona hamo ʻia ʻana; | “If the defiling mold reappears in the house after the stones have been torn out and the house scraped and plastered, |
| ʻOihk 14:48 | A inā e komo ke kahuna, a e nānā aku ia mea, aia hoʻi, ʻaʻole i pālahalaha ka maʻi ʻino ma loko o ka hale ma hope iho o ka hamo ʻia ʻana o ka hale; a laila e ʻōlelo ke kahuna pule he maʻemaʻe ka hale, no ka mea, ua ola ka maʻi ʻino. | “But if the priest comes to examine it and the mold has not spread after the house has been plastered, he shall pronounce the house clean, because the defiling mold is gone. |
| ʻOihk 15:25 | A inā he heʻe koko ko ka wahine i nā lā he nui ma waho o ka wā o kona kaʻawale ʻana, a inā e kahe hou nō ia ma hope o ka pau ʻana o kona wā kaʻawale, e like nō hoʻi nā lā a pau o kona haumia me nā lā o kona kaʻawale ʻana, e haumia nō ia. | “‘When a woman has a discharge of blood for many days at a time other than her monthly period or has a discharge that continues beyond her period, she will be unclean as long as she has the discharge, just as in the days of her period. |
| ʻOihk 15:28 | Akā inā i hoʻomaʻemaʻe ʻia ʻo ia i kona heʻe koko ʻana, a laila e helu ʻo ia nona i nā lā ʻehiku, a ma hope iho e maʻemaʻe nō ia. | “‘When she is cleansed from her discharge, she must count off seven days, and after that she will be ceremonially clean. |
| ʻOihk 16:1 | ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iēhova iā Mose ma hope iho o ka make ʻana o nā keiki ʻelua a ʻAʻarona, i ko lāua kaumaha ʻana i mua o Iēhova a make ihola: | The Lord spoke to Moses after the death of the two sons of Aaron who died when they approached the Lord. |
| ʻOihk 16:26 | A ʻo ka mea nāna i hoʻokuʻu i ke kao i ka wao akua, e holoi ʻo ia i kona kapa, a e ʻauʻau i ka wai, a ma hope iho e hele mai ia i loko o kahi hoʻomoana. | “The man who releases the goat as a scapegoat must wash his clothes and bathe himself with water; afterward he may come into the camp. |
| ʻOihk 16:28 | A ʻo ka mea i puhi ia mau mea, e holoi ʻo ia i kona mau kapa, a e ʻauʻau i ka wai, a ma hope iho e hele mai ia i loko o kahi hoʻomoana. | The man who burns them must wash his clothes and bathe himself with water; afterward he may come into the camp. |
| ʻOihk 22:7 | A napoʻo ka lā, e maʻemaʻe nō ia, a ma hope iho e ʻai nō ʻo ia i nā mea hoʻāno; no ka mea, ʻo kāna ʻai nō ia. | When the sun goes down, he will be clean, and after that he may eat the sacred offerings, for they are his food. |
| ʻOihk 22:27 | Aia hānau ka bipi kāne, a he hipa paha, a he kao paha, a laila e noho ia ma lalo iho o ka makua, i nā lā ʻehiku; a mai ka walu o ka lā, a ma hope aku e maliu ʻia ai ia i mōhai puhi no Iēhova. | “When a calf, a lamb or a goat is born, it is to remain with its mother for seven days. From the eighth day on, it will be acceptable as a food offering presented to the Lord. |
| ʻOihk 25:15 | E like me ka helu o nā makahiki ma hope aʻe o ka Iubilē, e kūʻai lilo mai me kou hoalauna, a e like me ka helu o nā makahiki o nā hua, a kūʻai lilo aku ʻo ia iā ʻoe. | You are to buy from your own people on the basis of the number of years since the Jubilee. And they are to sell to you on the basis of the number of years left for harvesting crops. |
| ʻOihk 25:29 | A inā e kūʻai lilo aku kekahi kanaka i ka hale noho ma loko o ke kūlanakauhale paʻa i ka pā, a laila e hiki iā ia ke kūʻai lilo hou mai ma loko o ia makahiki ʻokoʻa, ma hope iho o ke kūʻai lilo ʻana aku. Ia makahiki a puni e pono iā ia ke kūʻai lilo hou mai. | “‘Anyone who sells a house in a walled city retains the right of redemption a full year after its sale. During that time the seller may redeem it. |
| ʻOihk 25:46 | A e lawe hoʻi ʻoukou iā lākou i waiwai na kā ʻoukou mau keiki ma hope o ʻoukou, e ili iho i waiwai na lākou; a e lilo lākou i kauā mau na ʻoukou; akā, ma luna o ko ʻoukou mau hoahānau, nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, ʻaʻole e hoʻohaku kekahi ma luna o kekahi me ke ʻoʻoleʻa. | You can bequeath them to your children as inherited property and can make them slaves for life, but you must not rule over your fellow Israelites ruthlessly. |
| ʻOihk 25:48 | Ma hope o kona kūʻai lilo ʻia aku, e hiki ke kūʻai lilo hou ʻia mai. E hiki i kekahi o kona mau hoahānau ke kūʻai lilo hou mai. | they retain the right of redemption after they have sold themselves. One of their relatives may redeem them: |
| ʻOihk 26:33 | A e hoʻoleilei aku au iā ʻoukou i waena o nā lāhui kanaka, a e unuhi aʻe au i ka pahi kaua ma hope o ʻoukou; a e neoneo aʻe ko ʻoukou ʻāina, a e noho ʻole ʻia ko ʻoukou mau kūlanakauhale. | I will scatter you among the nations and will draw out my sword and pursue you. Your land will be laid waste, and your cities will lie in ruins. |
| ʻOihk 27:18 | Akā inā i hoʻolaʻa ʻo ia i kāna mahina ʻai ma hope o ka Iubilē, a laila e helu ke kahuna i ka moni iā ia e like me nā makahiki i koe a hiki i ka makahiki Iubilē, a e lawe ʻia aʻe ia mai loko aʻe o kāu mea i manaʻo ai. | But if they dedicate a field after the Jubilee, the priest will determine the value according to the number of years that remain until the next Year of Jubilee, and its set value will be reduced. |
| Nāh 1:1 | ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iēhova iā Mose, ma ka wao nahele ʻo Sinai, i loko o ka halelewa o ke anaina i ka lā mua o ka lua o ka malama, i ka lua o ka makahiki ma hope iho o ko lākou hele ʻana mai, mai ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita mai, ʻī maila, | The Lord spoke to Moses in the tent of meeting in the Desert of Sinai on the first day of the second month of the second year after the Israelites came out of Egypt. He said: |
| Nāh 2:31 | ʻO ka poʻe a pau i helu ʻia ma kahi hoʻomoana o Dana, hoʻokahi haneri me kanalimakumamāhiku tausani a me nā haneri keu ʻeono: a ʻo lākou nei ke hele ma hope me ko lākou mau hae. | All the men assigned to the camp of Dan number 157,600. They will set out last, under their standards. |
| Nāh 3:23 | A e hoʻomoana nā ʻohana o ka Geresona ma hope o ka halelewa ma ka ʻaoʻao komohana. | The Gershonite clans were to camp on the west, behind the tabernacle. |
| Nāh 4:15 | A pau aʻela ka uhi ʻana o ʻAʻarona a me kāna mau keiki kāne i ke keʻena kapu, i nā ipu a pau o ke keʻena kapu, no ka neʻeneʻe ʻana aku o ka poʻe hoʻomoana: a ma hope iho, e hele mai nā mamo a Kohata e halihali: akā, ʻaʻole lākou e hoʻopā aku i kekahi mea i laʻa, o make lākou. ʻO kēia mau mea ka ukana a ka poʻe mamo a Kohata ma ka halelewa o ke anaina. | “After Aaron and his sons have finished covering the holy furnishings and all the holy articles, and when the camp is ready to move, only then are the Kohathites to come and do the carrying. But they must not touch the holy things or they will die. The Kohathites are to carry those things that are in the tent of meeting. |
| Nāh 5:26 | E lawe hoʻi ke kahuna i kauwahi o ka mōhai a piha kona lima, i ka mea paipai manaʻo, a e kuni ia i ke ahi ma luna o ke kuahu; a ma hope iho, e hoʻoinu ʻo ia i ka wahine i ka wai. | The priest is then to take a handful of the grain offering as a memorial offering and burn it on the altar; after that, he is to have the woman drink the water. |
| Nāh 6:19 | A e lawe ke kahuna i ka ʻūhā mua o ka hipa kāne i hoʻolapalapa ʻia, me kekahi paʻi palaoa hū ʻole mai loko mai o ka hīnaʻi, a me kekahi wepa hū ʻole, a e kau aku ia mau mea ma nā lima o ka Nazarite, ma hope iho o kona āmū ʻana i ka mea laʻa. | “‘After the Nazirite has shaved off the hair that symbolizes their dedication, the priest is to place in their hands a boiled shoulder of the ram, and one thick loaf and one thin loaf from the basket, both made without yeast. |
| Nāh 6:20 | A e hoʻāli ke kahuna ia mau mea i mōhai hoʻāli i mua o Iēhova: ʻo ia ka mea laʻa na ke kahuna, me ka umauma hoʻāli a me ka ʻūhā mua i kaʻikaʻi ʻia. A ma hope e pono nō ka Nazarite ke inu i ka waina. | The priest shall then wave these before the Lord as a wave offering; they are holy and belong to the priest, together with the breast that was waved and the thigh that was presented. After that, the Nazirite may drink wine. |
| Nāh 7:88 | A ʻo nā bipi kāne a pau no ka mōhai hoʻomalu, he iwakāluakumamāhā nā bipi kāne, he kanaono nā hipa kāne, he kanaono nā kao kāne, he kanaono nā keiki hipa o ka makahiki mua. ʻO ia ka hoʻolaʻa ʻana o ke kuahu ma hope o kona poni ʻia ʻana. | The total number of animals for the sacrifice of the fellowship offering came to twenty-four oxen, sixty rams, sixty male goats and sixty male lambs a year old. These were the offerings for the dedication of the altar after it was anointed. |
| Nāh 8:15 | A ma hope iho, e komo nā Levi e hana ma ka halelewa anaina; a e huikala ʻoe iā lākou, a e mōhai ʻoe iā lākou i mōhai. | “After you have purified the Levites and presented them as a wave offering, they are to come to do their work at the tent of meeting. |
| Nāh 8:22 | A ma hope iho, komo akula nā Levi i loko e hana i kā lākou hana ma ka halelewa o ke anaina, i mua o ʻAʻarona a i mua o kāna mau keiki: e like me kā Iēhova i kauoha mai ai iā Mose no nā Levi, pēlā nō lākou i hana aku ai iā lākou. | After that, the Levites came to do their work at the tent of meeting under the supervision of Aaron and his sons. They did with the Levites just as the Lord commanded Moses. |
| Nāh 9:1 | ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iēhova iā Mose ma ka wao nahele ʻo Sinai, i ka malama mua o ka lua o ka makahiki, ma hope o ko lākou puka ʻana mai loko mai o ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita, ʻī maila, | The Lord spoke to Moses in the Desert of Sinai in the first month of the second year after they came out of Egypt. He said, |
| Nāh 9:17 | A i ka manawa i piʻi ai ke ao mai luna aʻe o ka halelewa, ma ia hope iho, haele akula nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela: a ma kahi i kū mālie ai ke ao, ma laila nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela i hoʻomoana ai. | Whenever the cloud lifted from above the tent, the Israelites set out; wherever the cloud settled, the Israelites encamped. |
| Nāh 10:8 | ʻO nā keiki a ʻAʻarona, ʻo nā kāhuna, e puhi lākou i nā pū: a he kānāwai mau loa ia no ʻoukou a no nā hanauna ma hope o ʻoukou. | “The sons of Aaron, the priests, are to blow the trumpets. This is to be a lasting ordinance for you and the generations to come. |
| Nāh 10:25 | Hele akula hoʻi ka hae o ka poʻe hoʻomoana o nā mamo a Dana, ʻo ia nō ka hope o nā poʻe hoʻomoana a pau ma ko lākou poʻe kaua: a ʻo ʻAhiezera ke keiki a ʻAmisadai, ʻo ia ka luna o kona poʻe kaua. | Finally, as the rear guard for all the units, the divisions of the camp of Dan set out under their standard. Ahiezer son of Ammishaddai was in command. |
| Nāh 12:14 | ʻĪ maila ʻo Iēhova iā Mose, Inā paha i kuha wale aku kona makua kāne i kona maka, ʻaʻole anei i hoʻohilahila ʻia ʻo ia i nā lā ʻehiku? E kipaku ʻia ʻo ia i waho o kahi hoʻomoana i nā lā ʻehiku, a ma hope iho e hoʻokipa ʻia mai ia i loko. | The Lord replied to Moses, “If her father had spit in her face, would she not have been in disgrace for seven days? Confine her outside the camp for seven days; after that she can be brought back.” |
| Nāh 12:16 | A ma hope iho, neʻeneʻe akula ka poʻe kānaka mai Hazerota aku, a kūkulu hou ihola ma ka wao nahele ʻo Parana. | After that, the people left Hazeroth and encamped in the Desert of Paran. |
| Nāh 15:23 | I nā mea a pau a Iēhova i kauoha mai ai ma ka lima o Mose, mai ka lā a Iēhova i kauoha mai ai, a ma kēia hope aku i waena o nā hanauna o ʻoukou; | any of the Lord’s commands to you through him, from the day the Lord gave them and continuing through the generations to come — |
| Nāh 18:22 | ʻAʻole hoʻi e hele mai nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela a kokoke i ka halelewa o ke anaina ma kēia hope aku, o lawehala lākou e make ai. | From now on the Israelites must not go near the tent of meeting, or they will bear the consequences of their sin and will die. |
| Nāh 19:7 | A laila e holoi ke kahuna i kona mau kapa, a e ʻauʻau i kona kino i ka wai, a ma hope iho e hele mai ia i loko o kahi hoʻomoana, a e haumia ke kahuna a hiki i ke ahiahi. | After that, the priest must wash his clothes and bathe himself with water. He may then come into the camp, but he will be ceremonially unclean till evening. |
| Nāh 23:10 | ʻO wai lā e hiki ke helu i nā huna lepo o Iakoba, A me ka lehulehu o ka hapahā o ka ʻIseraʻela? E ake au e make i ka make ʻana o ka mea pono, I like hoʻi kuʻu hope me kona! | Who can count the dust of Jacob or number even a fourth of Israel? Let me die the death of the righteous, and may my final end be like theirs!” |
| Nāh 23:23 | He ʻoiaʻiʻo, ʻaʻole nō he kilokilo aku i ka Iakoba, ʻAʻole hoʻi he ʻanāʻanā aku i ka ʻIseraʻela: Ma ia hope e ʻōlelo ʻia mai no ka Iakoba, a no ka ʻIseraʻela, Kupaianaha ka hana ʻana a ke Akua! | There is no divination against Jacob, no evil omens against Israel. It will now be said of Jacob and of Israel, ‘See what God has done!’ |
| Nāh 24:14 | ʻĀnō hoʻi, ke hoʻi aku nei au i koʻu poʻe kānaka: ʻeā, e haʻi ʻē aku nō au iā ʻoe i ka mea a kēia poʻe kānaka e hana mai ai i kou poʻe kānaka i nā lā ma hope. | Now I am going back to my people, but come, let me warn you of what this people will do to your people in days to come.” |
| Nāh 24:20 | Nānā akula hoʻi ʻo ia i ka ʻAmeleka, haʻi maila ia i kāna ʻōlelo nane, ʻī maila, ʻO ʻAmeleka, ke poʻokela o nā lāhui kanaka, Akā ʻo kona hope, e make mau loa nō ʻo ia. | Then Balaam saw Amalek and spoke his message: “Amalek was first among the nations, but their end will be utter destruction.” Balaam’s Sixth Message |
| Nāh 25:13 | Nona nō ia, a no kāna poʻe mamo ma hope ona, ʻo ka berita o ka ʻoihana kahuna mau loa; no ka mea, ua lili ʻo ia no kona Akua, a ua hoʻokalahala ʻo ia no nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela. | He and his descendants will have a covenant of a lasting priesthood, because he was zealous for the honor of his God and made atonement for the Israelites.” |
| Nāh 26:1 | Ma hope mai o ke ahulau, ʻōlelo maila ʻo Iēhova iā Mose a me ʻEleazara ke keiki a ʻAʻarona ke kahuna, ʻī maila, | After the plague the Lord said to Moses and Eleazar son of Aaron, the priest, |
| Nāh 30:15 | Akā, inā e hōʻole iki kāna kāne ia mau mea, ma hope o kona lohe ʻana, a laila nāna nō e lawe i ka hala o kāna wahine. | If, however, he nullifies them some time after he hears about them, then he must bear the consequences of her wrongdoing.” |
| Nāh 31:2 | E hoʻopaʻi i ka hana ʻino ʻia mai o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela ma luna o ka Midiana; a ma hope e hui ʻia aku ʻoe me ou poʻe kānaka. | “Take vengeance on the Midianites for the Israelites. After that, you will be gathered to your people.” |
| Nāh 31:24 | A i ka hiku o ka lā, e holoi ʻoukou i ko ʻoukou mau ʻaʻahu, a e maʻemaʻe ʻoukou; a ma hope iho e hele mai auaneʻi ʻoukou ma loko o kahi hoʻomoana. | On the seventh day wash your clothes and you will be clean. Then you may come into the camp.” |
| Nāh 32:22 | A pio ka ʻāina i mua o Iēhova; a ma hope iho e hoʻi hou auaneʻi ʻoukou, me ka hala ʻole i mua o Iēhova, i mua hoʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela: a e lilo kēia ʻāina no ʻoukou i mua o Iēhova. | then when the land is subdued before the Lord, you may return and be free from your obligation to the Lord and to Israel. And this land will be your possession before the Lord. |
| Nāh 33:3 | A puka akula lākou mai Ramese aku i ka malama mua, i ka lā ʻumikumamālima o ka malama mua: i ka lā ma hope iho o ka mōliaola, puka akula nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela me ka lima kākāuha i mua o nā maka o ko ʻAigupita a pau. | The Israelites set out from Rameses on the fifteenth day of the first month, the day after the Passover. They marched out defiantly in full view of all the Egyptians, |
| Nāh 33:38 | A piʻi akula ʻo ʻAʻarona ke kahuna i ka mauna ʻo Hora, ma ke kauoha a Iēhova, a make ihola ia i laila, i ke kanahā o ka makahiki, ma hope mai o ka puka ʻana o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela mai ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita mai, i ka lā mua o ka malama ʻelima. | At the Lord’s command Aaron the priest went up Mount Hor, where he died on the first day of the fifth month of the fortieth year after the Israelites came out of Egypt. |
| Nāh 35:28 | No ka mea, ʻo kona pono nō e noho i loko o ke kūlanakauhale o kona puʻuhonua, a hiki i ka make ʻana o ke kahuna nui: akā, ma hope iho o ka make ʻana o ke kahuna nui, e hoʻi hou nō ka pepehi kanaka i ka ʻāina o kona noho ʻana. | The accused must stay in the city of refuge until the death of the high priest; only after the death of the high priest may they return to their own property. |
| Kānl 1:4 | Ma hope iho o kāna pepehi ʻana iā Sihona ke aliʻi o ka ʻAmora, ka mea i noho ma Hesebona, a iā ʻOga ke aliʻi o Basana, ka mea i noho ma ʻAsetarota i ʻEderei: | This was after he had defeated Sihon king of the Amorites, who reigned in Heshbon, and at Edrei had defeated Og king of Bashan, who reigned in Ashtaroth. |
| Kānl 1:8 | Aia hoʻi, ua hāʻawi aku au i ka ʻāina no ʻoukou, e komo ʻoukou, a e lawe i ka ʻāina a Iēhova i hoʻohiki ai i ko ʻoukou mau kūpuna, iā ʻAberahama, iā ʻIsaʻaka, a iā Iakoba, e hāʻawi iā lākou, a me kā lākou poʻe mamo ma hope o lākou. | See, I have given you this land. Go in and take possession of the land the Lord swore he would give to your fathers — to Abraham, Isaac and Jacob — and to their descendants after them.” |
| Kānl 4:30 | A loaʻa iā ʻoe ka pōpilikia, a hiki mai kēia mau mea a pau ma luna ou i nā lā ma hope, a i huli mai ʻoe iā Iēhova kou Akua, a hoʻolohe i kona leo, | When you are in distress and all these things have happened to you, then in later days you will return to the Lord your God and obey him. |
| Kānl 4:32 | ʻĀnō e nīnau aku ʻoe i nā lā i hala ma hope, i ka wā ma mua ou, a mai ka manawa mai a ke Akua i hana ai ke kanaka ma ka honua, a mai kēlā ʻaoʻao o ka lani a hiki i kēia ʻaoʻao o ka lani, ʻauhea aʻe nei ka mea like me kēia mea nui, ʻauhea ka mea i lohe ʻia e like ai me ia? | Ask now about the former days, long before your time, from the day God created human beings on the earth; ask from one end of the heavens to the other. Has anything so great as this ever happened, or has anything like it ever been heard of? |
| Kānl 4:37 | A no kona aloha i nā kūpuna ou, ʻo ia ka mea i wae mai ai ia i kā lākou poʻe mamo ma hope o lākou, a lawe mai ʻo ia iā ʻoe i mua ona me kona mana nui mai ʻAigupita mai; | Because he loved your ancestors and chose their descendants after them, he brought you out of Egypt by his Presence and his great strength, |
| Kānl 4:40 | E mālama hoʻi ʻoe i kona mau kānāwai a me kāna mau kauoha aʻu e kauoha aku nei iā ʻoe i kēia lā, i pōmaikaʻi ai ʻoe, a me kāu mau keiki ma hope ou, a i hoʻolōʻihi ai ʻoe i nā lā ma ka ʻāina a Iēhova kou Akua i hāʻawi mai ai nou i nā lā a pau loa. | Keep his decrees and commands, which I am giving you today, so that it may go well with you and your children after you and that you may live long in the land the Lord your God gives you for all time. |
| Kānl 4:45 | ʻO ia nā kauoha a me nā kānāwai, a me nā ʻōlelo kūpaʻa a Mose i ʻōlelo mai ai i nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, ma hope o kā lākou hele ʻana mai ʻAigupita mai; | These are the stipulations, decrees and laws Moses gave them when they came out of Egypt |
| Kānl 4:46 | Ma kēia ʻaoʻao o Ioredane, ma ke awāwa e kū pono ana i Betepeora, i ka ʻāina o Sihona, ke aliʻi o ka ʻAmora ka mea i noho ma Hesebona, ka mea a Mose a me nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela i pepehi ai, ma hope o ka puka ʻana, mai ʻAigupita mai: | and were in the valley near Beth Peor east of the Jordan, in the land of Sihon king of the Amorites, who reigned in Heshbon and was defeated by Moses and the Israelites as they came out of Egypt. |
| Kānl 6:20 | Aia nīnau mai kāu keiki iā ʻoe ma ia hope aku, i ka ʻī ʻana mai, He aha nā ʻoihana, nā kānāwai, a me nā ʻōlelo kūpaʻa a Iēhova ko kākou Akua i kauoha mai ai iā ʻoukou? | In the future, when your son asks you, “What is the meaning of the stipulations, decrees and laws the Lord our God has commanded you?” |
| Kānl 7:20 | A e hoʻouna aku hoʻi ʻo Iēhova kou Akua i ka nalo hope ʻeha i waena o lākou, a pau lākou i ka luku ʻia, ka poʻe i waiho ʻia, a me ka poʻe i peʻe mai ou aku lā. | Moreover, the Lord your God will send the hornet among them until even the survivors who hide from you have perished. |
| Kānl 8:16 | Nāna nō hoʻi ʻoe i hānai me ka mane ma ka wao nahele, ka mea a ko ʻoukou mau kūpuna i ʻike ʻole ai, i hoʻohaʻahaʻa mai ai ia iā ʻoe, a i hoʻāʻo mai ai hoʻi ia iā ʻoe, i mea e pōmaikaʻi ai ʻoe i kou wā ma hope; | He gave you manna to eat in the wilderness, something your ancestors had never known, to humble and test you so that in the end it might go well with you. |
| Kānl 9:4 | Mai ʻī iho ʻoe i loko o kou naʻau ma hope o kā Iēhova kou Akua kipaku ʻana aku iā lākou mai kou alo aku, i ka ʻī ʻana aʻe, No koʻu pono i lawe mai nei ʻo Iēhova iaʻu e hoʻonoho ma kēia ʻāina; akā, no ka hewa o kēia mau lāhui kanaka i kipaku aku ai ʻo Iēhova iā lākou mai kou alo aku. | After the Lord your God has driven them out before you, do not say to yourself, “The Lord has brought me here to take possession of this land because of my righteousness.” No, it is on account of the wickedness of these nations that the Lord is going to drive them out before you. |
| Kānl 10:15 | No ka makemake wale o Iēhova i kou mau kūpuna e aloha aku iā lākou, i wae mai ai ia i kā lākou poʻe mamo ma hope o lākou, ʻo ia hoʻi iā ʻoukou, ma mua o nā kānaka a pau, e like me ia i kēia lā. | Yet the Lord set his affection on your ancestors and loved them, and he chose you, their descendants, above all the nations — as it is today. |
| Kānl 11:12 | He ʻāina a Iēhova kou Akua i mālama ai; e mau ana nā maka o Iēhova kou Akua ma luna ona, mai ka mua o ka makahiki, a i ka hope o ka makahiki. | It is a land the Lord your God cares for; the eyes of the Lord your God are continually on it from the beginning of the year to its end. |
| Kānl 11:14 | A laila e hāʻawi iho au i ka ua o ko ʻoukou ʻāina i kona manawa pono, i ka ua mua, a i ka ua hope, i ʻohi ai ʻoe i kāu palaoa a me kāu waina a me kāu ʻaila. | then I will send rain on your land in its season, both autumn and spring rains, so that you may gather in your grain, new wine and olive oil. |
| Kānl 12:25 | Mai ʻai ʻoe ia mea; i pōmaikaʻi ʻoe, a me kāu mau keiki ma hope ou, i kāu hana ʻana i ka pono i mua o Iēhova. | Do not eat it, so that it may go well with you and your children after you, because you will be doing what is right in the eyes of the Lord. |
| Kānl 12:28 | E mālama, e hoʻolohe hoʻi i nēia mau ʻōlelo a pau aʻu e kauoha nei iā ʻoe, i pōmaikaʻi ai ʻoe a me kāu mau keiki ma hope ou i ka manawa a pau, i kāu hana ʻana i ka maikaʻi a me ka pono i mua o Iēhova kou Akua. | Be careful to obey all these regulations I am giving you, so that it may always go well with you and your children after you, because you will be doing what is good and right in the eyes of the Lord your God. |
| Kānl 12:30 | E mālama ʻoe iā ʻoe iho, i hihia ʻole ai ʻoe ma muli o lākou, ma hope o ko lākou luku ʻia, mai kou alo aku; a i nīnau ʻole ai ʻoe no ko lākou mau akua, i ka ʻī ʻana aʻe, Pehea lā kēia mau lāhui kanaka i mālama ai i ko lākou mau akua? A pēlā hoʻi wau e hana ai. | and after they have been destroyed before you, be careful not to be ensnared by inquiring about their gods, saying, “How do these nations serve their gods? We will do the same.” |
| Kānl 13:9 | Akā, e ʻoiaʻiʻo, nāu nō ia e pepehi, e kau mua ʻia kou lima ma luna ona e make ia, a ma hope iho ka lima o kānaka a pau. | You must certainly put them to death. Your hand must be the first in putting them to death, and then the hands of all the people. |
| Kānl 14:28 | I ka hope o nā makahiki ʻekolu, e lawe mai ʻoe i ka hapaʻumi a pau o kāu mea i loaʻa i ua makahiki lā, a e waiho ia mea i loko o kou mau ʻīpuka. | At the end of every three years, bring all the tithes of that year’s produce and store it in your towns, |
| Kānl 16:13 | E mālama ʻoe i ka ʻahaʻaina kauhalelewa i nā lā ʻehiku, ma hope o kāu ʻohi ʻana i kāu palaoa a me kāu waina. | Celebrate the Festival of Tabernacles for seven days after you have gathered the produce of your threshing floor and your winepress. |
| Kānl 17:7 | ʻO nā lima o nā mea hōʻike ke kau mua ma luna ona pepehi iā ia, a ʻo nā lima o nā kānaka a pau ma hope aku; a pēlā ʻoe e hoʻokaʻawale aku ai i ka hewa mai ou aku lā. | The hands of the witnesses must be the first in putting that person to death, and then the hands of all the people. You must purge the evil from among you. |
| Kānl 19:6 | O hahai auaneʻi ka hoʻopaʻi koko ma hope o ka pepehi kanaka i kona wā e ukiuki ai kona naʻau, no ka mea, ua lōʻihi ke ala, a pepehi iā ia; ʻaʻole naʻe ona hewa e make ai, no ka mea, ʻaʻole ia i inaina aku iā ia ma mua. | Otherwise, the avenger of blood might pursue him in a rage, overtake him if the distance is too great, and kill him even though he is not deserving of death, since he did it to his neighbor without malice aforethought. |
| Kānl 21:13 | A e waiho aku ia i ka ʻaʻahu pio mai ona aku lā, a e noho ia ma kou hale, a e uē iho ia i kona makua kāne, a me kona makuahine i hoʻokahi malama; a ma hope aku e komo aku ʻoe i loko i ona lā e lilo i kāne nāna, a e lilo ia i wahine nāu. | and put aside the clothes she was wearing when captured. After she has lived in your house and mourned her father and mother for a full month, then you may go to her and be her husband and she shall be your wife. |
| Kānl 24:4 | ʻO kāna kāne ma mua, nāna ia i hoʻokuke aku, ʻaʻole e pono ia ke lawe hou iā ia i wahine nāna, ma hope mai o kona haumia ʻana; no ka mea, he mea hoʻopailua ʻia i mua o Iēhova: mai hana aku ʻoe i ka mea e hewa ai ka ʻāina a Iēhova kou Akua e hāʻawi mai ai i wahi e noho ai nou. | then her first husband, who divorced her, is not allowed to marry her again after she has been defiled. That would be detestable in the eyes of the Lord. Do not bring sin upon the land the Lord your God is giving you as an inheritance. |
| Kānl 24:21 | Aia hōʻiliʻili ʻoe i nā hua waina o kou pā waina, mai ʻohi ʻoe i ke koena ma hope ou: na ka malihini nō ia, na ka mea makua ʻole, a na ka wahine kāne make. | When you harvest the grapes in your vineyard, do not go over the vines again. Leave what remains for the foreigner, the fatherless and the widow. |
| Kānl 25:18 | I ko lākou hālāwai ʻana me ʻoe ma ke ala, a pepehi mai ma kou hope i nā mea nāwaliwali a pau ma hope ou, iā ʻoe i nāwaliwali ai, a i māloʻeloʻe ai; ʻaʻole lākou i makaʻu i ke Akua. | When you were weary and worn out, they met you on your journey and attacked all who were lagging behind; they had no fear of God. |
| Kānl 29:22 | No ia mea, e ʻōlelo auaneʻi ka hanauna ma hope o kā ʻoukou poʻe keiki e kū mai ana ma hope o ʻoukou, a ʻo ka malihini hoʻi e hele mai ana mai kahi lōʻihi mai, a ʻike lākou i nā mea ʻino o ia ʻāina, a me nā maʻi a Iēhova i kau mai ai ma luna ona; | Your children who follow you in later generations and foreigners who come from distant lands will see the calamities that have fallen on the land and the diseases with which the Lord has afflicted it. |
| Kānl 31:27 | No ka mea, ua ʻike au i kou kipi ʻana, a me kou ʻāʻī ʻoʻoleʻa: aia hoʻi, i koʻu ola pū ʻana me ʻoukou i kēia lā, ua kipi ʻoukou iā Iēhova; a e ʻoiaʻiʻo hoʻi ma hope o kuʻu make ʻana. | For I know how rebellious and stiff-necked you are. If you have been rebellious against the Lord while I am still alive and with you, how much more will you rebel after I die! |
| Kānl 31:29 | No ka mea, ua ʻike nō au, aia ma hope o kuʻu make ʻana, e hoʻohaumia loa ʻoukou iā ʻoukou iho, a e huli aʻe ʻoukou mai ka ʻaoʻao aku aʻu i kauoha aku ai iā ʻoukou; a e hiki mai ka hewa iā ʻoukou i nā lā ma hope; no ka mea, e hana hewa auaneʻi ʻoukou i mua o Iēhova, e hoʻonāukiuki aku iā ia ma ka hana a ko ʻoukou lima. | For I know that after my death you are sure to become utterly corrupt and to turn from the way I have commanded you. In days to come, disaster will fall on you because you will do evil in the sight of the Lord and arouse his anger by what your hands have made.” |
| Kānl 32:20 | ʻĪ ihola ia, E hūnā au i koʻu maka mai o lākou aku, E ʻike auaneʻi au i ke ʻano o ko lākou hope: No ka mea, he hanauna ʻino lākou, He poʻe keiki ʻaʻole he ʻoiaʻiʻo i loko o lākou. | “I will hide my face from them,” he said, “and see what their end will be; for they are a perverse generation, children who are unfaithful. |
| Kānl 32:29 | Inā, i naʻauao lākou a i ʻike lākou i kēia, A i manaʻo lākou i ko lākou hope! | If only they were wise and would understand this and discern what their end will be! |
| Kānl 34:10 | ʻAʻole i kū mai ke kāula ma ia hope mai i loko o ka ʻIseraʻela e like me Mose, ka mea a Iēhova i ʻike mai ai, he maka nō he maka; | Since then, no prophet has risen in Israel like Moses, whom the Lord knew face to face, |
| Ios 1:1 | Ma hope iho o ka make ʻana o Mose, ke kauā a Iēhova, a laila, ʻōlelo maila ʻo Iēhova iā Iosua i ke keiki a Nuna, ke kōkoʻolua o Mose, ʻī maila, | After the death of Moses the servant of the Lord, the Lord said to Joshua son of Nun, Moses’ aide: |
| Ios 4:6 | I lilo kēia i hōʻailona no ʻoukou, i ka wā e nīnau mai ai kā ʻoukou poʻe keiki ma hope aku nei, i ka ʻī ʻana mai, He mea aha kēia mau pōhaku iā ʻoukou? | to serve as a sign among you. In the future, when your children ask you, ‘What do these stones mean?’ |
| Ios 4:21 | ʻŌlelo maila ia i nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, ʻī maila, I ka wā e nīnau mai ai kā ʻoukou poʻe keiki i ko lākou makua kāne ma hope aku nei, i ka ʻī ʻana mai, He mea aha kēia mau pōhaku? | He said to the Israelites, “In the future when your descendants ask their parents, ‘What do these stones mean?’ |
| Ios 5:11 | I ka lā ma hope iho o ka mōliaola, ʻai nō lākou i ka ʻai o ka ʻāina, a ia lā nō pūlehu lākou i ka berena hū ʻole. | The day after the Passover, that very day, they ate some of the produce of the land: unleavened bread and roasted grain. |
| Ios 5:12 | Ia lā iho, ma hope o ko lākou ʻai ʻana i ka ʻai o ka ʻāina, ʻoki ihola ka mane, ʻaʻole mane hou na nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela. A ʻai nō lākou i ka ʻai o ka ʻāina ma Kanaʻana ia makahiki. | The manna stopped the day after they ate this food from the land; there was no longer any manna for the Israelites, but that year they ate the produce of Canaan. |
| Ios 6:8 | A pau kā Iosua ʻōlelo ʻana i kānaka, a laila, hele aʻela i mua o Iēhova, nā kāhuna ʻehiku, e lawe ana i nā pū kiwi hipa ʻehiku, a puhi ihola lākou i ka pū; a hele aʻela ka pahu o Iēhova ma hope o lākou. | When Joshua had spoken to the people, the seven priests carrying the seven trumpets before the Lord went forward, blowing their trumpets, and the ark of the Lord’s covenant followed them. |
| Ios 6:9 | A ʻo ka poʻe i mākaukau i ke kaua, hele lākou ma mua o nā kāhuna, ka poʻe i puhi i ka pū, a hele ka hunapaʻa ma hope o ka pahu, a hele lākou me ke puhi i ka pū. | The armed guard marched ahead of the priests who blew the trumpets, and the rear guard followed the ark. All this time the trumpets were sounding. |
| Ios 6:13 | A ʻo nā kāhuna ʻehiku e lawe ana i nā pū kiwi hipa ʻehiku, ma mua o ka pahu o Iēhova, hele aʻela lākou me ke puhi i ka pū; a ʻo ka poʻe i mākaukau i ke kaua, hele aʻela lākou ma mua o nā kāhuna, a ʻo ka hunapaʻa, hele aʻela ia ma hope o ka pahu o Iēhova, a hele lākou me ke puhi i ka pū. | The seven priests carrying the seven trumpets went forward, marching before the ark of the Lord and blowing the trumpets. The armed men went ahead of them and the rear guard followed the ark of the Lord, while the trumpets kept sounding. |
| Ios 7:15 | Eia hoʻi ka hope, ʻO ka mea e loaʻa me ka mea laʻa, e puhi ʻia ʻo ia i ke ahi, ʻo ia, a me kona mea a pau; no ka mea, ua ʻae ʻo ia ma luna o ka berita o Iēhova, a ua hana i ka mea lapuwale ma waena o ka ʻIseraʻela. | Whoever is caught with the devoted things shall be destroyed by fire, along with all that belongs to him. He has violated the covenant of the Lord and has done an outrageous thing in Israel!’” |
| Ios 8:6 | (E puka mai nō lākou i waho, ma hope o mākou,) a e kaʻi mai nō mākou iā lākou, ma kahi lōʻihi loa mai o ia kūlanakauhale; no ka mea, e ʻōlelo auaneʻi lākou, Ua heʻe lākou i mua o kākou e like ma mua; a e heʻe nō mākou i mua o lākou. | They will pursue us until we have lured them away from the city, for they will say, ‘They are running away from us as they did before.’ So when we flee from them, |
| Ios 8:13 | Hoʻonoho ihola lākou i kānaka, ʻo ka poʻe a pau, ma ka ʻaoʻao ʻākau o ke kūlanakauhale, a me ka poʻe hope, ma ke komohana o ke kūlanakauhale, a laila, i kēlā pō nō, iho akula ʻo Iosua i lalo o ke awāwa. | So the soldiers took up their positions — with the main camp to the north of the city and the ambush to the west of it. That night Joshua went into the valley. |
| Ios 8:20 | ʻAlawa aʻela nā kānaka o ʻAi, a nānā akula ma hope o lākou, aia hoʻi! Pūnohu akula i ka lani ka uwahi o ia kūlanakauhale; ʻaʻole o lākou wahi e peʻe aku ai, i ʻō, a i ʻō aʻe. A ʻo ka poʻe e peʻe ana ma ka wao nahele, huli maila lākou e ʻalo i ka poʻe hahai. | The men of Ai looked back and saw the smoke of the city rising up into the sky, but they had no chance to escape in any direction; the Israelites who had been fleeing toward the wilderness had turned back against their pursuers. |
| Ios 8:34 | A ma hope iho, heluhelu ihola ia i ka ʻōlelo a pau o ke kānāwai, ʻo ka hoʻomaikaʻi ʻana a me ka hōʻino ʻana, e like me nā mea a pau i palapala ʻia ma ka buke o ke kānāwai. | Afterward, Joshua read all the words of the law — the blessings and the curses — just as it is written in the Book of the Law. |
| Ios 9:16 | A ma hope iho, i ka pau ʻana o nā lā ʻekolu, mai ka wā mai o ko lākou hana ʻana i ka ʻōlelo kuʻikahi, a laila lohe ʻo Iosua mā, he kamaʻāina lākou, a ua noho pū me lākou. | Three days after they made the treaty with the Gibeonites, the Israelites heard that they were neighbors, living near them. |
| Ios 10:14 | ʻAʻole lā e like me ia ma mua, ʻaʻole hoʻi ma hope, i lohe ai ʻo Iēhova i ka leo o ke kanaka; no ka mea, kaua maoli nō ʻo Iēhova ma muli o ka ʻIseraʻela. | There has never been a day like it before or since, a day when the Lord listened to a human being. Surely the Lord was fighting for Israel! |
| Ios 10:26 | A ma hope iho, luku akula ʻo Iosua iā lākou a pepehi ihola, a kāʻawe aʻela ma nā lāʻau ʻelima; a e kaulia ana nō lākou ma nā lāʻau, a hiki i ke ahiahi. | Then Joshua put the kings to death and exposed their bodies on five poles, and they were left hanging on the poles until evening. |
| Ios 22:27 | He mea hōʻike ia ma waena o mākou a ʻo ʻoukou, a ma waena o ko kākou hanauna ma hope aku nei o kākou; i hana mākou i ka ʻoihana a Iēhova i mua ona me ko mākou mōhai kuni a me ko mākou ʻālana, a me ko mākou mōhai aloha, i ʻōlelo ʻole kā ʻoukou poʻe keiki i kā mākou poʻe keiki ma hope aku nei, ʻAʻohe o ʻoukou kuleana ma o Iēhova lā. | On the contrary, it is to be a witness between us and you and the generations that follow, that we will worship the Lord at his sanctuary with our burnt offerings, sacrifices and fellowship offerings. Then in the future your descendants will not be able to say to ours, ‘You have no share in the Lord.’ |
| Ios 22:28 | No laila i ʻōlelo ai mākou, A hiki i ka wā e ʻī mai ai lākou pēlā iā mākou, a i ko mākou hanauna ma hope aku nei o mākou, e ʻōlelo mākou, ʻEā, e nānā ʻoukou i ka mea like me ke kuahu o Iēhova, i ka mea i hana ʻia ai e ko mākou poʻe mākua, ʻaʻole no ka mōhai kuni, a me ka ʻālana, akā, i mea hōʻailona ma waena o mākou a me ʻoukou. | “And we said, ‘If they ever say this to us, or to our descendants, we will answer: Look at the replica of the Lord’s altar, which our ancestors built, not for burnt offerings and sacrifices, but as a witness between us and you.’ |
| Ios 23:1 | Ma hope loa mai o ka hoʻomaha ʻana o Iēhova i ka ʻIseraʻela, mai ko lākou mau ʻenemi a pau, i puni iā lākou, ua ʻelemakule loa ʻo Iosua, ua nui nō hoʻi kona mau lā. | After a long time had passed and the Lord had given Israel rest from all their enemies around them, Joshua, by then a very old man, |
| Ios 23:12 | No ka mea, inā e hoʻi hope iki ʻoukou, a e hoʻopili i nā lāhui kanaka i koe e noho ana ma waena o ʻoukou, a e mare pū me lākou, a hele i loko i o lākou lā, a hoʻi lākou i loko i o ʻoukou nei; | “But if you turn away and ally yourselves with the survivors of these nations that remain among you and if you intermarry with them and associate with them, |
| Ios 24:5 | Hoʻouna aku au iā Mose, a me ʻAʻarona, a hoʻomāinoino au iā ʻAigupita, ma ka mea aʻu i hana ai ma waena o lākou; a ma hope iho, lawe mai au iā ʻoukou ma waho. | “‘Then I sent Moses and Aaron, and I afflicted the Egyptians by what I did there, and I brought you out. |
| Ios 24:6 | A lawe mai nō au i ko ʻoukou poʻe mākua, mai ʻAigupita mai; a hele mai lākou a hiki i ke kai, a hahai mai ka poʻe ʻAigupita ma hope o ko ʻoukou poʻe mākua, me nā hale kaʻa, a me ko lākou poʻe holo lio, a hiki i ke Kaiʻula. | When I brought your people out of Egypt, you came to the sea, and the Egyptians pursued them with chariots and horsemen as far as the Red Sea. |
| Ios 24:12 | A hoʻouna au i mua o ʻoukou i nā nalo hope ʻeha, a kipaku akula au iā lākou, mai ko ʻoukou alo aku, i nā aliʻi ʻelua o ka ʻAmora; ʻaʻole na kā ʻoukou pahi kaua, ʻaʻole nō hoʻi na kā ʻoukou kakaka. | I sent the hornet ahead of you, which drove them out before you — also the two Amorite kings. You did not do it with your own sword and bow. |
| Ios 24:20 | No ka mea, inā e haʻalele ʻoukou iā Iēhova, a e mālama i nā akua ʻē, a laila e huli ʻo ia a e hōʻino mai ʻo ia iā ʻoukou, a e hoʻopau ʻo ia iā ʻoukou ma hope iho o kona lokomaikaʻi ʻana mai iā ʻoukou. | If you forsake the Lord and serve foreign gods, he will turn and bring disaster on you and make an end of you, after he has been good to you.” |
| Ios 24:29 | Ma hope iho o kēia mau mea, make ihola ʻo Iosua, ke keiki a Nuna, ke kauā a Iēhova, a ʻo kona mau lā a pau, hoʻokahi ia haneri makahiki a me ka ʻumi keu. | After these things, Joshua son of Nun, the servant of the Lord, died at the age of a hundred and ten. |
| Ios 24:31 | A mālama nō ka ʻIseraʻela iā Iēhova i nā lā a pau o Iosua, a i nā lā a pau o nā lunakahiko, i ola ma hope iho o Iosua, ka poʻe i ʻike i nā mea a pau a Iēhova i hana mai ai i ka ʻIseraʻela. | Israel served the Lord throughout the lifetime of Joshua and of the elders who outlived him and who had experienced everything the Lord had done for Israel. |
| Lunk 1:1 | Ma hope iho o ka make ʻana o Iosua, nīnau akula ka poʻe mamo a ʻIseraʻela iā Iēhova, ʻī akula, ʻO wai ko mākou mea e piʻi mua aku i ke alo o ko Kanaʻana, e kaua aku iā lākou? | After the death of Joshua, the Israelites asked the Lord, “Who of us is to go up first to fight against the Canaanites?” |
| Lunk 1:9 | A ma hope iho hele aʻela nā mamo a Iuda e kaua aku i ko Kanaʻana, i ka poʻe i noho ma ka mauna, a ma ka ʻaoʻao hema, a ma ka pāpū. | After that, Judah went down to fight against the Canaanites living in the hill country, the Negev and the western foothills. |
| Lunk 2:7 | Mālama nō nā kānaka iā Iēhova i nā lā a pau o Iosua, a i nā lā a pau o nā lunakahiko i ola ma hope iho o Iosua, ka poʻe i ʻike i nā hana nui a pau a Iēhova i hana mai ai no ka ʻIseraʻela. | The people served the Lord throughout the lifetime of Joshua and of the elders who outlived him and who had seen all the great things the Lord had done for Israel. |
| Lunk 2:10 | Hui pū ʻia aʻela ia hanauna a pau me ko lākou poʻe mākua: a ala maila kekahi hanauna hou, ma hope mai o lākou, ʻaʻole lākou i ʻike iā Iēhova, ʻaʻole hoʻi i nā hana āna i hana mai ai no ka ʻIseraʻela. | After that whole generation had been gathered to their ancestors, another generation grew up who knew neither the Lord nor what he had done for Israel. |
| Lunk 3:22 | Komo pū akula ke ʻau ma hope o ka maka, a paʻa maila ke konāhua ma luna o ka maka, ʻaʻole i hiki iā ia ke unuhi i ka pahi mai loko mai o kona ʻōpū; a hū maila ka lepo. | Even the handle sank in after the blade, and his bowels discharged. Ehud did not pull the sword out, and the fat closed in over it. |
| Lunk 3:31 | Ma hope iho ona, kū mai ʻo Samegara, ke keiki a ʻAnata, nāna i luku aku i ʻeono haneri kānaka o ko Pilisetia i ke ʻō bipi; a hoʻopakele aʻela hoʻi ʻo ia i ka ʻIseraʻela. | After Ehud came Shamgar son of Anath, who struck down six hundred Philistines with an oxgoad. He too saved Israel. |
| Lunk 4:1 | Hana hewa hou akula nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela i mua o Iēhova, ma hope iho o ka make ʻana o ʻEhuda. | Again the Israelites did evil in the eyes of the Lord, now that Ehud was dead. |
| Lunk 4:16 | Hahai akula ʻo Baraka ma hope o nā kaʻa kaua, a ma hope o ka pūʻali, a hiki i Harosetagoima. A hāʻule ihola ka pūʻali a pau o Sisera, ma ka maka o ka pahi kaua, ʻaʻole hoʻokahi kanaka i koe. | Barak pursued the chariots and army as far as Harosheth Haggoyim, and all Sisera’s troops fell by the sword; not a man was left. |
| Lunk 5:14 | Ma waena mai o ʻEperaima, ke kumu i kūʻē i ko ʻAmeleka; Ma hope ou, e Beniamina, ma loko o kou poʻe kānaka; Mai Makira mai i iho mai ai nā luna, A mai Zebuluna mai ka poʻe i paʻa ai ka ihe o ka ʻalihikaua. | Some came from Ephraim, whose roots were in Amalek; Benjamin was with the people who followed you. From Makir captains came down, from Zebulun those who bear a commander’s staff. |
| Lunk 7:11 | E hoʻolohe ʻoe i ka mea a lākou e ʻōlelo ai, a ma hope iho, e ikaika auaneʻi kou lima ke iho i lalo i ka pūʻali. A laila, iho akula ia i lalo me Pura kona kanaka, a hiki i ka wēlau o ka poʻe kaua ma ka pūʻali. | and listen to what they are saying. Afterward, you will be encouraged to attack the camp.” So he and Purah his servant went down to the outposts of the camp. |
| Lunk 8:33 | A ma hope iho o ka make ʻana o Gideona, huli hou akula nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, a moekolohe ihola me Baʻalima, a hoʻolilo ihola iā Baʻalaberita, i akua no lākou. | No sooner had Gideon died than the Israelites again prostituted themselves to the Baals. They set up Baal-Berith as their god |
| Lunk 9:51 | Aia ma loko o ia kūlanakauhale he hale kaua ikaika, a ma laila nō i peʻe aku ai nā kāne a pau a me nā wāhine, a me nā mea a pau o ke kūlanakauhale, a pani ihola ma hope o lākou, a piʻi akula i kahi ma luna o ka hale kaua. | Inside the city, however, was a strong tower, to which all the men and women — all the people of the city — had fled. They had locked themselves in and climbed up on the tower roof. |
| Lunk 10:1 | A ma hope iho o ʻAbimeleka, kū mai ʻo Tola, ke keiki a Pua, ke keiki a Dodo, he kanaka no ka ʻIsakara, nāna i hoʻōla i ka ʻIseraʻela. A noho nō ia ma Samira, ma ka mauna ʻo ʻEperaima. | After the time of Abimelek, a man of Issachar named Tola son of Puah, the son of Dodo, rose to save Israel. He lived in Shamir, in the hill country of Ephraim. |
| Lunk 10:3 | Ma hope iho ona, kū mai ʻo Iaira, he kanaka no Gileada, nāna i hoʻoponopono i ka ʻIseraʻela, he iwakāluakumamālua makahiki. | He was followed by Jair of Gilead, who led Israel twenty-two years. |
| Lunk 11:4 | A ma hope iho o ia mau lā, kaua akula nā mamo a ʻAmona i ka ʻIseraʻela. | Some time later, when the Ammonites were fighting against Israel, |
| Lunk 11:35 | A ʻike akula ʻo Iepeta iā ia, haehae ihola i kona ʻaʻahu, ʻī akula, Auē kuʻu kaikamahine ē! Ua hoʻokaumaha loa mai ʻoe iaʻu; ʻo ʻoe kekahi i hoʻopilikia mai iaʻu. Ua ʻoaka aʻela au i kuʻu waha iā Iēhova, ʻaʻole hiki iaʻu ke hoʻi hope. | When he saw her, he tore his clothes and cried, “Oh no, my daughter! You have brought me down and I am devastated. I have made a vow to the Lord that I cannot break.” |
| Lunk 12:8 | A ma hope iho ona, na ʻIbezana o Betelehema i hoʻoponopono i ka ʻIseraʻela. | After him, Ibzan of Bethlehem led Israel. |
| Lunk 12:11 | A ma hope iho ona, hoʻoponopono ʻo ʻElona, no ka Zebuluna i ka ʻIseraʻela. Hoʻoponopono ia i ka ʻIseraʻela, he ʻumi makahiki. | After him, Elon the Zebulunite led Israel ten years. |
| Lunk 12:13 | A ma hope iho ona, na ʻAbedona, ke keiki a Hilela, no ka Piratona, i hoʻoponopono i ka ʻIseraʻela. | After him, Abdon son of Hillel, from Pirathon, led Israel. |
| Lunk 14:8 | A ma hope iho hoʻi maila ia e lawe iā ia, kipa aʻela ia e nānā i ke kino o ka liona; aia hoʻi, he poʻe nalo meli, a me ka meli pū ma loko o ke kino o ua liona lā. | Some time later, when he went back to marry her, he turned aside to look at the lion’s carcass, and in it he saw a swarm of bees and some honey. |
| Lunk 15:1 | A ma hope iho, i nā lā o ka hōʻiliʻili ʻana i ka huapalaoa, hele akula ʻo Samesona, me ke kao keiki, e ʻike i kāna wahine; ʻī ihola, E komo aku nō wau i loko o ke keʻena i kaʻu wahine. ʻAʻole naʻe i hāʻawi mai kona makua kāne iā ia ke komo i loko. | Later on, at the time of wheat harvest, Samson took a young goat and went to visit his wife. He said, “I’m going to my wife’s room.” But her father would not let him go in. |
| Lunk 15:7 | ʻĪ aʻela ʻo Samesona iā lākou, Ua hana nō ʻoukou i kēia, akā, e hoʻopaʻi aku au iā ʻoukou, a ma hope iho, oki au. | Samson said to them, “Since you’ve acted like this, I swear that I won’t stop until I get my revenge on you.” |
| Lunk 16:4 | A ma hope iho, aloha aʻela ia i kekahi wahine ma ke kahawai ʻo Soreka, ʻo Delila kona inoa. | Some time later, he fell in love with a woman in the Valley of Sorek whose name was Delilah. |
| Lunk 19:5 | A hiki i ka hā o ka lā, i ko lākou ala ʻana i kakahiaka nui, kū maila ia e hele. ʻĪ maila ka makua kāne o ka wahine i kāna hūnōna kāne, E hōʻoluʻolu i kou naʻau me kahi berena iki, a ma hope iho, e hele aku ʻolua. | On the fourth day they got up early and he prepared to leave, but the woman’s father said to his son-in-law, “Refresh yourself with something to eat; then you can go.” |
| Lunk 20:40 | A piʻi akula ka lapalapa o ke ahi, mai ke kūlanakauhale aku, a lilo i kia ao; a laila, nānā akula ko Beniamina ma hope o lākou, aia hoʻi, pūnohu akula ka wela ʻana o ke kūlanakauhale a pau i ka lani. | But when the column of smoke began to rise from the city, the Benjamites turned and saw the whole city going up in smoke. |
| Ruta 2:7 | Nonoi mai ia, ʻEa, e hōʻiliʻili paha au, a hoʻāhu ma hope o ka poʻe ʻokiʻoki, i waena o nā pua. A laila, hele maila ʻo ia, a ua hoʻomau, mai ke kakahiaka a i kēia wā, hoʻomaha iki nō naʻe ma ka hale. | She said, ‘Please let me glean and gather among the sheaves behind the harvesters.’ She came into the field and has remained here from morning till now, except for a short rest in the shelter.” |
| Ruta 2:11 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Boaza, ʻī akula, Ua hoʻākāka pono ʻia mai iaʻu nā mea a pau āu i hana aku ai i kou makuahōnōwai wahine, ma hope mai o ka make ʻana o kāu kāne; a ua haʻalele ʻoe i kou makua kāne, a me kou makuahine, a me kahi āu i hānau ai, a ua hele mai hoʻi i ka poʻe kānaka āu i ʻike ʻole ai ma mua. | Boaz replied, “I’ve been told all about what you have done for your mother-in-law since the death of your husband — how you left your father and mother and your homeland and came to live with a people you did not know before. |
| Ruta 2:18 | A lawe ihola ia, a hele akula i ke kūlanakauhale, a ʻike maila kona makuahōnōwai wahine i ka mea āna i hōʻiliʻili ai; a lawe maila ia a hāʻawi mai iā ia i ke koena āna i mālama ai ma hope o kona māʻona ʻana. | She carried it back to town, and her mother-in-law saw how much she had gathered. Ruth also brought out and gave her what she had left over after she had eaten enough. |
| Ruta 3:10 | ʻĪ maila ia, E pōmaikaʻi ana ʻoe iā Iēhova, e kuʻu kaikamahine ē; no ka mea, ua ʻoi aku kou lokomaikaʻi hope, i ko ka mua, i kou hahai ʻole ʻana ma hope o nā kānaka uʻi, ʻaʻole i ka mea hune, ʻaʻole hoʻi i ka mea waiwai. | “The Lord bless you, my daughter,” he replied. “This kindness is greater than that which you showed earlier: You have not run after the younger men, whether rich or poor. |
| Ruta 3:12 | He ʻoiaʻiʻo nō, ʻo wau ka hoahānau pili iā ʻoe. Eia aʻe kekahi mea i pili mua aku, he hope au. | Although it is true that I am a guardian-redeemer of our family, there is another who is more closely related than I. |
| Ruta 3:18 | ʻŌlelo maila ia, E noho mālie ʻoe, e kuʻu kaikamahine, a ʻike pono ʻoe i ka hope o kēia; no ka mea, ʻaʻole loa a noho hoʻomaha kēlā kanaka, a hoʻopau pono ʻo ia ia mea, i kēia lā. | Then Naomi said, “Wait, my daughter, until you find out what happens. For the man will not rest until the matter is settled today.” |
| Ruta 4:4 | ʻĪ ihola au, E haʻi aku nō au ma kou pepeiao, me ka ʻī ʻana aku, E kiʻi aku ʻoe i mua o ke alo o nā kānaka, a me nā lunakahiko o koʻu poʻe kānaka. Inā i kūʻai ʻoe, e kūʻai nō, a i ʻole ʻoe e kūʻai, e haʻi mai ʻoe iaʻu, i ʻike au; no ka mea, ʻaʻole mea ʻē aʻe nāna e kūʻai, ʻo ʻoe wale nō, a ʻo wau ka mea ma hope ou. ʻĪ maila kēlā, E kūʻai nō au. | I thought I should bring the matter to your attention and suggest that you buy it in the presence of these seated here and in the presence of the elders of my people. If you will redeem it, do so. But if you will not, tell me, so I will know. For no one has the right to do it except you, and I am next in line.” “I will redeem it,” he said. |
| 1-Sam 1:9 | Kū aʻela ʻo Hana ma hope o kā lākou ʻai ʻana a me kā lākou inu ʻana ma Silo: a e noho ana ʻo Eli ke kahuna ma luna o ka noho ma ka lapauila o ka hale o Iēhova. | Once when they had finished eating and drinking in Shiloh, Hannah stood up. Now Eli the priest was sitting on his chair by the doorpost of the Lord’s house. |
| 1-Sam 1:20 | A hiki mai ka manawa ma hope o kā Hana hāpai ʻana, hānau maila ia, he keiki kāne, a kapa akula ia i kona inoa ʻo Samuʻela; no ka mea, ua noi aku au iā ia iā Iēhova. | So in the course of time Hannah became pregnant and gave birth to a son. She named him Samuel, saying, “Because I asked the Lord for him.” |
| 1-Sam 4:18 | A i kona haʻi ʻana mai i ka pahu o ke Akua, hāʻule ihola ʻo Eli ma hope o kona noho ma ka ʻaoʻao o ka ʻīpuka, a haʻi kona ʻāʻī, a make ihola ia; no ka mea, he kanaka ʻelemakule ia, ua kaumaha hoʻi. A ua hoʻoponopono aku ia i ka ʻIseraʻela i nā makahiki he kanahā. | When he mentioned the ark of God, Eli fell backward off his chair by the side of the gate. His neck was broken and he died, for he was an old man, and he was heavy. He had led Israel forty years. |
| 1-Sam 5:9 | A ma hope o kā lākou lawe ʻana aku ia mea ma laila, kūʻē maila ka lima o Iēhova i ua kūlanakauhale lā me ka luku nui loa; a hahau mai ia i nā kānaka o ke kūlanakauhale, i ka mea ʻuʻuku, a me ka mea nui, a pohā ihola ko lākou puʻupuʻu koko. | But after they had moved it, the LORD's hand was against that city, throwing it into a great panic. He afflicted the people of the city, both young and old, with an outbreak of tumors. |
| 1-Sam 6:12 | A hele pololei akula nā bipi ma ke ala e hiki ai i Betesemesa, ma ke ala loa ka hele ʻana, a hele lāua me ka uō ʻana, ʻaʻole lāua i huli aʻe ma ka ʻākau, ʻaʻole hoʻi ma ka hema; a hele nā haku o ko Pilisetia ma hope o lāua, a hiki i ka mokuna ʻo Betesemesa. | Then the cows went straight up toward Beth Shemesh, keeping on the road and lowing all the way; they did not turn to the right or to the left. The rulers of the Philistines followed them as far as the border of Beth Shemesh. |
| 1-Sam 9:13 | A hiki aku ʻolua ma loko o ke kūlanakauhale, e loaʻa koke ʻo ia iā ʻolua, ma mua o kona piʻi ʻana aʻe ma kahi kiʻekiʻe e ʻai ai; ʻaʻole e ʻai nā kānaka a hiki aku ia; no ka mea, nāna nō e hoʻomaikaʻi aku i ka ʻahaʻaina, a ma hope iho, ʻai nō ka poʻe i ʻōlelo ʻia. No ia mea, e piʻi ʻolua; no ka mea, eia ka lā e loaʻa ai iā ʻolua ia. | As soon as you enter the town, you will find him before he goes up to the high place to eat. The people will not begin eating until he comes, because he must bless the sacrifice; afterward, those who are invited will eat. Go up now; you should find him about this time." |
| 1-Sam 10:5 | Ma hope iho e hiki aku ʻoe i ka puʻu o ke Akua, ma laila ka noho ʻana o ka poʻe koa o ko Pilisetia: a hiki aku ʻoe i laila i ke kūlanakauhale, e hālāwai ʻoe me ka poʻe kāula e iho ana ma kahi kiʻekiʻe mai, me ka mea kani, a me ke kuolokani, a me ka mea hōkio, a me ka mea ʻūkēkē i mua o lākou; a e wānana lākou. | "After that you will go to Gibeah of God, where there is a Philistine outpost. As you approach the town, you will meet a procession of prophets coming down from the high place with lyres, tambourines, flutes and harps being played before them, and they will be prophesying. |
| 1-Sam 11:5 | Aia hoʻi, hele maila ʻo Saula ma hope o nā bipi mai ke kula mai, nīnau maila ʻo Saula, No ke aha lā i uē ai nā kānaka? A haʻi mai lākou iā ia i nā mea no nā kānaka o Iabesa. | Just then Saul was returning from the fields, behind his oxen, and he asked, "What is wrong with the people? Why are they weeping?" Then they repeated to him what the men of Jabesh had said. |
| 1-Sam 13:4 | A lohe aʻela ka ʻIseraʻela a pau i ka mea i ʻōlelo ʻia mai, ua pepehi ʻo Saula i ka poʻe koa o ko Pilisetia, a ua hoʻowahāwahā ʻia ʻo ka ʻIseraʻela e ko Pilisetia. A ua hōʻuluʻulu ʻia nā kānaka ma hope o Saula ma Gilegala. | So all Israel heard the news: "Saul has attacked the Philistine outpost, and now Israel has become a stench to the Philistines." And the people were summoned to join Saul at Gilgal. |
| 1-Sam 14:12 | ʻŌlelo maila nā kānaka o ka poʻe koa iā Ionatana, a me ka mea nāna i hali kāna mea kaua, ʻī maila, E piʻi mai ʻolua i o mākou nei, a e hōʻike aku mākou iā ʻolua i kekahi mea. ʻĪ akula Ionatana i ka mea nāna i hali kāna mea kaua, E piʻi mai ʻoe ma hope oʻu; no ka mea, ua hoʻolilo mai ʻo Iēhova iā lākou i loko o ka lima o ka ʻIseraʻela. | The men of the outpost shouted to Jonathan and his armor-bearer, "Come up to us and we'll teach you a lesson." So Jonathan said to his armor-bearer, "Climb up after me; the LORD has given them into the hand of Israel." |
| 1-Sam 14:13 | Piʻi aʻela ʻo Ionatana ma kona lima, a ma kona wāwae, a ʻo ka mea nāna i hali kāna mea kaua ma hope ona: a hāʻule lākou i mua o Ionatana; a ʻo ka mea nāna i hali kāna mea kaua pepehi akula ia ma hope ona. | Jonathan climbed up, using his hands and feet, with his armor-bearer right behind him. The Philistines fell before Jonathan, and his armor-bearer followed and killed behind him. |
| 1-Sam 14:22 | A ʻo nā kānaka a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela i peʻe ai ma ka mauna ʻo ʻEperaima, iā lākou i lohe ai, ua holo ko Pilisetia, ʻo lākou nō hoʻi kekahi i hahai ma hope o lākou i ke kaua. | When all the Israelites who had hidden in the hill country of Ephraim heard that the Philistines were on the run, they joined the battle in hot pursuit. |
| 1-Sam 15:31 | A huli hou aʻela ʻo Samuʻela ma hope o Saula, a hoʻomana akula ʻo Saula iā Iēhova. | So Samuel went back with Saul, and Saul worshiped the LORD. |
| 1-Sam 16:13 | A laila lālau akula ʻo Samuʻela i ka pepeiaohao ʻaila, a poni iā ia i waena o kona mau hoahānau: a hiki maila ka ʻUhane o Iēhova ma luna o Dāvida ia lā, a ma ia hope aku. Kū aʻela ʻo Samuʻela, a hele aku ma Rama. | So Samuel took the horn of oil and anointed him in the presence of his brothers, and from that day on the Spirit of the LORD came upon David in power. Samuel then went to Ramah. |
| 1-Sam 17:13 | A ʻo nā keiki mua ʻekolu a Iese hele lākou ma muli o Saula i ke kaua: a ʻo ka inoa o nā keiki ʻekolu i hele i ke kaua, ʻo ʻEliaba ka hānau mua, a ma hope mai ona, ʻo ʻAbinadaba, a ʻo Sama ke kolu. | Jesse's three oldest sons had followed Saul to the war: The firstborn was Eliab; the second, Abinadab; and the third, Shammah. |
| 1-Sam 17:14 | A ʻo Dāvida ka pōkiʻi: a hahai akula nā keiki mua ʻekolu ma hope o Saula. | David was the youngest. The three oldest followed Saul, |
| 1-Sam 20:38 | Kāhea akula ʻo Ionatana ma hope o ke keiki, E lalelale, e wiki, mai kali ʻoe. Hōʻiliʻili aʻela ke keiki o Ionatana i nā pua, a hoʻi mai i kona haku. | Then he shouted, "Hurry! Go quickly! Don't stop!" The boy picked up the arrow and returned to his master. |
| 1-Sam 21:9 | ʻĪ maila ke kahuna, ʻO ka pahi kaua a Golia ke kanaka Pilisetia āu i pepehi ai ma ke awāwa ʻo ʻEla, aia hoʻi ia i wahī ʻia i ka lole ʻaʻahu ma hope o ka ʻēpoda; a i lawe ʻoe ia mea, e lawe, no ka mea, ʻaʻohe pahi ʻē aʻe, ʻo ia wale nō. ʻĪ akula ʻo Dāvida, ʻAʻohe mea e like ana me ia, e hāʻawi mai ia iaʻu. | The priest replied, "The sword of Goliath the Philistine, whom you killed in the Valley of Elah, is here; it is wrapped in a cloth behind the ephod. If you want it, take it; there is no sword here but that one." David said, "There is none like it; give it to me." |
| 1-Sam 22:20 | A ʻo kekahi o nā keiki a ʻAhimeleka, ke keiki a ʻAhituba, ʻo ʻAbiatara kona inoa, pakele akula ia, a holo aku ma hope o Dāvida. | But Abiathar, a son of Ahimelech son of Ahitub, escaped and fled to join David. |
| 1-Sam 23:25 | Hele akula ʻo Saula a me kona poʻe kānaka e ʻimi iā ia; a haʻi aku lākou iā Dāvida, a iho mai ia i ka pōhaku, a noho ma ka wao nahele o Maona. A lohe ʻo Saula, hahai akula ia ma hope o Dāvida ma ka wao nahele o Maona. | Saul and his men began the search, and when David was told about it, he went down to the rock and stayed in the Desert of Maon. When Saul heard this, he went into the Desert of Maon in pursuit of David. |
| 1-Sam 24:5 | A ma hope iho, kuʻi ihola ka naʻau o Dāvida iā ia iho, i kona ʻoki ʻana i ka lepa o ka lole ʻaʻahu o Saula. | Afterward, David was conscience-stricken for having cut off a corner of his robe. |
| 1-Sam 24:8 | Ma hope iho, kū aʻela ʻo Dāvida a hele i waho o ke ana, a kāhea akula ma hope o Saula, ʻī akula, E kuʻu haku, e ke aliʻi. A nānā aʻela ʻo Saula ma hope ona, kūlou ihola ʻo Dāvida me kona maka ma ka honua, a hāʻule iho i lalo. | Then David went out of the cave and called out to Saul, "My lord the king!" When Saul looked behind him, David bowed down and prostrated himself with his face to the ground. |
| 1-Sam 24:21 | ʻĀnō hoʻi, e hoʻohiki mai ʻoe iaʻu ma Iēhova, i ʻole ʻoe e hōʻoki iho i kaʻu hua ma hope oʻu, i ʻole hoʻi ʻoe e hoʻōki i kuʻu inoa mai ka hale aku o koʻu makua kāne. | Now swear to me by the LORD that you will not cut off my descendants or wipe out my name from my father's family." |
| 1-Sam 25:13 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Dāvida i kona poʻe kānaka, E hāwele ʻoukou ʻo kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka i kāna pahi kaua. A hāwele ihola kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka i kāna pahi kaua; a hāwele iho hoʻi ʻo Dāvida i kāna pahi kaua; ʻahā haneri kānaka paha i hahai ma hope o Dāvida; ʻalua haneri i noho ma nā ukana. | David said to his men, "Put on your swords!" So they put on their swords, and David put on his. About four hundred men went up with David, while two hundred stayed with the supplies. |
| 1-Sam 25:19 | ʻĪ akula ia i kāna poʻe kauā, E hele ʻē ʻoukou ma mua oʻu, aia hoʻi, e hahai ana au ma hope o ʻoukou. ʻAʻole ia i haʻi aku iā Nabala kāna kāne. | Then she told her servants, "Go on ahead; I'll follow you." But she did not tell her husband Nabal. |
| 1-Sam 25:38 | A he anahulu paha lā ma ia hope mai, pepehi mai ʻo Iēhova iā Nabala, a make ihola ia. | About ten days later, the LORD struck Nabal and he died. |
| 1-Sam 25:42 | A kū koke aʻela ʻo ʻAbigaila, a hoʻoholo ma luna o ka hoki me kona mau wāhine ʻelima i hele ma hope ona; a hahai akula ia ma hope o nā ʻelele a Dāvida, a lilo ia i wahine nāna. | Abigail quickly got on a donkey and, attended by her five maids, went with David's messengers and became his wife. |
| 1-Sam 26:3 | A hoʻomoana ihola ʻo Saula mā i ka puʻu ʻo Hakila i mua o Iesimona ma ke ala. A noho ihola ʻo Dāvida ma ka wao nahele, a ʻike ihola ia, ua hele mai ʻo Saula ma hope ona ma ka wao nahele. | Saul made his camp beside the road on the hill of Hakilah facing Jeshimon, but David stayed in the desert. When he saw that Saul had followed him there, |
| 1-Sam 29:2 | A hele aʻela nā haku o nā Pilisetia ma nā haneri, a ma nā tausani: akā, ʻo Dāvida a me kona poʻe kānaka hele lākou ma hope me ʻAkisa. | As the Philistine rulers marched with their units of hundreds and thousands, David and his men were marching at the rear with Achish. |
| 1-Sam 30:8 | Nīnau akula ʻo Dāvida iā Iēhova, ʻī akula, E hahai anei au ma hope o kēia poʻe? E loaʻa anei lākou iaʻu? A ʻī maila ʻo ia iā ia, E hahai aku ʻoe, no ka mea, e loaʻa nō iā ʻoe, a e lawe hou mai i nā mea a pau. | and David inquired of the LORD, "Shall I pursue this raiding party? Will I overtake them?" "Pursue them," he answered. "You will certainly overtake them and succeed in the rescue." |
| 1-Sam 30:9 | A hele akula ʻo Dāvida, ʻo ia me nā kānaka pū me ia ʻeono haneri, a hiki lākou ma ke kahawai ʻo Besora, kahi i kali ai ka poʻe i waiho ʻia ma hope. | David and the six hundred men with him came to the Besor Ravine, where some stayed behind, |
| 1-Sam 30:10 | Akā, hahai akula ʻo Dāvida, ʻo ia me nā haneri kānaka ʻehā: no ka mea, hoʻonoho ʻia akula ma hope ʻelua haneri kānaka, ʻaʻole e hiki aku lākou ma kēlā kapa o ke kahawai ʻo Besora, no ko lākou nāwaliwali. | for two hundred men were too exhausted to cross the ravine. But David and four hundred men continued the pursuit. |
| 2-Sam 1:1 | Ma hope iho o ka make ʻana o Saula, a ua hoʻi hou mai ʻo Dāvida mai ka luku ʻana i ka ʻAmaleka, a noho iho ʻo Dāvida ʻelua lā i Zikelaga; | After the death of Saul, David returned from defeating the Amalekites and stayed in Ziklag two days. |
| 2-Sam 1:6 | ʻĪ maila ua kanaka ʻōpiopio lā nāna i haʻi mai iā ia, A i koʻu hiki wale ʻana aku ma luna o ka puʻu ʻo Gileboa, aia hoʻi, e kālele ana ʻo Saula ma luna iho o kona ihe; a hahai ikaika maila nā hale kaʻa a me nā hoʻoholo lio ma hope ona. | "I happened to be on Mount Gilboa," the young man said, "and there was Saul, leaning on his spear, with the chariots and riders almost upon him. |
| 2-Sam 1:7 | ʻAlawa aʻela ia i hope, ʻike maila iaʻu, a kāhea maila iaʻu: ʻī akula au, Eia nō wau. | When he turned around and saw me, he called out to me, and I said, 'What can I do?' |
| 2-Sam 1:10 | A kū ihola au ma luna ona, a pepehi ihola iā ia; no ka mea, ua ʻike pono au, ʻaʻole ia e ola ma hope iho o kona hāʻule ʻana: lawe aʻela nō au i ka pāpale aliʻi ma luna o kona poʻo, a me ke kūpeʻe ma kona lima, a ua halihali mai nei au ia mau mea i kuʻu haku. | "So I stood over him and killed him, because I knew that after he had fallen he could not survive. And I took the crown that was on his head and the band on his arm and have brought them here to my lord." |
| 2-Sam 1:22 | Mai ke koko aʻe o ka poʻe i make, A mai ka momona aʻe o ka poʻe ikaika, ʻAʻole i hoʻi i hope ke kakaka o Ionatana, ʻAʻole hoʻi i hoʻi nele mai ka pahi kaua a Saula. | From the blood of the slain, from the flesh of the mighty, the bow of Jonathan did not turn back, the sword of Saul did not return unsatisfied. |
| 2-Sam 2:1 | Ma hope iho o kēia mea, nīnau akula ʻo Dāvida i o Iēhova, ʻī akula, E piʻi aku anei au i kekahi kūlanakauhale o ka Iuda? ʻĪ maila ʻo Iēhova iā ia, E piʻi ʻoe. ʻĪ akula ʻo Dāvida, Ai lā i hea kahi e piʻi aku ai au? ʻĪ maila kēlā, I Heberona. | In the course of time, David inquired of the LORD. "Shall I go up to one of the towns of Judah?" he asked. The LORD said, "Go up." David asked, "Where shall I go?" "To Hebron," the LORD answered. |
| 2-Sam 2:19 | Alualu akula ʻo ʻAsahela iā ʻAbenera: a i ka hele ʻana, ʻaʻole ia i kāpae ma ka ʻākau, ʻaʻole hoʻi ma ka hema, ma hope o ʻAbenera. | He chased Abner, turning neither to the right nor to the left as he pursued him. |
| 2-Sam 2:20 | Nānā aʻela ʻo ʻAbenera ma hope ona, ʻī aʻela, ʻO ʻAsahela anei ʻoe? ʻĪ maila kēlā, ʻO wau nō. | Abner looked behind him and asked, "Is that you, Asahel?" "It is," he answered. |
| 2-Sam 3:16 | Hele pū maila kāna kāne me ia e uē ana ma hope iho ona, a hiki i Bahurima. A laila, ʻī aku ʻo ʻAbenera iā ia, Ō hoʻi. A hoʻi akula ia. | Her husband, however, went with her, weeping behind her all the way to Bahurim. Then Abner said to him, "Go back home!" So he went back. |
| 2-Sam 3:28 | Ma hope iho, a lohe aʻela ʻo Dāvida, ʻī akula ia, I mua o Iēhova ua hala ʻole mau loa au a me kuʻu aupuni i ke koko o ʻAbenera ke keiki a Nera. | Later, when David heard about this, he said, "I and my kingdom are forever innocent before the LORD concerning the blood of Abner son of Ner. |
| 2-Sam 3:31 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Dāvida iā Ioaba a me ka poʻe a pau me ia, E haehae iho i ko ʻoukou kapa, a e kāʻei ʻoukou i ke kapa ʻinoʻino, a e kanikau i mua o ʻAbenera. A ʻo ke aliʻi ʻo Dāvida i hele ma hope o ka mānele. | Then David said to Joab and all the people with him, "Tear your clothes and put on sackcloth and walk in mourning in front of Abner." King David himself walked behind the bier. |
| 2-Sam 5:13 | Lawe hou aʻela ʻo Dāvida i nā haiā wahine a me nā wāhine hoʻi nāna no Ierusalema, ma hope iho o kona hele ʻana mai mai Heberona mai: a hānau maila nā keiki kāne hou a me nā kaikamāhine hou na Dāvida. | After he left Hebron, David took more concubines and wives in Jerusalem, and more sons and daughters were born to him. |
| 2-Sam 5:23 | A nīnau akula ʻo Dāvida iā Iēhova, ʻī maila kēlā, ʻAʻole ʻoe e piʻi pono aku; akā, e hoʻopuni aʻe ʻoe ma hope mai o lākou, i kahi e kūpono ana i nā lāʻau silika. | so David inquired of the LORD, and he answered, "Do not go straight up, but circle around behind them and attack them in front of the balsam trees. |
| 2-Sam 6:22 | A ma kēia hope, e lilo ana au i mea i hoʻowahāwahā ʻia, a i mea ʻino hoʻi i mua o koʻu maka iho: a ʻo ka poʻe kauā wahine aʻu i ʻōlelo mai ai, e hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia mai hoʻi au e lākou. | I will become even more undignified than this, and I will be humiliated in my own eyes. But by these slave girls you spoke of, I will be held in honor." |
| 2-Sam 7:12 | Aia pau kou mau lā, a moe iho ʻoe me ou poʻe kūpuna, e hoʻokū aʻe au i kāu keiki ma hope ou, i ka mea e puka ana mai loko aʻe o kou ʻōpū, a e hoʻokūpaʻa hoʻi au i kona aupuni. | When your days are over and you rest with your fathers, I will raise up your offspring to succeed you, who will come from your own body, and I will establish his kingdom. |
| 2-Sam 7:19 | He mea ʻuʻuku hoʻi kēia i mua o kou maka, e Iēhova ka Haku; akā, ua ʻōlelo mai hoʻi ʻoe no ka ʻohana a kāu kauā a liʻuliʻu aku ma hope. Ua like anei kēia me ko ke kanaka, e Iēhova ka Haku? | And as if this were not enough in your sight, O Sovereign LORD, you have also spoken about the future of the house of your servant. Is this your usual way of dealing with man, O Sovereign LORD? |
| 2-Sam 7:24 | No ka mea, ua hoʻolilo ʻoe nou i kou kanaka i ka ʻIseraʻela, i poʻe kānaka nou ma hope mau loa aku; a ʻo ʻoe, e Iēhova, ua lilo mai ʻoe i Akua no lākou. | You have established your people Israel as your very own forever, and you, O LORD, have become their God. |
| 2-Sam 7:29 | No laila hoʻi, e leʻaleʻa mai ʻoe, a e hoʻopōmaikaʻi mai i ka ʻohana a kāu kauā, i mau loa ia i mua ou: no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo nō ʻoe, e Iēhova ka Haku; a ma kāu hoʻopōmaikaʻi ʻana e pōmaikaʻi ai ka ʻohana a kāu kauā ma hope mau loa aku. | Now be pleased to bless the house of your servant, that it may continue forever in your sight; for you, O Sovereign LORD, have spoken, and with your blessing the house of your servant will be blessed forever." |
| 2-Sam 8:1 | Ma hope aku, pepehi akula ʻo Dāvida i nā Pilisetia, a hoʻolilo ihola iā lākou ma lalo ona: a lawe aʻela hoʻi ʻo Dāvida i ke kūlanakauhale aliʻi mai loko aʻe o ka lima o nā Pilisetia. | In the course of time, David defeated the Philistines and subdued them, and he took Metheg Ammah from the control of the Philistines. |
| 2-Sam 10:1 | Ma hope mai o ia mau mea, make ihola ke aliʻi o ka poʻe mamo a ʻAmona, a noho aliʻi ihola ʻo Hanuna kāna keiki ma kona wahi. | In the course of time, the king of the Ammonites died, and his son Hanun succeeded him as king. |
| 2-Sam 10:9 | A ʻike akula ʻo Ioaba i ke alo o nā kaua, ma mua kekahi, a ma hope kekahi, a laila wae ihola ia i ka poʻe uʻi a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela, a hoʻonohonoho akula iā lākou e kūʻē i ka poʻe Suria. | Joab saw that there were battle lines in front of him and behind him; so he selected some of the best troops in Israel and deployed them against the Arameans. |
| 2-Sam 11:8 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Dāvida iā ʻUria, e iho iho ʻoe i kou hale, a e holoi i kou wāwae. A hele akula ʻo ʻUria i waho o ka hale o ke aliʻi, a ukali akula kekahi ʻai ma hope ona na ke aliʻi aku. | Then David said to Uriah, "Go down to your house and wash your feet." So Uriah left the palace, and a gift from the king was sent after him. |
| 2-Sam 11:15 | Kākau ihola ia i loko o ka palapala, i ka ʻī ʻana aku, E hoʻonoho aku ʻoe iā ʻUria ma ke alo o ke kaua ikaika, a e hoʻi i hope ʻoukou mai ona aku lā, i pepehi ʻia ai ʻo ia a make. | In it he wrote, "Put Uriah in the front line where the fighting is fiercest. Then withdraw from him so he will be struck down and die." |
| 2-Sam 13:1 | A ma hope iho o ia mea, he kaikuahine maikaʻi ko ʻAbesaloma ke keiki kāne a Dāvida, ʻo Tamara kona inoa: aloha maila ʻo ʻAmenona ke keiki kāne a Dāvida iā ia. | In the course of time, Amnon son of David fell in love with Tamar, the beautiful sister of Absalom son of David. |
| 2-Sam 13:17 | Kāhea akula ia i kāna kauā, i ka mea i lawelawe nāna, ʻī akula, E kipaku aku ʻoe iā ia nei i waho mai oʻu aku nei, a e hoʻopaʻa i ka puka ma hope ona. | He called his personal servant and said, "Get this woman out of here and bolt the door after her." |
| 2-Sam 13:18 | He kapa ʻōniʻoniʻo ma luna ona: pēlā nō i kāhiko ʻia ai nā kaikamāhine puʻupaʻa a ke aliʻi. A laila lawe aʻela kāna kauā iā ia i waho, a hoʻopaʻa ihola i ka puka ma hope ona. | So his servant put her out and bolted the door after her. She was wearing a richly ornamented robe, for this was the kind of garment the virgin daughters of the king wore. |
| 2-Sam 13:34 | Mahuka akula ʻo ʻAbesaloma. A ʻo ke kanaka ʻōpiopio e kiaʻi ana, ʻalawa aʻela nā maka ona i luna, ʻike akula, aia lā, he nui nā kānaka e hele mai ana ma ke ala ma ka ʻaoʻao o ka puʻu ma hope ona. | Meanwhile, Absalom had fled. Now the man standing watch looked up and saw many people on the road west of him, coming down the side of the hill. The watchman went and told the king, "I see men in the direction of Horonaim, on the side of the hill." |
| 2-Sam 15:1 | Ma hope iho o ia mea lā, hoʻomākaukau aʻela ʻo ʻAbesaloma i nā hale kaʻa a me nā lio nona, a me nā kānaka he kanalima e holo i mua ona. | In the course of time, Absalom provided himself with a chariot and horses and with fifty men to run ahead of him. |
| 2-Sam 15:7 | Ma hope iho o nā makahiki hoʻokahi kanahā, ʻī akula ʻo ʻAbesaloma i ke aliʻi, Ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e ʻae mai ʻoe e hele au i Heberona e hoʻokō aku i kuʻu hoʻohiki ʻana aʻu i hoʻohiki ai iā Iēhova. | At the end of four years, Absalom said to the king, "Let me go to Hebron and fulfill a vow I made to the LORD. |
| 2-Sam 15:16 | Hele akula ke aliʻi i waho, a ʻo kona ʻohana a pau ma hope ona: waiho ihola ke aliʻi i nā wāhine he ʻumi, he mau haiā wahine e mālama i ka hale. | The king set out, with his entire household following him; but he left ten concubines to take care of the palace. |
| 2-Sam 15:17 | Hele akula ke aliʻi i waho, a ʻo nā kānaka a pau ma hope ona, a kakali akula ma kahi mamao aku. | So the king set out, with all the people following him, and they halted at a place some distance away. |
| 2-Sam 17:1 | ʻŌlelo akula ʻo ʻAhitopela iā ʻAbesaloma, He pono naʻu e wae aku ʻānō i nā kānaka he ʻumikumamālua tausani, a e kū aʻe au a e hahai aku ma hope o Dāvida i nēia pō. | Ahithophel said to Absalom, "I would choose twelve thousand men and set out tonight in pursuit of David. |
| 2-Sam 18:22 | ʻĪ hou akula ʻo ʻAhimaʻaza ke keiki a Zadoka iā Ioaba, ʻO wau hoʻi kekahi, ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e holo aku au ma hope o Kusi. ʻĪ maila ʻo Ioaba, No ke aha hoʻi ʻoe e holo aku ai, e kuʻu keiki, ʻaʻohe ʻōlelo e pono nāu? | Ahimaaz son of Zadok again said to Joab, "Come what may, please let me run behind the Cushite." But Joab replied, "My son, why do you want to go? You don't have any news that will bring you a reward." |
| 2-Sam 20:13 | A lawe ʻia aku ia ma waho o ke kuamoʻo, a laila hele akula nā kānaka a pau ma hope o Ioaba, e alualu iā Seba ke keiki a Bikeri. | After Amasa had been removed from the road, all the men went on with Joab to pursue Sheba son of Bicri. |
| 2-Sam 20:14 | Hele akula ia ma nā ʻohana a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela, a hiki i ʻAbela a i Betemaka, a i ka poʻe Beʻerota a pau: a ua hōʻuluʻulu ʻia aʻela hoʻi lākou a hahai akula ma hope ona. | Sheba passed through all the tribes of Israel to Abel Beth Maacah and through the entire region of the Berites, who gathered together and followed him. |
| 2-Sam 21:14 | Kanu akula lākou i nā iwi o Saula a ʻo Ionatana kāna keiki ma Zela ma ka ʻāina o ka Beniamina, ma loko o ka hale kupapaʻu no Kisa no kona makua kāne: a hana akula lākou i nā mea a pau a ke aliʻi i kēnā aku ai. A ma hope iho ua hoʻomaliu ʻia aku ke Akua no ka ʻāina. | They buried the bones of Saul and his son Jonathan in the tomb of Saul's father Kish, at Zela in Benjamin, and did everything the king commanded. After that, God answered prayer in behalf of the land. |
| 2-Sam 21:18 | A ma hope iho o kēia manawa, he kaua hou me ko Pilisetia ma Goba; a pepehi ihola ʻo Sibekai no Husata iā Sapa no nā keiki a ke kanaka nunui. | In the course of time, there was another battle with the Philistines, at Gob. At that time Sibbecai the Hushathite killed Saph, one of the descendants of Rapha. |
| 2-Sam 23:1 | Eia nā ʻōlelo hope a Dāvida. ʻĪ akula ʻo Dāvida ke keiki a Iese, ke kanaka i hoʻokiʻekiʻe ʻia aʻe i luna, ka mea poni a ke Akua o Iakoba, a me ka mea haku mele maikaʻi no ka ʻIseraʻela, | These are the last words of David: "The oracle of David son of Jesse, the oracle of the man exalted by the Most High, the man anointed by the God of Jacob, Israel's singer of songs: |
| 2-Sam 23:4 | A e like ia me ka mālamalama o ke kakahiaka i ka puka ʻana o ka lā, me ke kakahiaka i uhi ʻole ʻia e ke ao; a e like hoʻi me ka mauʻu ʻōpiopio mai loko mai o ka honua, e kupu ana ma ka mālamalama aʻiaʻi ma hope iho o ka ua. | he is like the light of morning at sunrise on a cloudless morning, like the brightness after rain that brings the grass from the earth. |
| 2-Sam 23:9 | Ma hope iho ona ʻo ʻEleazara ke keiki a Dodo ke keiki a ʻAhohi, kekahi o nā kānaka ikaika ʻekolu me Dāvida, iā lākou i kūʻē i ka poʻe Pilisetia i kahi i hoʻākoakoa ʻia aʻe lākou e kaua, a ua naholo aku nā kānaka o ka ʻIseraʻela. | Next to him was Eleazar son of Dodai the Ahohite. As one of the three mighty men, he was with David when they taunted the Philistines gathered for battle. Then the men of Israel retreated, |
| 2-Sam 23:10 | Kū aʻela ia, a pepehi akula i ko Pilisetia, a luhi ihola kona lima, a pipili ihola kona lima i ka pahi kaua: na Iēhova i hāʻawi mai i ka lanakila nui ia lā, a hoʻi hou maila nā kānaka ma hope ona a lawe waiwai pio wale nō. | but he stood his ground and struck down the Philistines till his hand grew tired and froze to the sword. The LORD brought about a great victory that day. The troops returned to Eleazar, but only to strip the dead. |
| 2-Sam 23:11 | Ma hope iho ona ʻo Sama ke keiki a ʻAgeʻe no ka ʻāina mauna. Ua ʻākoakoa aʻe ko Pilisetia i poʻe kaua hoʻokahi ma kahi e paʻapū ana nā pāpapa: a naholo akula nā kānaka mai ko Pilisetia aku. | Next to him was Shammah son of Agee the Hararite. When the Philistines banded together at a place where there was a field full of lentils, Israel's troops fled from them. |
| 2-Sam 24:10 | Kuʻi ihola ka naʻau o Dāvida iā ia iho, ma hope iho o kāna helu ʻana i nā kānaka. ʻĪ akula Dāvida iā Iēhova, Ua hewa nui au i ka mea aʻu i hana iho nei: e Iēhova, e lawe aku ʻoe i ka hala o kāu kauā; no ka mea, ua hana lapuwale nō wau. | David was conscience-stricken after he had counted the fighting men, and he said to the LORD, "I have sinned greatly in what I have done. Now, O LORD, I beg you, take away the guilt of your servant. I have done a very foolish thing." |
| 1-Nāal 1:13 | E hele ʻoe a e komo aku i ke aliʻi Dāvida, a e ʻōlelo aku iā ia, ʻAʻole anei ʻoe i hoʻohiki no kāu kauā wahine, e kuʻu haku ke aliʻi, i ka ʻī ʻana mai, ʻOiaʻiʻo e aliʻi ana ʻo Solomona ʻo kāu keiki ma hope iho oʻu, a e noho ʻo ia ma luna o koʻu noho aliʻi? No ke aha lā hoʻi e aliʻi nei ʻo ʻAdoniia? | Go in to King David and say to him, 'My lord the king, did you not swear to me your servant: "Surely Solomon your son shall be king after me, and he will sit on my throne"? Why then has Adonijah become king?' |
| 1-Nāal 1:17 | ʻĪ akula hoʻi ʻo ia iā ia, E kuʻu haku, ua hoʻohiki ʻoe ma o Iēhova lā kou Akua no kāu kauā wahine, ʻOiaʻiʻo e aliʻi nō Solomona kāu keiki ma hope iho oʻu, a e noho ʻo ia ma luna o koʻu noho aliʻi. | She said to him, "My lord, you yourself swore to me your servant by the LORD your God: 'Solomon your son shall be king after me, and he will sit on my throne.' |
| 1-Nāal 1:20 | A ʻo ʻoe, e kuʻu haku ke aliʻi, ke kau nei nā maka o ka ʻIseraʻela a pau ma luna ou, e haʻi aku ʻoe iā lākou i ka mea e noho ma luna o ka noho aliʻi o kuʻu haku ke aliʻi, ma hope iho ona. | My lord the king, the eyes of all Israel are on you, to learn from you who will sit on the throne of my lord the king after him. |
| 1-Nāal 1:24 | ʻĪ akula hoʻi ʻo Natana, E kuʻu haku ke aliʻi, ua ʻōlelo anei ʻoe, E aliʻi ana ʻo ʻAdoniia ma hope iho oʻu, a e noho ʻo ia ma luna o koʻu noho aliʻi? | Nathan said, "Have you, my lord the king, declared that Adonijah shall be king after you, and that he will sit on your throne? |
| 1-Nāal 1:27 | Ua hana ʻia anei kēia mea e kuʻu haku ke aliʻi, ʻaʻole hoʻi ʻoe i hōʻike mai i kāu kauā nei, i ka mea e noho ma luna o ka noho aliʻi o kuʻu haku ke aliʻi ma hope iho ona? | Is this something my lord the king has done without letting his servants know who should sit on the throne of my lord the king after him?" |
| 1-Nāal 1:30 | E like me koʻu hoʻohiki ʻana nou, ma o Iēhova lā ke Akua o ʻIseraʻela, pēnēia, ʻOiaʻiʻo, e aliʻi ana nō ʻo Solomona kāu keiki, ma hope iho oʻu, a e noho ʻo ia ma luna o koʻu noho aliʻi, ma koʻu hakahaka; pēlā ʻiʻo nō wau e hana aku ai i kēia lā. | I will surely carry out today what I swore to you by the LORD, the God of Israel: Solomon your son shall be king after me, and he will sit on my throne in my place." |
| 1-Nāal 3:12 | Eia hoʻi, ua hana nō au e like me kāu ʻōlelo; eia nō hoʻi, ua hāʻawi aku au i ka naʻau akamai a me ka ʻike nou, i ʻole mea i like ai me ʻoe ma mua ou, ʻaʻole hoʻi ma hope aku ou e kū mai ai kekahi e like me ʻoe. | I will do what you have asked. I will give you a wise and discerning heart, so that there will never have been anyone like you, nor will there ever be. |
| 1-Nāal 3:18 | Eia kekahi, i ke kolu o ka lā ma hope mai o koʻu hānau ʻana, hānau maila kēia wahine kekahi; ʻaʻohe mea ʻē me māua i loko o ka hale, ʻo māua wale nō kai loko o ka hale. | The third day after my child was born, this woman also had a baby. We were alone; there was no one in the house but the two of us. |
| 1-Nāal 6:1 | Eia kekahi, i ka makahiki ʻehā haneri me kanawalu ma hope mai o ka puka ʻana mai o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela mai ka ʻāina mai ʻo ʻAigupita, i ka hā o ka makahiki o ko Solomona aliʻi ʻana ma luna o ka ʻIseraʻela, i ka malama ʻo Zifa, ʻo ia ka malama ʻalua, i hoʻomaka aʻe ai ʻo ia e kūkulu i ka hale no Iēhova. | In the four hundred and eightieth year after the Israelites had come out of Egypt, in the fourth year of Solomon's reign over Israel, in the month of Ziv, the second month, he began to build the temple of the LORD. |
| 1-Nāal 7:25 | Kau ihola ia ma luna o nā bipi kauō he ʻumikumamālua, ʻekolu e nānā ana i ke kūkulu ʻākau, ʻekolu e nānā ana i ke komohana, ʻekolu e nānā ana i ke kūkulu hema, a ʻekolu e nānā ana i ka hikina: a ma luna iho o lākou ke kai, a ma loko nō ko lākou mau hope a pau. | The Sea stood on twelve bulls, three facing north, three facing west, three facing south and three facing east. The Sea rested on top of them, and their hindquarters were toward the center. |
| 1-Nāal 9:21 | ʻO kā lākou mau keiki i koe ma hope o lākou ma ka ʻāina, ʻaʻole hoʻi i hiki i nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela ke luku pau aku, ma luna o lākou i ʻauhau ai ʻo Solomona i hoʻokauā mai a hiki i kēia lā. | that is, their descendants remaining in the land, whom the Israelites could not exterminate--these Solomon conscripted for his slave labor force, as it is to this day. |
| 1-Nāal 11:15 | No ka mea, ʻo kēia kekahi, i ka wā i noho ai ʻo Dāvida ma ʻEdoma, hele aʻela ʻo Ioaba ka luna o ka poʻe koa e kanu i ka poʻe i pepehi ʻia, ma hope o kona pepehi ʻana aʻe i nā kāne a pau ma ʻEdoma; | Earlier when David was fighting with Edom, Joab the commander of the army, who had gone up to bury the dead, had struck down all the men in Edom. |
| 1-Nāal 13:23 | Eia hoʻi kekahi, ma hope iho o kāna ʻai ʻana i ka berena, a ma hope iho o kona inu ʻana, kau akula ʻo ia i ka noho lio ma luna o ka hoki nona, no ke kāula āna i hoʻihoʻi mai ai. | When the man of God had finished eating and drinking, the prophet who had brought him back saddled his donkey for him. |
| 1-Nāal 13:31 | Eia hoʻi kekahi, ma hope iho o kona kanu ʻana iā ia, ʻōlelo aʻela ʻo ia i kāna mau keiki, ʻī aʻela, Aia make au, e kanu iho ʻoukou iaʻu ma loko o ka hale kupapaʻu, kahi i kanu ʻia ai ke kanaka o ke Akua, e waiho pū iho i koʻu mau iwi me kona mau iwi: | After burying him, he said to his sons, "When I die, bury me in the grave where the man of God is buried; lay my bones beside his bones. |
| 1-Nāal 13:33 | Ma hope aʻe o kēia mea, ʻaʻole i huli aʻe ʻo Ieroboama mai kona ʻaoʻao hewa aʻe, akā, hoʻolilo aʻela ʻo ia i nā makaʻāinana, i mau kāhuna pule no nā wahi kiʻekiʻe; ʻo ka mea makemake, ʻo ia kāna i hoʻolaʻa ai, a lilo ia i kahuna no nā wahi kiʻekiʻe. | Even after this, Jeroboam did not change his evil ways, but once more appointed priests for the high places from all sorts of people. Anyone who wanted to become a priest he consecrated for the high places. |
| 1-Nāal 14:9 | Akā, pākela kāu hana hewa ʻana ma mua o kā nā mea a pau ma mua ou; a ua hele ʻoe a hana i nā akua ʻē nou, a me nā kiʻi hoʻoheheʻe ʻia, e hoʻonāukiuki mai iaʻu, a ua kiola mai ʻoe iaʻu i hope o kou kua. | You have done more evil than all who lived before you. You have made for yourself other gods, idols made of metal; you have provoked me to anger and thrust me behind your back. |
| 1-Nāal 15:4 | Akā, no Dāvida, hāʻawi mai ʻo Iēhova kona Akua i kukui iā ia ma Ierusalema, e hoʻokū i kāna keiki ma hope ona, a e hoʻokūpaʻa iā Ierusalema. | Nevertheless, for David's sake the LORD his God gave him a lamp in Jerusalem by raising up a son to succeed him and by making Jerusalem strong. |
| 1-Nāal 16:3 | Eia hoʻi, e kāʻili aʻe auaneʻi au i ka hope o Baʻasa a me ka hope o kāna ʻohana, a e hoʻolilo aʻe au i kou ʻohana e like me ka ʻohana a Ieroboama ke keiki a Nebata. | So I am about to consume Baasha and his house, and I will make your house like that of Jeroboam son of Nebat. |
| 1-Nāal 16:34 | I kona mau lā hoʻi, kūkulu aʻela ʻo Hiʻela no Betela iā Ieriko; a iā ʻAbirama i kāna hiapo i hoʻonoho ai ʻo ia i ke kumu, a iā Seguba kāna keiki hope loa i kūkulu ai ʻo ia i nā pani; e like me kā Iēhova ʻōlelo āna i ʻōlelo mai ai ma ka lima o Iosua ke keiki a Nuna. | In Ahab's time, Hiel of Bethel rebuilt Jericho. He laid its foundations at the cost of his firstborn son Abiram, and he set up its gates at the cost of his youngest son Segub, in accordance with the word of the LORD spoken by Joshua son of Nun. |
| 1-Nāal 17:17 | Eia kekahi ma hope mai o ia mau mea, maʻi ihola ke keiki a ka wahine ka mea hale, a nui aʻela kona maʻi, ʻaʻole koe ka hanu i loko ona. | Some time later the son of the woman who owned the house became ill. He grew worse and worse, and finally stopped breathing. |
| 1-Nāal 19:11 | ʻĪ maila hoʻi ʻo ia, E puka aʻe, a e kū ma luna o ka mauna i mua o Iēhova. Aia hoʻi, māʻalo aʻela ʻo Iēhova, a haehae aʻela ka makani nui ikaika i nā mauna, a wāwahi aʻela i nā pōhaku i mua o Iēhova; ʻaʻole naʻe ʻo Iēhova i loko o ka makani: a ma hope iho o ka makani, he ōlaʻi; ʻaʻole naʻe ʻo Iēhova i loko o ke ōlaʻi. | The LORD said, "Go out and stand on the mountain in the presence of the LORD, for the LORD is about to pass by." Then a great and powerful wind tore the mountains apart and shattered the rocks before the LORD, but the LORD was not in the wind. After the wind there was an earthquake, but the LORD was not in the earthquake. |
| 1-Nāal 19:12 | A ma hope iho o ke ōlaʻi, he ahi; ʻaʻole naʻe ʻo Iēhova i loko o ke ahi; a ma hope iho o ke ahi, he kamumu o ke aheahe mālie. | After the earthquake came a fire, but the LORD was not in the fire. And after the fire came a gentle whisper. |
| 1-Nāal 20:15 | Helu aʻela ʻo ia i nā kānaka uʻi o nā aliʻi o nā panalāʻau, ʻelua haneri me kanakolukumamālua; a ma hope o lākou, helu aʻela ʻo ia i nā kānaka a pau, i nā mamo a pau a ʻIseraʻela, ʻehiku tausani. | So Ahab summoned the young officers of the provincial commanders, 232 men. Then he assembled the rest of the Israelites, 7,000 in all. |
| 1-Nāal 21:1 | Eia hoʻi kekahi mea ma hope mai o ia mau mea, he māla waina iā Nabota no Iezereʻela, ma loko ia o Iezereʻela, e pili ana i ka hale aliʻi o ʻAhaba ke aliʻi o Samaria. | Some time later there was an incident involving a vineyard belonging to Naboth the Jezreelite. The vineyard was in Jezreel, close to the palace of Ahab king of Samaria. |
| 1-Nāal 21:21 | Eia hoʻi, e hoʻīli au i ka pōʻino ma luna ou, a e kāʻili aʻe au i kou hope, a e hōʻoki aku au i nā kāne mai ʻAhaba aku, a me ka mea paʻa a me ka mea paʻa ʻole i loko o ka ʻIseraʻela. | 'I am going to bring disaster on you. I will consume your descendants and cut off from Ahab every last male in Israel--slave or free. |
| 1-Nāal 22:33 | Eia hoʻi kekahi, i ka ʻike ʻana o nā luna kaʻa ʻaʻole ʻo ia ke aliʻi o ʻIseraʻela, huli hope aʻela lākou mai ka hahai ʻana iā ia. | the chariot commanders saw that he was not the king of Israel and stopped pursuing him. |
| 2-Nāal 1:1 | A laila kipi aʻela ka Moaba i ka ʻIseraʻela, ma hope o ka make ʻana o ʻAhaba. | After Ahab's death, Moab rebelled against Israel. |
| 2-Nāal 3:9 | A hele akula ke aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela, a me ke aliʻi o ka Iuda, a me ke aliʻi o ka ʻEdoma; a hele pōʻai lākou i ka hele ʻana i nā lā ʻehiku, ʻaʻohe wai no ka poʻe kaua, a no nā holoholona ma hope o lākou. | So the king of Israel set out with the king of Judah and the king of Edom. After a roundabout march of seven days, the army had no more water for themselves or for the animals with them. |
| 2-Nāal 3:27 | A laila lawe akula ia i kāna keiki hiapo, i ka mea nona ke aupuni ma hope ona, a kaumaha aku iā ia i mōhai kuni ma luna o ka pā pōhaku. A ua nui ka inaina i ka ʻIseraʻela; a haʻalele lākou iā ia, a hoʻi akula i ka ʻāina. | Then he took his firstborn son, who was to succeed him as king, and offered him as a sacrifice on the city wall. The fury against Israel was great; they withdrew and returned to their own land. |
| 2-Nāal 4:4 | A i kou komo ʻana mai i loko, e pani aku i ka puka ma hope ou a ma hope o kāu mau keiki kāne, a e ninini aʻe ma loko o ia mau ipu a pau, a hoʻokaʻawale i ka mea i piha. | Then go inside and shut the door behind you and your sons. Pour oil into all the jars, and as each is filled, put it to one side." |
| 2-Nāal 4:5 | A hele ia mai ona aku lā, a pani akula i ka puka ma hope ona a ma hope o kāna mau keiki kāne, nā mea i lawe mai iā ia, a ninini ihola ia. | She left him and afterward shut the door behind her and her sons. They brought the jars to her and she kept pouring. |
| 2-Nāal 4:21 | Piʻi aʻela ia, a waiho iā ia ma luna o kahi moe o ke kanaka o ke Akua, a pani ʻia akula ma hope ona, a hele akula i waho. | She went up and laid him on the bed of the man of God, then shut the door and went out. |
| 2-Nāal 4:33 | Komo akula ia ma loko, a pani akula i ka puka ma hope o lāua ʻelua, a pule akula iā Iēhova. | He went in, shut the door on the two of them and prayed to the LORD. |
| 2-Nāal 5:17 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Naʻamana, Ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, ʻaʻole anei e hāʻawi ʻia mai i kāu kauā ka lepo e kaumaha ai nā hoki ʻelua ke hali? No ka mea, ma kēia hope aku ʻaʻole kāu kauā e kaumaha aku i ka mōhai kuni, a me ka ʻālana i nā akua ʻē, akā, iā Iēhova wale nō. | "If you will not," said Naaman, "please let me, your servant, be given as much earth as a pair of mules can carry, for your servant will never again make burnt offerings and sacrifices to any other god but the LORD. |
| 2-Nāal 5:20 | ʻĪ ihola ʻo Gehazi ke kauā a ʻElisai ke kanaka no ke Akua, Aia hoʻi, ua hōʻole kuʻu haku iā Naʻamana i kēia kanaka no Suria, ʻaʻole i lawe mai kona lima mai i ka mea āna i lawe mai ai: akā, ma ke ola o Iēhova e holo nō au ma hope ona, a e lawe i kekahi mea mai ona mai lā. | Gehazi, the servant of Elisha the man of God, said to himself, "My master was too easy on Naaman, this Aramean, by not accepting from him what he brought. As surely as the LORD lives, I will run after him and get something from him." |
| 2-Nāal 5:21 | A hahai akula ʻo Gehazi ma hope o Naʻamana; a ʻike aʻela ʻo Naʻamana iā ia e holo mai ana ma hope ona, iho i lalo ia mai ka hale kaʻa mai e hālāwai me ia, ʻī maila, Ua pono anei? | So Gehazi hurried after Naaman. When Naaman saw him running toward him, he got down from the chariot to meet him. "Is everything all right?" he asked. |
| 2-Nāal 6:24 | A ma hope iho hoʻākoakoa aʻela ʻo Benehadada, ke aliʻi o Suria, i kona poʻe kaua a pau, a piʻi maila e hoʻopilikia i Samaria. | Some time later, Ben-Hadad king of Aram mobilized his entire army and marched up and laid siege to Samaria. |
| 2-Nāal 6:32 | A e noho ana ʻo ʻElisai i loko o kona hale, a e noho pū ana me ia nā lunakahiko; a hoʻouna aku ke aliʻi i ke kanaka mai kona alo aku: akā, ma mua o ka hiki ʻana aku o ke ʻelele i ona lā, ʻī maila ia i nā lunakahiko, E nānā ʻoukou ua hoʻouna mai nei kēia keiki a ka mea pepehi kanaka e lawe i kuʻu poʻo: e nānā, i ka manawa e hele mai ai ke ʻelele, e pani aku i ka puka, a e hoʻopaʻa aku ʻoukou iā ia ma ka puka: ʻaʻole anei e kani ana nā wāwae o kona haku ma hope ona? | Now Elisha was sitting in his house, and the elders were sitting with him. The king sent a messenger ahead, but before he arrived, Elisha said to the elders, "Don't you see how this murderer is sending someone to cut off my head? Look, when the messenger comes, shut the door and hold it shut against him. Is not the sound of his master's footsteps behind him?" |
| 2-Nāal 7:14 | A lawe lākou i ʻelua kaulua lio, a hoʻouna akula ke aliʻi ma hope o ka poʻe kaua o ko Suria, ʻī akula, E hele aku a ʻike. | So they selected two chariots with their horses, and the king sent them after the Aramean army. He commanded the drivers, "Go and find out what has happened." |
| 2-Nāal 7:15 | A hele aku lākou ma hope o lākou lā, a Ioredane; aia hoʻi, ua paʻapū ke alanui a pau i nā ʻaʻahu, a me nā mea kaua a ko Suria i hoʻolei ai i ko lākou holo kikī ʻana. A hoʻi mai nā ʻelele, a haʻi mai i ke aliʻi. | They followed them as far as the Jordan, and they found the whole road strewn with the clothing and equipment the Arameans had thrown away in their headlong flight. So the messengers returned and reported to the king. |
| 2-Nāal 9:18 | A holo akula kekahi ma luna o ka lio e hālāwai me ia, a ʻī akula, Ke ʻōlelo mai nei ke aliʻi pēnēia, He aloha anei? ʻĪ akula ʻo Iehu, He aha kāu i ke aloha? E huli aʻe ʻoe ma hope oʻu. A haʻi akula ke kanaka kiaʻi, ʻī akula, Hele akula ka ʻelele i o lākou lā, ʻaʻole i hoʻi hou mai. | The horseman rode off to meet Jehu and said, "This is what the king says: 'Do you come in peace?' " "What do you have to do with peace?" Jehu replied. "Fall in behind me." The lookout reported, "The messenger has reached them, but he isn't coming back." |
| 2-Nāal 9:19 | A hoʻouna hou akula ia i ka lua ma luna o ka lio a hiki akula ia i o lākou lā, ʻī akula, Ke ʻōlelo mai nei ke aliʻi pēnēia, He aloha anei? ʻĪ akula ʻo Iehu, He aha kāu i ke aloha? E huli aʻe ʻoe ma hope oʻu. | So the king sent out a second horseman. When he came to them he said, "This is what the king says: 'Do you come in peace?' " Jehu replied, "What do you have to do with peace? Fall in behind me." |
| 2-Nāal 9:27 | A ʻike akula ʻo ʻAhazia ke aliʻi o ka Iuda, a laila holo akula ia ma ke ala o ka hale ma ke kīhāpai. A hahai akula ʻo Iehu ma hope ona, a ʻī akula ia, E pepehi aku iā ia hoʻi ma ka hale kaʻa i ka piʻi ʻana ma Gura, e kokoke ana i ʻIbeleama. A holo akula ia i Megido, a make ihola i laila. | When Ahaziah king of Judah saw what had happened, he fled up the road to Beth Haggan. Jehu chased him, shouting, "Kill him too!" They wounded him in his chariot on the way up to Gur near Ibleam, but he escaped to Megiddo and died there. |
| 2-Nāal 11:6 | A he hapakolu ma ka ʻīpuka o Sura, a he hapakolu ma ka puka ma hope o ka poʻe kiaʻi; a e mālama ʻoukou i ke kiaʻi ʻana no ka hale, o wāwahi ʻia. | a third at the Sur Gate, and a third at the gate behind the guard, who take turns guarding the temple-- |
| 2-Nāal 11:15 | Kauoha akula ʻo Iehoiada ke kahuna i nā luna haneri, a me nā luna o ke kaua, a ʻī akula iā lākou, E lawe aku iā ia nei mai loko aku o ka papa koa, a e pepehi aku i ka mea e hahai ana ma hope ona me ka pahi kaua. No ka mea, ua ʻī mai ke kahuna, Mai pepehi ʻia ʻo ia ma ka hale o Iēhova. | Jehoiada the priest ordered the commanders of units of a hundred, who were in charge of the troops: "Bring her out between the ranks and put to the sword anyone who follows her." For the priest had said, "She must not be put to death in the temple of the LORD." |
| 2-Nāal 14:17 | A ola ihola ʻo ʻAmazia ke keiki a Ioasa ke aliʻi o ka Iuda i nā makahiki he ʻumikumamālima, ma hope iho o ka make ʻana o Iehoasa ke keiki a Iehoahaza, ke aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela. | Amaziah son of Joash king of Judah lived for fifteen years after the death of Jehoash son of Jehoahaz king of Israel. |
| 2-Nāal 14:19 | A kipi akula lākou iā ia ma Ierusalema, a holo akula ia i Lakisa, a hoʻouna akula lākou ma hope ona i Lakisa; a pepehi akula iā ia ma laila. | They conspired against him in Jerusalem, and he fled to Lachish, but they sent men after him to Lachish and killed him there. |
| 2-Nāal 14:21 | A lawe nā kānaka a pau o ka Iuda iā ʻAzaria, he ʻumikumamāono kona mau makahiki, a hoʻoaliʻi akula lākou iā ia i hope no ʻAmazia kona makua kāne. | Then all the people of Judah took Azariah, who was sixteen years old, and made him king in place of his father Amaziah. |
| 2-Nāal 14:22 | A hana akula ia i ʻElata, a hoʻihoʻi akula ia wahi no ka Iuda, ma hope o ka hiamoe ʻana o ke aliʻi me kona poʻe kūpuna. | He was the one who rebuilt Elath and restored it to Judah after Amaziah rested with his fathers. |
| 2-Nāal 18:5 | Hilinaʻi ihola ia ma luna o Iēhova ke Akua o ka ʻIseraʻela; a ma hope ona, ʻaʻohe aliʻi e like me ia o nā aliʻi a pau o ka Iuda, ʻaʻole hoʻi ma mua ona. | Hezekiah trusted in the LORD, the God of Israel. There was no one like him among all the kings of Judah, either before him or after him. |
| 2-Nāal 19:21 | Eia ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova i ʻōlelo mai ai nona; ʻO ka wahine puʻupaʻa, ke kaikamahine a Ziona, ua hoʻowahāwahā mai ia iā ʻoe, a ua ʻakaʻaka mai iā ʻoe: ʻo ke kaikamahine a Ierusalema, ua hoʻoluli mai ia i kona poʻo ma hope ou. | This is the word that the LORD has spoken against him: " 'The Virgin Daughter of Zion despises you and mocks you. The Daughter of Jerusalem tosses her head as you flee. |
| 2-Nāal 20:9 | ʻĪ akula ʻo ʻIsaia, Eia ka hōʻailona na Iēhova mai nou, e hana mai ia i ka mea āna i ʻōlelo ai: E hele ma mua anei ke aka i nā degere he ʻumi, a e hoʻi hope anei i nā degere he ʻumi? | Isaiah answered, "This is the LORD's sign to you that the LORD will do what he has promised: Shall the shadow go forward ten steps, or shall it go back ten steps?" |
| 2-Nāal 20:10 | ʻĪ maila ia, He mea ʻuʻuku ke hele ma mua ke aka i nā degere he ʻumi; ʻaʻole ia, akā, e hoʻi i hope ke aka i nā degere he ʻumi. | "It is a simple matter for the shadow to go forward ten steps," said Hezekiah. "Rather, have it go back ten steps." |
| 2-Nāal 20:11 | A kāhea akula ʻo ʻIsaia iā Iēhova, a hoʻihoʻi aku ia i ke aka i hope, i nā degere he ʻumi, ʻo nā ʻumi degere āna i iho ai ma ka mea hōʻike degere o ʻAhaza. | Then the prophet Isaiah called upon the LORD, and the LORD made the shadow go back the ten steps it had gone down on the stairway of Ahaz. |
| 2-Nāal 23:25 | ʻAʻohe aliʻi ma mua ona e like ai me ia, nāna i huli aʻe iā Iēhova me kona naʻau a pau, a me kona ʻuhane a pau, a me kona ikaika a pau ma muli o ke kānāwai a pau o Mose; a ma hope mai ona, ʻaʻole i kū mai kekahi e like me ia. | Neither before nor after Josiah was there a king like him who turned to the LORD as he did--with all his heart and with all his soul and with all his strength, in accordance with all the Law of Moses. |
| 2-Nāal 25:5 | A hahai akula ka poʻe kaua o ko Kaledea ma hope o ke aliʻi, a loaʻa iā lākou ia ma nā pāpū ʻo Ieriko; a ua puehu liʻiliʻi kona poʻe kaua mai ona aku lā. | but the Babylonian army pursued the king and overtook him in the plains of Jericho. All his soldiers were separated from him and scattered, |
| 1-ʻOihn 2:21 | A ma hope iho, komo akula ʻo Hezerona i loko i ke kaikamahine a Makira a ka makua kāne o Gileada, a lawe aʻela ʻo ia iā ia i kona makahiki he kanaono, a hānau maila nāna ʻo Seguba. | Later, Hezron lay with the daughter of Makir the father of Gilead (he had married her when he was sixty years old), and she bore him Segub. |
| 1-ʻOihn 2:24 | A ma hope iho o ka make ʻana o Hezerona ma Kalebeperata, a laila hānau maila ʻo ʻAbia ka wahine a Hezerona iā ʻAsura nāna, ʻo ka makua kāne ia o Tekoa. | After Hezron died in Caleb Ephrathah, Abijah the wife of Hezron bore him Ashhur the father of Tekoa. |
| 1-ʻOihn 6:31 | ʻO lākou ka poʻe a Dāvida i hoʻonoho ai ma luna o ka ʻoihana hoʻoleʻa ma ka hale o Iēhova, ma hope mai o ka manawa i kau mālie ai ka pahu berita. | These are the men David put in charge of the music in the house of the LORD after the ark came to rest there. |
| 1-ʻOihn 8:8 | Na Saharaima nā keiki ma ka ʻāina ʻo Moaba, ma hope iho o kona hoʻokuʻu ʻana aku iā lākou: ʻo Husima lāua ʻo Baʻara nā wāhine āna. | Sons were born to Shaharaim in Moab after he had divorced his wives Hushim and Baara. |
| 1-ʻOihn 10:2 | A hahai ikaika maila ko Pilisetia ma hope o Saula, a ma hope o kāna mau keiki; a pepehi ihola ko Pilisetia iā Ionatana, a iā ʻAbinadaba, a iā Malekisua, nā keiki a Saula. | The Philistines pressed hard after Saul and his sons, and they killed his sons Jonathan, Abinadab and Malki-Shua. |
| 1-ʻOihn 11:12 | Ma hope iho ona ʻo ʻEleazara ke keiki a Dodo ka ʻAhohi, kekahi o nā kānaka ikaika loa ʻekolu. | Next to him was Eleazar son of Dodai the Ahohite, one of the three mighty men. |
| 1-ʻOihn 12:18 | A laila kau maila ka ʻUhane ma luna iho o ʻAmasai, ke poʻokela o nā luna koa, Nou nō mākou, e Dāvida, a ma kou ʻaoʻao hoʻi, e ke keiki a Iese, aloha, aloha iā ʻoe, aloha hoʻi i nā kōkua ma hope ou; no ka mea, ʻo kou Akua ke kōkua mai iā ʻoe. A laila, hoʻokipa aʻela ʻo Dāvida iā lākou, a hoʻonoho iā lākou i mau luna o nā koa. | Then the Spirit came upon Amasai, chief of the Thirty, and he said: "We are yours, O David! We are with you, O son of Jesse! Success, success to you, and success to those who help you, for your God will help you." So David received them and made them leaders of his raiding bands. |
| 1-ʻOihn 14:14 | No laila, nīnau hou akula ʻo Dāvida i ke Akua; a ʻōlelo maila ke Akua iā ia, Mai piʻi aku ʻoe ma hope o lākou: e huli aʻe mai o lākou aku, a e hoʻi mai ma luna o lākou lā ma kahi e kū pono ana i nā lāʻau silika. | so David inquired of God again, and God answered him, "Do not go straight up, but circle around them and attack them in front of the balsam trees. |
| 1-ʻOihn 17:11 | A i ka manawa i hala aʻe kou mau lā, a hele ʻoe me ou mau mākua, naʻu nō e hoʻokū aʻe i kāu hua ma hope ou, no nā keiki āu; a e hoʻokūpaʻa auaneʻi au i kona aupuni. | When your days are over and you go to be with your fathers, I will raise up your offspring to succeed you, one of your own sons, and I will establish his kingdom. |
| 1-ʻOihn 17:17 | He mea ʻuʻuku hoʻi kēia i mua o kou maka, e ke Akua: a ua ʻōlelo mai hoʻi ʻoe no ka ʻohana a kāu kauā a liʻuliʻu aku ma hope; a ua hoʻomanaʻo mai ʻoe iaʻu ma kā ke kanaka kiʻekiʻe, e Iēhova ke Akua. | And as if this were not enough in your sight, O God, you have spoken about the future of the house of your servant. You have looked on me as though I were the most exalted of men, O LORD God. |
| 1-ʻOihn 18:1 | Ma hope mai o kēia mea, pepehi akula ʻo Dāvida i nā Pilisetia, a hoʻopau ʻia lākou; a lawe aʻela ʻo ia iā Gata, a me nā kūlanahale ona mai loko aʻe o ka lima o nā Pilisetia. | In the course of time, David defeated the Philistines and subdued them, and he took Gath and its surrounding villages from the control of the Philistines. |
| 1-ʻOihn 19:1 | Ma hope mai o ia mea, make ihola ʻo Nahasa ke aliʻi o nā mamo a ʻAmona, a noho aliʻi ihola ʻo Hanuna ma kona wahi. | In the course of time, Nahash king of the Ammonites died, and his son succeeded him as king. |
| 1-ʻOihn 19:10 | A ʻike akula ʻo Ioaba i ke alo o nā kaua, ma mua kekahi, a ma hope kekahi, wae akula ʻo ia i ka poʻe uʻi a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela, a hoʻonohonoho akula iā lākou e kūʻē i ko Suria. | Joab saw that there were battle lines in front of him and behind him; so he selected some of the best troops in Israel and deployed them against the Arameans. |
| 1-ʻOihn 20:4 | A ma hope mai o ia mea, kū aʻela ke kaua ma Gezera me nā Pilisetia; ia manawa, pepehi ihola ʻo Sibekai no Husata iā Sipai no nā keiki a ke kanaka nunui: a ua hoʻopio ʻia lākou. | In the course of time, war broke out with the Philistines, at Gezer. At that time Sibbecai the Hushathite killed Sippai, one of the descendants of the Rephaites, and the Philistines were subjugated. |
| 1-ʻOihn 21:20 | Hāliu aʻela ʻo ʻOrenana i hope, a ʻike akula i ka ʻānela, a laila peʻe ihola ʻo ia a me kāna mau keiki kāne ʻehā me ia. E hehi palaoa ana ʻo ʻOrenana. | While Araunah was threshing wheat, he turned and saw the angel; his four sons who were with him hid themselves. |
| 1-ʻOihn 23:27 | No ka mea, ma nā ʻōlelo hope a Dāvida, ua helu ʻia nā Levi mai ka iwakālua o ka makahiki, a ma laila aku. | According to the last instructions of David, the Levites were counted from those twenty years old or more. |
| 1-ʻOihn 27:7 | ʻO ka hā, no ka hā o ka malama, ʻo ia ʻo ʻAsahela ke kaikaina o Ioaba, a ʻo Zebadia kāna keiki ma hope ona: a ma kona papa he iwakāluakumamāhā tausani. | The fourth, for the fourth month, was Asahel the brother of Joab; his son Zebadiah was his successor. There were 24,000 men in his division. |
| 1-ʻOihn 27:34 | A ma hope o ʻAhitopela ʻo Iehoiada ke keiki a Benaia, a me ʻAbiatara: a ʻo Ioaba ka luna koa o ko ke aliʻi poʻe kaua. | Ahithophel was succeeded by Jehoiada son of Benaiah and by Abiathar. Joab was the commander of the royal army. |
| 1-ʻOihn 28:8 | ʻĀnō hoʻi, i mua o nā maka o ka ʻIseraʻela a pau, ʻo ke anaina kanaka o Iēhova, i mua hoʻi o nā pepeiao o ko kākou Akua, e mālama ʻoukou me ka ʻimi aku i nā kauoha a pau a Iēhova a ko ʻoukou Akua: i noho ai ʻoukou ma kēia ʻāina maikaʻi, a e waiho hoʻi ia i hoʻoilina no nā keiki ma hope o ʻoukou a mau loa aku. | "So now I charge you in the sight of all Israel and of the assembly of the LORD, and in the hearing of our God: Be careful to follow all the commands of the LORD your God, that you may possess this good land and pass it on as an inheritance to your descendants forever. |
| 1-ʻOihn 29:21 | A mōhai akula lākou i nā mōhai na Iēhova, a kaumaha akula i nā mōhai kuni na Iēhova, i ka lā ma hope mai o ia lā, i hoʻokahi tausani bipi kāne, hoʻokahi tausani hipa kāne, hoʻokahi tausani hipa keiki, me nā mōhai inu a lākou, a me nā mōhai aloha he nui loa no ka ʻIseraʻela a pau. | The next day they made sacrifices to the LORD and presented burnt offerings to him: a thousand bulls, a thousand rams and a thousand male lambs, together with their drink offerings, and other sacrifices in abundance for all Israel. |
| 1-ʻOihn 29:29 | A ʻo nā hana a Dāvida ke aliʻi, nā hana mua a me nā hana hope, ua kākau ʻia lākou i loko o ka moʻoʻōlelo a Samuʻela ke kāula, a i loko o ka moʻoʻōlelo a Natana ke kāula, a i loko o ka moʻoʻōlelo a Gada ke kāula; | As for the events of King David's reign, from beginning to end, they are written in the records of Samuel the seer, the records of Nathan the prophet and the records of Gad the seer, |
| 2-ʻOihn 1:8 | ʻĪ akula ʻo Solomona i ke Akua, Ua hōʻike mai ʻoe i ke aloha nui iā Dāvida i koʻu makua kāne, a hoʻāliʻi ʻoe iaʻu ma hope ona. | Solomon answered God, "You have shown great kindness to David my father and have made me king in his place. |
| 2-ʻOihn 6:10 | Ua hoʻokō mai ʻo Iēhova i ka ʻōlelo āna i ʻōlelo mai ai; no ka mea, ua kū aʻe au ma hope o Dāvida koʻu makua kāne, a ke noho nei au ma luna o ka noho aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela e like me ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova, a ua kūkulu au i hale no ka inoa ʻo Iēhova, ke Akua o ka ʻIseraʻela. | "The LORD has kept the promise he made. I have succeeded David my father and now I sit on the throne of Israel, just as the LORD promised, and I have built the temple for the Name of the LORD, the God of Israel. |
| 2-ʻOihn 9:29 | A ʻo nā mea i koe a Solomona i hana ai, ma mua, a ma hope hoʻi, ʻaʻole anei i kākau ʻia ia mau mea ma ka palapala a Natana, ke kāula, a me ka wānana a ʻAhiia no Siloni, a ma ka wānana a ʻIdo āna i wānana ai no Ieroboama ke keiki a Nebata? | As for the other events of Solomon's reign, from beginning to end, are they not written in the records of Nathan the prophet, in the prophecy of Ahijah the Shilonite and in the visions of Iddo the seer concerning Jeroboam son of Nebat? |
| 2-ʻOihn 9:31 | A hiamoe ihola ʻo Solomona me kona mau mākua, a kanu lākou iā ia ma ke kūlanakauhale o Dāvida ʻo kona makua, a noho aliʻi ihola ʻo Rehoboama ma hope ona. | Then he rested with his fathers and was buried in the city of David his father. And Rehoboam his son succeeded him as king. |
| 2-ʻOihn 11:16 | A ma hope o kēia mau mea, ʻo ka poʻe a pau no loko o nā ʻohana a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela i hāʻawi aku i ko lākou mau naʻau e ʻimi iā Iēhova ke Akua o ka ʻIseraʻela, hele mai lākou i Ierusalema e mōhai aku iā Iēhova, i ke Akua o ko lākou poʻe kūpuna. | Those from every tribe of Israel who set their hearts on seeking the LORD, the God of Israel, followed the Levites to Jerusalem to offer sacrifices to the LORD, the God of their fathers. |
| 2-ʻOihn 11:20 | A ma hope iho, lawe ʻo ia iā Maʻaka i ke kaikamahine a ʻAbesaloma; a hānau mai ʻo ia nāna ʻo ʻAbiia, a me ʻAtai, a me Ziza, a me Silomita. | Then he married Maacah daughter of Absalom, who bore him Abijah, Attai, Ziza and Shelomith. |
| 2-ʻOihn 12:15 | A ʻo nā mea mua a me nā mea hope a Rehoboama i hana ai, ʻaʻole anei i kākau ʻia ia mau mea ma ka palapala a Semaia ke kāula, a me ʻIdo ka mea wānana ma ka palapala kūʻauhau? A he kaua iā Rehoboama, a me Ieroboama i ko lāua mau lā a pau loa. | As for the events of Rehoboam's reign, from beginning to end, are they not written in the records of Shemaiah the prophet and of Iddo the seer that deal with genealogies? There was continual warfare between Rehoboam and Jeroboam. |
| 2-ʻOihn 12:16 | A hiamoe ihola ʻo Rehoboama me kona mau kūpuna; a ua kanu ʻia ʻo ia ma ke kūlanakauhale o Dāvida. A noho aliʻi ihola ʻo ʻAbiia kāna keiki ma hope ona. | Rehoboam rested with his fathers and was buried in the City of David. And Abijah his son succeeded him as king. |
| 2-ʻOihn 13:13 | A hoʻonoho ʻo Ieroboama i poʻe moemoe e hoʻohālua ma hope o lākou, no laila, i mua o ka Iuda kekahi poʻe, a ma ko lākou kua nō hoʻi ka poʻe hoʻohālua. | Now Jeroboam had sent troops around to the rear, so that while he was in front of Judah the ambush was behind them. |
| 2-ʻOihn 13:14 | A ʻike ka Iuda, aia nō ke kaua ma mua o lākou a ma hope kekahi, kāhea aku lākou iā Iēhova, a hoʻokani ka poʻe kāhuna i nā pū. | Judah turned and saw that they were being attacked at both front and rear. Then they cried out to the LORD. The priests blew their trumpets |
| 2-ʻOihn 13:19 | Alualu akula ʻo ʻAbiia ma hope o Ieroboama, a lawe pio ʻo ia i nā kūlanakauhale mai ona aku lā, iā Betela, a me nā kauhale e pili ana i laila; iā Iesana a me nā kauhale e pili ana i laila; iā ʻEperaima nō hoʻi a me nā kauhale e pili ana i laila. | Abijah pursued Jeroboam and took from him the towns of Bethel, Jeshanah and Ephron, with their surrounding villages. |
| 2-ʻOihn 14:1 | A hiamoe ʻo ʻAbiia me kona mau kūpuna, a kanu lākou iā ia ma ke kūlanakauhale o Dāvida; a noho aliʻi ihola ʻo ʻAsa, kāna keiki ma hope ona. I kona mau lā, ua maluhia ka ʻāina i nā makahiki he ʻumi. | And Abijah rested with his fathers and was buried in the City of David. Asa his son succeeded him as king, and in his days the country was at peace for ten years. |
| 2-ʻOihn 16:9 | No ka mea, e holoholo ana nā maka o Iēhova ma ka honua a pau e hōʻike ana i kona mana i ka poʻe i pono iā ia ko lākou naʻau: ua hana naʻaupō ʻoe i kēia mea; a ma kēia hope aku e kaua ʻia ana ʻoe. | For the eyes of the LORD range throughout the earth to strengthen those whose hearts are fully committed to him. You have done a foolish thing, and from now on you will be at war." |
| 2-ʻOihn 16:11 | Aia hoʻi, ʻo nā mea a ʻAsa i hana ai, ka mua, a me ka hope, ua kākau ʻia ia mau mea i loko o ka palapala o nā aliʻi o ka Iuda a me ka ʻIseraʻela. | The events of Asa's reign, from beginning to end, are written in the book of the kings of Judah and Israel. |
| 2-ʻOihn 17:1 | Noho aliʻi ihola ʻo Iehosapata kāna keiki ma hope ona. A hoʻoikaika kūʻē akula ʻo ia i ka ʻIseraʻela. | Jehoshaphat his son succeeded him as king and strengthened himself against Israel. |
| 2-ʻOihn 17:15 | A ma hope ona, ʻo Iehohanana, ka luna, a ʻo ka poʻe me ia, ʻelua haneri a me kanawalu tausani. | next, Jehohanan the commander, with 280,000; |
| 2-ʻOihn 17:16 | A ma hope ona, ʻo ʻAmazia, ke keiki a Zikeri, ka mea hoʻokauā ʻoluʻolu na Iēhova; a ʻo ka poʻe kānaka ikaika me ia, ʻelua haneri tausani. | next, Amasiah son of Zicri, who volunteered himself for the service of the LORD, with 200,000. |
| 2-ʻOihn 17:18 | A ma hope ona ʻo Iehozabada, a ʻo ka poʻe me ia ka poʻe mākaukau ma ke kaua, hoʻokahi haneri me kanawalu tausani. | next, Jehozabad, with 180,000 men armed for battle. |
| 2-ʻOihn 20:1 | A ma hope iho o kēia mau mea, hiki maila ka Moaba, a me ka ʻAmona, a me lākou pū kekahi poʻe ʻē aʻe, ʻaʻole no ka ʻAmona, e kaua mai iā Iehosapata. | After this, the Moabites and Ammonites with some of the Meunites came to make war on Jehoshaphat. |
| 2-ʻOihn 20:22 | A i ka wā o ko lākou hoʻoleʻa ʻana, a hoʻomaikaʻi aku, hoʻonoho ihola ʻo Iēhova i poʻe hoʻohālua ma hope o nā mamo a ʻAmona, a me Moaba, a me ko ka mauna ʻo Seira, i ko lākou hele kūʻē ʻana iā Iuda; a ua luku ʻia lākou. | As they began to sing and praise, the LORD set ambushes against the men of Ammon and Moab and Mount Seir who were invading Judah, and they were defeated. |
| 2-ʻOihn 20:34 | A ʻo ke koena o nā hana a Iehosapata, nā mea mua, a me nā mea hope, aia hoʻi, ua kākau ʻia i loko o ka buke a Iehu ke keiki a Henani, ka mea i ʻōlelo ʻia ai i loko o ka buke o nā aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela. | The other events of Jehoshaphat's reign, from beginning to end, are written in the annals of Jehu son of Hanani, which are recorded in the book of the kings of Israel. |
| 2-ʻOihn 20:35 | A ma hope aku, hui pū ʻo Iehosapata ke aliʻi o Iuda me ʻAhazia, ke aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela, ka mea i hana hewa. | Later, Jehoshaphat king of Judah made an alliance with Ahaziah king of Israel, who was guilty of wickedness. |
| 2-ʻOihn 21:1 | Hiamoe ihola ʻo Iehosapata me kona poʻe kūpuna, a kanu ʻia ihola me kona poʻe kūpuna i loko o ke kūlanakauhale o Dāvida; a noho aliʻi ihola ʻo Iehorama kāna keiki ma hope ona. | Then Jehoshaphat rested with his fathers and was buried with them in the City of David. And Jehoram his son succeeded him as king. |
| 2-ʻOihn 21:18 | A ma hope iho o kēia mau mea, hahau maila ʻo Iēhova iā ia ma kona ʻōpū i ka maʻi hiki ʻole ke hoʻōla ʻia. | After all this, the LORD afflicted Jehoram with an incurable disease of the bowels. |
| 2-ʻOihn 22:1 | Hoʻoaliʻi ihola ko Ierusalema iā ʻAhazia i kāna keiki pōkiʻi, ma hope ona; no ka mea, ʻo ka poʻe koa, ka poʻe i hele pū me ko ʻArabia i kahi hoʻomana ai, ua pepehi lākou i kāna poʻe keiki mua a pau. Pēlā i noho aliʻi ai ʻo ʻAhazia ke keiki a Iehorama a ke aliʻi o ka Iuda. | The people of Jerusalem made Ahaziah, Jehoram's youngest son, king in his place, since the raiders, who came with the Arabs into the camp, had killed all the older sons. So Ahaziah son of Jehoram king of Judah began to reign. |
| 2-ʻOihn 22:4 | A hana ʻino ihola ʻo ia i mua o Iēhova, e like me ko ka hale o ʻAhaba; no ka mea, ʻo lākou kai ʻōlelo aʻo mai iā ia ma hope o ka make ʻana o kona makua kāne, a ma laila ʻo ia i make ai. | He did evil in the eyes of the LORD, as the house of Ahab had done, for after his father's death they became his advisers, to his undoing. |
| 2-ʻOihn 23:21 | A hauʻoli nā kānaka a pau o ka ʻāina; a ua maluhia ke kūlanakauhale ma hope o ko lākou pepehi ʻana iā ʻAtalia me ka pahi kaua. | and all the people of the land rejoiced. And the city was quiet, because Athaliah had been slain with the sword. |
| 2-ʻOihn 24:4 | Ma hope iho, komo ihola i loko o ka naʻau o Ioasa e hoʻomaikaʻi hou i ka hale o Iēhova. | Some time later Joash decided to restore the temple of the LORD. |
| 2-ʻOihn 24:17 | A ma hope o ka make ʻana o Iehoiada, hele mai nā kaukaualiʻi o Iuda, a kūlou i mua o ke aliʻi; a laila, hoʻolohe ke aliʻi iā lākou. | After the death of Jehoiada, the officials of Judah came and paid homage to the king, and he listened to them. |
| 2-ʻOihn 24:27 | A no kāna poʻe keiki, a me nā mea nui i kau ʻia ma luna ona, a no ka hoʻomaikaʻi hou ʻana i ka hale o ke Akua, aia hoʻi, ua kākau ʻia ia mau mea ma ka palapala o ka buke no nā aliʻi. A noho aliʻi ihola ʻo ʻAmazia kāna keiki ma hope ona. | The account of his sons, the many prophecies about him, and the record of the restoration of the temple of God are written in the annotations on the book of the kings. And Amaziah his son succeeded him as king. |
| 2-ʻOihn 25:25 | A ola ʻo ʻAmazia ke keiki a Ioasa, ke aliʻi o ka Iuda, ma hope o ka make ʻana o Ioasa, ke keiki a Iehoahaza ke aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela, he ʻumi a me kumamālima makahiki. | Amaziah son of Joash king of Judah lived for fifteen years after the death of Jehoash son of Jehoahaz king of Israel. |
| 2-ʻOihn 25:26 | A ʻo ke koena o nā hana a ʻAmazia, ka mua a me ka hope, ʻaʻole anei i kākau ʻia ai ia mau mea ma ka buke no nā aliʻi o ka Iuda, a me ka ʻIseraʻela? | As for the other events of Amaziah's reign, from beginning to end, are they not written in the book of the kings of Judah and Israel? |
| 2-ʻOihn 26:2 | Ua kūkulu ʻo ia iā ʻElota, a hui hou ia me Iuda, a ma hope iho, hiamoe ihola ke aliʻi me kona mau mākua. | He was the one who rebuilt Elath and restored it to Judah after Amaziah rested with his fathers. |
| 2-ʻOihn 26:17 | A laila, komo ʻo ʻAzaria, ke kahuna ma hope ona, a ʻo nā kāhuna o Iēhova kekahi pū me ia ʻelua kanahā, he poʻe ikaika: | Azariah the priest with eighty other courageous priests of the LORD followed him in. |
| 2-ʻOihn 26:22 | A ʻo ke koena o nā hana a ʻUzia, ka mua a me ka hope, ua kākau ʻia ia mau mea e ʻIsaia, ke keiki a ʻAmosa, ke kāula. | The other events of Uzziah's reign, from beginning to end, are recorded by the prophet Isaiah son of Amoz. |
| 2-ʻOihn 28:26 | A ʻo ke koena o kāna mau hana, a ʻo kona ʻaoʻao a pau, ka mua a me ka hope, aia hoʻi, ua kākau ʻia i loko o ka buke no nā aliʻi o ka Iuda a me ka ʻIseraʻela. | The other events of his reign and all his ways, from beginning to end, are written in the book of the kings of Judah and Israel. |
| 2-ʻOihn 28:27 | A hiamoe ihola ʻo ʻAhaza me kona poʻe kūpuna, a ua kanu lākou iā ia i loko o ke kūlanakauhale ma Ierusalema; akā, ʻaʻole lākou i waiho iā ia ma nā wahi e kanu ai no nā aliʻi o ʻIseraʻela; a noho aliʻi ihola ʻo Hezekia kāna keiki ma hope ona. | Ahaz rested with his fathers and was buried in the city of Jerusalem, but he was not placed in the tombs of the kings of Israel. And Hezekiah his son succeeded him as king. |
| 2-ʻOihn 31:15 | A ma hope ona, ʻo ʻEdena, a me Miniamina, a me Iesua, a me Semaia, a me ʻAmaria, a me Sikania, ma nā kūlanakauhale o nā kāhuna, e hāʻawi maopopo na ko lākou poʻe hoahānau, ma nā papa, e like me ka mea nui, pēlā nō ka mea ʻuʻuku. | Eden, Miniamin, Jeshua, Shemaiah, Amariah and Shecaniah assisted him faithfully in the towns of the priests, distributing to their fellow priests according to their divisions, old and young alike. |
| 2-ʻOihn 32:1 | A ma hope iho o kēia mau mea a me ka hoʻoponopono ʻana, hiki maila ʻo Senakeriba ke aliʻi o ʻAsuria, hiki maila ia ma Iuda, a hoʻomoana kūʻē ihola i nā kūlanakauhale paʻa i ka pā, me ka manaʻo e lawe pio ia mau mea nona. | After all that Hezekiah had so faithfully done, Sennacherib king of Assyria came and invaded Judah. He laid siege to the fortified cities, thinking to conquer them for himself. |
| 2-ʻOihn 32:9 | A ma hope iho o kēia mea, hoʻouna ʻo Senakeriba ke aliʻi o ʻAsuria i kāna poʻe kaua i Ierusalema, (aia nō ia a me kāna poʻe ikaika me ia e kūʻē ana iā Lakisa,) i o Hezekia lā, ke aliʻi o Iuda, a i ka Iuda a pau, aia ma Ierusalema, ʻī maila, | Later, when Sennacherib king of Assyria and all his forces were laying siege to Lachish, he sent his officers to Jerusalem with this message for Hezekiah king of Judah and for all the people of Judah who were there: |
| 2-ʻOihn 33:14 | A ma hope iho, uhau ihola ia i ka pā ma waho o ke kūlanakauhale o Dāvida, ma ke komohana o Gihona, ma ke awāwa kahi e komo ai i loko o ka puka-iʻa a puni ʻo ʻOpela, a hoʻokiʻekiʻe loa ia mea; hoʻonoho ʻo ia i nā luna koa i loko o nā kūlanakauhale ʻo Iuda a pau i paʻa i ka pā. | Afterward he rebuilt the outer wall of the City of David, west of the Gihon spring in the valley, as far as the entrance of the Fish Gate and encircling the hill of Ophel; he also made it much higher. He stationed military commanders in all the fortified cities in Judah. |
| 2-ʻOihn 33:20 | A hiamoe ʻo Manase me kona poʻe kūpuna, a kanu lākou iā ia ma kona hale iho; a noho aliʻi ihola ʻo ʻAmona kāna keiki ma hope ona. | Manasseh rested with his fathers and was buried in his palace. And Amon his son succeeded him as king. |
| 2-ʻOihn 35:14 | A ma hope iho, hoʻomākaukau lākou no lākou iho, a no nā kāhuna; no ka mea, ʻo nā kāhuna, nā keiki a ʻAʻarona, ua lilo lākou i ka mōhai ʻana i nā mōhai kuni, a me nā mea momona, a pō ka lā; no ia mea, hoʻomākaukau nā Levi no lākou iho, a no ka poʻe kāhuna nā keiki a ʻAʻarona. | After this, they made preparations for themselves and for the priests, because the priests, the descendants of Aaron, were sacrificing the burnt offerings and the fat portions until nightfall. So the Levites made preparations for themselves and for the Aaronic priests. |
| 2-ʻOihn 35:20 | A ma hope o kēia mau mea a pau, a Iosia i hoʻoponopono ai ma ka luakini, piʻi maila ʻo Neko ke aliʻi o ʻAigupita e kaua iā Karekemisa aia nō ma ʻEuperate; a hele kūʻē aku ʻo Iosia iā ia. | After all this, when Josiah had set the temple in order, Neco king of Egypt went up to fight at Carchemish on the Euphrates, and Josiah marched out to meet him in battle. |
| 2-ʻOihn 35:27 | A ʻo nā mea āna i hana ai, ʻo ka mua a me ka hope, aia hoʻi, ua kākau ʻia i loko o ka buke no nā aliʻi o ʻIseraʻela a me Iuda. | all the events, from beginning to end, are written in the book of the kings of Israel and Judah. |
| 2-ʻOihn 36:1 | A laila, lawe nā kānaka o ka ʻāina iā Iehoaza, ke keiki a Iosia, a hoʻolilo iā ia i aliʻi ma Ierusalema ma hope o kona makua kāne. | And the people of the land took Jehoahaz son of Josiah and made him king in Jerusalem in place of his father. |
| ʻEzera 3:5 | A ma hope o ia mea, i ka mōhai kuni hoʻomau, no nā mahina hou a no nā ʻahaʻaina a pau na Iēhova i hoʻolaʻa ʻia, a no nā mea a pau i mōhai ʻoluʻolu aku ai i ka mōhai aloha no Iēhova. | After that, they presented the regular burnt offerings, the New Moon sacrifices and the sacrifices for all the appointed sacred feasts of the LORD, as well as those brought as freewill offerings to the LORD. |
| ʻEzera 5:12 | Akā, ma hope o ka hoʻonāukiuki ʻana o ko mākou poʻe mākua i ke Akua o ka lani, hāʻawi ʻo ia iā lākou i loko o ka lima o Nebukaneza ke aliʻi o Babulona, no Kaledea, nāna i wāwahi kēia hale, a lawe pio akula i nā kānaka i Babulona. | But because our fathers angered the God of heaven, he handed them over to Nebuchadnezzar the Chaldean, king of Babylon, who destroyed this temple and deported the people to Babylon. |
| ʻEzera 7:1 | Ma hope iho o kēia mau mea, i ka wā i aliʻi ai ʻo ʻAretasaseta, ke aliʻi o Peresia, ʻo ʻEzera ke keiki a Seraia, ke keiki a ʻAzaria, ke keiki a Hilekia, | After these things, during the reign of Artaxerxes king of Persia, Ezra son of Seraiah, the son of Azariah, the son of Hilkiah, |
| ʻEzera 8:13 | No nā mamo hope a ʻAdonikama, a eia ka inoa o lākou, ʻo ʻElipeleta, ʻo Ieiʻela, a me Semaia, a me lākou nō he kanaono kāne. | of the descendants of Adonikam, the last ones, whose names were Eliphelet, Jeuel and Shemaiah, and with them 60 men; |
| ʻEzera 9:10 | ʻĀnō, e ko mākou Akua, he aha kā mākou e ʻōlelo aku ai ma hope o kēia? No ka mea, ua haʻalele mākou i kāu mau kauoha, | "But now, O our God, what can we say after this? For we have disregarded the commands |
| ʻEzera 9:13 | A ma hope o nā mea a pau i hiki mai ai ma luna o mākou no kā mākou hana hewa ʻana, a me ko mākou lawehala nui ʻana, no ka mea, ʻo ʻoe ko mākou Akua, ua hoʻopaʻi ʻuʻuku mai iā mākou i ko mākou hewa, a ua hāʻawi mai ʻoe no mākou i ka pakele e like me kēia. | "What has happened to us is a result of our evil deeds and our great guilt, and yet, our God, you have punished us less than our sins have deserved and have given us a remnant like this. |
| Neh 4:23 | ʻAʻole hoʻi au, a me koʻu poʻe hoahānau, a me koʻu poʻe kauā, a me ka poʻe koa i hahai ma hope oʻu, ʻaʻole mākou i wehe aʻe i ko mākou kapa: me kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka hoʻi kāna mea kaua i ke kiʻi ʻana i ka wai. | Neither I nor my brothers nor my men nor the guards with me took off our clothes; each had his weapon, even when he went for water. |
| Neh 8:18 | A heluhelu ihola ʻo ia ma ka buke o ke kānāwai o ke Akua i kēlā lā i kēia lā, mai ka lā mua mai a hiki i ka lā hope. Hana ihola lākou i ka ʻahaʻaina i nā lā ʻehiku, a i ka walu o ka lā he hālāwai, e like me ka mea i kauoha ʻia ai. | Day after day, from the first day to the last, Ezra read from the Book of the Law of God. They celebrated the feast for seven days, and on the eighth day, in accordance with the regulation, there was an assembly. |
| Neh 11:8 | A ma hope ona Gabai, Salai, ʻeiwa haneri a me ka iwakāluakumamāwalu. | and his followers, Gabbai and Sallai--928 men. |
| Neh 12:32 | A hele aʻela ma hope o lākou ʻo Hosaia, a me ka hapalua o nā luna o ka Iuda, | Hoshaiah and half the leaders of Judah followed them, |
| Neh 12:38 | A ʻo ka lua o ka poʻe hoʻoleʻa, hele aʻela lākou ma ka ʻaoʻao hema aku, a ʻo wau ma hope o lākou, a me ka hapalua o ka poʻe kānaka ma luna aʻe o ka pā, a ma luna aʻe o ka hale kiaʻi ma kahi o nā umu a hiki i ka pā pālahalaha; | The second choir proceeded in the opposite direction. I followed them on top of the wall, together with half the people--past the Tower of the Ovens to the Broad Wall, |
| Neh 13:13 | A hoʻonoho iho au i nā puʻukū waiwai ma luna o nā waihona waiwai iā Selemia ke kahuna, a me Zadoka ke kākau ʻōlelo, a me Pedaia kekahi o nā Levi; a ma hope o lākou ʻo Hanana ke keiki a Zakura, ke keiki a Matania; no ka mea, ua manaʻo ʻia lākou he poʻe hana pololei, no laila, na lākou nō e māhele na ko lākou poʻe hoahānau. | I put Shelemiah the priest, Zadok the scribe, and a Levite named Pedaiah in charge of the storerooms and made Hanan son of Zaccur, the son of Mattaniah, their assistant, because these men were considered trustworthy. They were made responsible for distributing the supplies to their brothers. |
| ʻEset 2:1 | Ma hope iho o kēia mau mea, i ka wā i maʻalili ai ka huhū o ke aliʻi ʻo ʻAhasuero, hoʻomanaʻo ihola ia iā Vaseti, a me nā mea āna i hana ai, a me ke kānāwai i kau ʻia nona. | Later when the anger of King Xerxes had subsided, he remembered Vashti and what she had done and what he had decreed about her. |
| ʻEset 2:12 | A hiki i ka manawa pono e hele aku ai kēlā kaikamahine kēia kaikamahine i loko i ke aliʻi iā ʻAhasuero, ma hope iho o kona noho ʻana he ʻumi a me kumamālua malama, e like me ka hana mau ʻana a nā wāhine, (no ka mea, penei i mālama ʻia ai nā lā o ka hoʻomaʻemaʻe ʻana: ʻeono malama me ka ʻaila mura, a ʻeono malama me nā mea ʻala, a me nā mea e maʻemaʻe ai nā wāhine:) | Before a girl's turn came to go in to King Xerxes, she had to complete twelve months of beauty treatments prescribed for the women, six months with oil of myrrh and six with perfumes and cosmetics. |
| ʻEset 3:1 | Ma hope iho o kēia mau mea, hoʻohanohano aʻela ke aliʻi ʻo ʻAhasuero iā Hamana, i ke keiki a Hamedata ke ʻAgaga, a hoʻokiʻekiʻe iā ia, a hoʻonoho ihola iā ia ma luna o nā aliʻi a pau e noho pū ana me ia. | After these events, King Xerxes honored Haman son of Hammedatha, the Agagite, elevating him and giving him a seat of honor higher than that of all the other nobles. |
| Ioba 3:1 | Ma hope iho o kēia, pane aʻela ko Ioba waha, a hōʻino akula ia i kona lā. | After this, Job opened his mouth and cursed the day of his birth. |
| Ioba 6:11 | He aha kuʻu ikaika, i kakali aku ai au? He aha hoʻi kuʻu hope, i hoʻolōʻihi aku ai au i kuʻu ola? | "What strength do I have, that I should still hope? What prospects, that I should be patient? |
| Ioba 8:13 | Pēlā nō ka hope o ka poʻe a pau e hoʻopoina ana i ke Akua; A pēlā nō ka manaʻolana o ka ʻaiā e make ai. | Such is the destiny of all who forget God; so perishes the hope of the godless. |
| Ioba 16:3 | He hope anei nō nā hua ʻōlelo makani? He aha ka mea hoʻāla mai nei iā ʻoe, i ʻōlelo mai ai ʻoe: | Will your long-winded speeches never end? What ails you that you keep on arguing? |
| Ioba 16:14 | Ua wāwahi mai ia iaʻu, me ka wāhi ʻana ma hope o ka wāhi ʻana, Ua lele mai ia ma luna oʻu me he mea ikaika lā. | Again and again he bursts upon me; he rushes at me like a warrior. |
| Ioba 18:2 | Āhea lā e hoʻopau ʻoe i nā hua ʻōlelo? E noʻonoʻo, a ma hope iho e ʻōlelo aku mākou. | "When will you end these speeches? Be sensible, and then we can talk. |
| Ioba 18:20 | ʻO nā hanauna ma hope e kāhāhā lākou no kona manawa, A loaʻa i nā kūpuna ka makaʻu. | Men of the west are appalled at his fate; men of the east are seized with horror. |
| Ioba 19:25 | No ka mea, ua ʻike au e ola ana kuʻu Mea hoʻōla, A i ka wā ma hope e kū nō ia ma luna o ka honua. | I know that my Redeemer lives, and that in the end he will stand upon the earth. |
| Ioba 19:26 | A ma hope o kuʻu ʻili, e hoʻopau nā ilo i kēia kino, Akā, ma kuʻu ʻiʻo e ʻike aku au i ke Akua. | And after my skin has been destroyed, yet in my flesh I will see God; |
| Ioba 21:3 | E ʻae mai ʻoukou iaʻu e ʻōlelo aku ai au, A ma hope o kuʻu ʻōlelo, e hoʻomāʻewaʻewa ʻoukou. | Bear with me while I speak, and after I have spoken, mock on. |
| Ioba 21:21 | No ka mea, he aha lā kāna hana i loko o kona hale ma hope ona, I ka manawa e ʻoki ʻia ai ma waena ka huina o kona mau malama? | For what does he care about the family he leaves behind when his allotted months come to an end? |
| Ioba 21:33 | E kau ʻoluʻolu ma luna ona nā pāpaʻa lepo o ke awāwa, A ma hope ona e hahai aku nā kānaka a pau, E like me ka poʻe ma mua ona he lehulehu nō. | The soil in the valley is sweet to him; all men follow after him, and a countless throng goes before him. |
| Ioba 22:5 | ʻAʻole anei he nui kou hewa? A ua hope ʻole kou mau hala? | Is not your wickedness great? Are not your sins endless? |
| Ioba 28:3 | Hoʻonoho nō ia i ka hope no ka pouli, A ʻimi nō ia ma nā wahi hohonu a pau; I ka pōhaku o ka pouli a me ka malu make. | Man puts an end to the darkness; he searches the farthest recesses for ore in the blackest darkness. |
| Ioba 29:22 | Ma hope o kaʻu ʻōlelo ʻana, ʻaʻole lākou i ʻōlelo hou, A kulu iho kaʻu ʻōlelo ma luna iho o lākou. | After I had spoken, they spoke no more; my words fell gently on their ears. |
| Ioba 29:23 | Kakali lākou iaʻu e like me ka ua; A hāmama loa lākou i ko lākou waha, no ke kuāua hope. | They waited for me as for showers and drank in my words as the spring rain. |
| Ioba 30:5 | Mai waena mai o kānaka ua hoʻokuke ʻia aku lākou; Kāhea nui aku ma hope o lākou e like me lākou i ka ʻaihue; | They were banished from their fellow men, shouted at as if they were thieves. |
| Ioba 37:4 | Ma hope o ia mea, pohā mai ka leo; Hoʻohekili mai ia me kona leo mana; ʻAʻole ia e hoʻopaʻa iā lākou i lohe ʻia ai kona leo. | After that comes the sound of his roar; he thunders with his majestic voice. When his voice resounds, he holds nothing back. |
| Ioba 39:10 | E hiki iā ʻoe ke hoʻopaʻa i ka reʻema ma ke ʻauwaha me kona kaula? E hana anei ia i nā awāwa me ka ʻōʻō palau ma hope ou? | Can you hold him to the furrow with a harness? Will he till the valleys behind you? |
| Ioba 41:32 | Waiho nō ia i ala mālamalama ma hope ona; Ua manaʻo ʻia ka hohonu, he poʻo hina. | Behind him he leaves a glistening wake; one would think the deep had white hair. |
| Ioba 42:7 | A ma hope o kā Iēhova ʻōlelo ʻana aku i kēia mau ʻōlelo iā Ioba, ʻōlelo maila ʻo Iēhova iā ʻElipaza, no Temana, Ua hoʻā ʻia koʻu huhū iā ʻoe, a i kāu mau hoalauna ʻelua: no ka mea, ʻaʻole ʻoukou i ʻōlelo mai noʻu i ka mea pono, e like me kaʻu kauā, ʻo Ioba. | After the LORD had said these things to Job, he said to Eliphaz the Temanite, "I am angry with you and your two friends, because you have not spoken of me what is right, as my servant Job has. |
| Ioba 42:12 | A hoʻomaikaʻi ʻo Iēhova i ka hope o Ioba, ma mua o kona mua: no ka mea, he ʻumikumamāhā āna tausani hipa, he ʻaono tausani kāmelo, a hoʻokahi tausani kaulua bipi, a hoʻokahi tausani hoki wahine. | The LORD blessed the latter part of Job's life more than the first. He had fourteen thousand sheep, six thousand camels, a thousand yoke of oxen and a thousand donkeys. |
| Ioba 42:16 | A ma hope o kēia, ola ihola ʻo Ioba i nā makahiki hoʻokahi haneri a me ke kanahā, a ʻike akula ia i kāna mau keiki, a me nā keiki a kāna mau keiki, i ʻehā mau hanauna. | After this, Job lived a hundred and forty years; he saw his children and their children to the fourth generation. |
| Hal 9:3 | I ka hoʻi hope ʻana o koʻu poʻe ʻenemi, E hāʻule nō lākou a make ma kou alo. | My enemies turn back; they stumble and perish before you. |
| Hal 35:4 | E hoka a e hoʻohilahila ʻia ka poʻe i kiʻi mai i koʻu ʻuhane; E hoʻohuli ʻia aku lākou i hope, a e hoʻohoka ʻia hoʻi nā mea i kūkākūkā i ka ʻino noʻu. | May those who seek my life be disgraced and put to shame; may those who plot my ruin be turned back in dismay. |
| Hal 37:37 | E noʻonoʻo i ke kanaka hemolele, E nānā hoʻi i ka mea kūpono: No ka mea, ʻo ka hope o ua kanaka lā, he pōmaikaʻi nō ia. | Consider the blameless, observe the upright; there is a future for the man of peace. |
| Hal 37:38 | Akā, e luku pū ʻia ka poʻe lawehala; A ʻo ka hope o ka poʻe hewa, e ʻoki ʻia nō ia. | But all sinners will be destroyed; the future of the wicked will be cut off. |
| Hal 40:14 | E hoʻohilahila ʻia, a e hoka pū ka poʻe ʻimi mai i koʻu ʻuhane e hoʻomake mai ia; E kipaku ʻia aku i hope ka poʻe i makemake e pōʻino au. | May all who seek to take my life be put to shame and confusion; may all who desire my ruin be turned back in disgrace. |
| Hal 44:10 | A ua hoʻohuli ʻoe iā mākou i hope mai ka ʻenemi mai; A ʻo ka poʻe hoʻowahāwahā iā mākou, ua hao mai lākou no lākou iho. | You made us retreat before the enemy, and our adversaries have plundered us. |
| Hal 48:13 | E hoʻomaopopo ko ʻoukou naʻau i kona mau pā kaua; E noʻonoʻo hoʻi i kona mau hale aliʻi, I hiki iā ʻoukou ke haʻi aku i ka hanauna ma hope aku. | consider well her ramparts, view her citadels, that you may tell of them to the next generation. |
| Hal 49:13 | ʻO kēia ʻaoʻao o lākou, ʻo ko lākou lapuwale nō ia: Akā, ua hoʻopono ko lākou mau hope i ko lākou mau ʻōlelo. Sila. | This is the fate of those who trust in themselves, and of their followers, who approve their sayings. "Selah" |
| Hal 50:17 | No ka mea, he hoʻowahāwahā kou i ke aʻo ʻia ʻana; A ke kiola nei ʻoe i kaʻu ʻōlelo ma hope aku ou. | You hate my instruction and cast my words behind you. |
| Hal 53:3 | Pau lākou i ka hoʻi hope pū; Pau pū lākou i ka haumia; ʻAʻohe mea hana maikaʻi, ʻaʻole loa hoʻokahi. | Everyone has turned away, they have together become corrupt; there is no one who does good, not even one. |
| Hal 56:9 | Aia kāhea aku au, a laila e hoʻi i hope koʻu ʻenemi: Ua ʻike au ia mea, no ka mea, ma muli oʻu ke Akua. | Then my enemies will turn back when I call for help. By this I will know that God is for me. |
| Hal 68:25 | Ua hele mua aʻe ka poʻe mele hīmeni, A ma hope iho ka poʻe hoʻokanikani i nā kaula: A i waena nā kaikamāhine e hoʻokani timerela ana. | In front are the singers, after them the musicians; with them are the maidens playing tambourines. |
| Hal 70:2 | E hoʻohilahila ʻia, e hoʻohoka ʻia hoʻi ka poʻe e ʻimi ana i koʻu ʻuhane; E hoʻohuli ʻia i hope, a hoka ka poʻe makemake i ka hewa noʻu. | May those who seek my life be put to shame and confusion; may all who desire my ruin be turned back in disgrace. |
| Hal 70:3 | E hoʻihoʻi ʻia i hope i uku no ko lākou hilahila, Ka poʻe i ʻōlelo mai, Aia lā! Aia lā! | May those who say to me, "Aha! Aha!" turn back because of their shame. |
| Hal 73:17 | A komo aku au i kahi hoʻāno o ke Akua, A laila maopopo iaʻu ko lākou hope. | till I entered the sanctuary of God; then I understood their final destiny. |
| Hal 73:24 | E alakaʻi nō ʻoe iaʻu ma kāu ʻōlelo aʻo, A ma hope aku, e hoʻokipa iaʻu i ka nani. | You guide me with your counsel, and afterward you will take me into glory. |
| Hal 78:4 | ʻAʻole kākou e hūnā, mai kā lākou poʻe keiki, A hiki aku i ka hanauna hope loa, I ka hōʻike ʻana aku i nā halelū no Iēhova, A me kona ikaika, a me nā mea kupanaha āna i hana ai. | We will not hide them from their children; we will tell the next generation the praiseworthy deeds of the LORD, his power, and the wonders he has done. |
| Hal 78:6 | I ʻike ka hanauna hope loa aku, E kū mai hoʻi nā keiki i hānau mai a hōʻike i kā lākou mau keiki; | so the next generation would know them, even the children yet to be born, and they in turn would tell their children. |
| Hal 78:9 | ʻO nā mamo a ʻEperaima i kāhiko ʻia i ke kakaka, Huli hope nō lākou i ka lā i kaua ai. | The men of Ephraim, though armed with bows, turned back on the day of battle; |
| Hal 78:41 | A huli i hope lākou a hoʻāʻo i ke Akua, Hōʻehaʻeha nō hoʻi i ka Mea Hemolele o ka ʻIseraʻela. | Again and again they put God to the test; they vexed the Holy One of Israel. |
| Hal 78:57 | Huli hope lākou, a hoʻopunipuni e like me nā mākua o lākou; Ua huli lākou i hope, e like me ke kakaka lauwili. | Like their fathers they were disloyal and faithless, as unreliable as a faulty bow. |
| Hal 78:66 | A laila, pehi aʻela ʻo ia i kona poʻe ʻenemi ma ko lākou hope, Hāʻawi nō ia i hilahila mau loa lākou. | He beat back his enemies; he put them to everlasting shame. |
| Hal 102:18 | E kākau ʻia nō kēia no nā hanauna o kēia hope aku; I halelū aku iā Iēhova ka poʻe kānaka e hānau maila. | Let this be written for a future generation, that a people not yet created may praise the LORD: |
| Hal 107:39 | A ma hope, hoʻoemi ʻia lākou, a hoʻohaʻahaʻa ʻia nō hoʻi, No ka hoʻokaumaha ʻia, a me ka hewa, a me ka pilikia. | Then their numbers decreased, and they were humbled by oppression, calamity and sorrow; |
| Hal 114:3 | ʻIke maila ke kai, a holo akula; A huli hope ʻo Ioredane. | The sea looked and fled, the Jordan turned back; |
| Hal 114:5 | He aha kāu, e ke kai, i holo aku ai ʻoe? E Ioredane hoʻi, i hoʻohuli ʻia ai ʻoe i hope? | Why was it, O sea, that you fled, O Jordan, that you turned back, |
| Hal 119:96 | Ua ʻike nō au i ka hope o nā mea maikaʻi a pau: Akā, ua pālahalaha loa kou kānāwai. | To all perfection I see a limit; but your commands are boundless. |
| Hal 127:2 | He mea wale iā ʻoukou ke ala i kakahiaka nui Ma hope o ka hoʻomaha ʻana, E ʻai i ka ʻai o ka hoʻokaumaha ʻia; No ka mea, pēlā ʻo ia e hoʻomoe ai i kona poʻe aloha. | In vain you rise early and stay up late, toiling for food to eat-- for he grants sleep to those he loves. |
| Hal 129:5 | E hoʻohilahila ʻia a e hoʻihoʻi hope ʻia mai, Ka poʻe a pau e inaina mai iā Ziona. | May all who hate Zion be turned back in shame. |
| Hal 139:5 | Ua hoʻokē mai ʻoe iaʻu, ma hope, a ma mua, A ua kau mai i kou lima ma luna oʻu. | You hem me in--behind and before; you have laid your hand upon me. |
| Hal 139:16 | ʻIke mai nō kou mau maka i koʻu ʻōpuʻu ʻana; A pau nō hoʻi i ke kākau ʻia i loko o kāu buke, Nā mea oʻu i hoʻoponopono ʻia ai ma hope, Ia manawa, ʻaʻole kekahi o ia mau mea. | your eyes saw my unformed body. All the days ordained for me were written in your book before one of them came to be. |
| Sol 5:4 | Akā, ua ʻawahia kona hope, e like me ka lāʻau ʻawaʻawa, ʻOiʻoi hoʻi e like me ka pahi kaua ʻoi lua. | but in the end she is bitter as gall, sharp as a double-edged sword. |
| Sol 5:11 | A uē ʻoe i kou hope, I ka pau ʻana o kou ʻiʻo a me kou kino; | At the end of your life you will groan, when your flesh and body are spent. |
| Sol 7:22 | Ukali koke ʻo ia ma hope ona, E like me ka hele ʻana o ka bipi i kona wahi e make ai; E like hoʻi me ka naʻaupō i hoʻopaʻi ʻia mai ma ka lāʻau kūpeʻe; | All at once he followed her like an ox going to the slaughter, like a deer stepping into a noose |
| Sol 11:23 | ʻO ka makemake o ka mea pono, he hope maikaʻi kona; ʻO ka manaʻolana hoʻi o ka poʻe hewa, he inaina ʻia mai ka hope. | The desire of the righteous ends only in good, but the hope of the wicked only in wrath. |
| Sol 11:24 | Hoʻoheleleʻi kekahi, a nui hou aʻe nō naʻe; ʻAuʻa hoʻi kekahi i ka mea kū ʻole i ka pono, a ʻo ka nele ka hope. | One man gives freely, yet gains even more; another withholds unduly, but comes to poverty. |
| Sol 14:12 | ʻO kekahi ʻaoʻao, he pololei ia i kānaka; ʻO kona hope hoʻi, ʻo ia ka ʻaoʻao o ka make. | There is a way that seems right to a man, but in the end it leads to death. |
| Sol 14:13 | I ka ʻakaʻaka ʻana, he ʻehaʻeha ko ka naʻau; ʻO ka hope hoʻi o ia leʻaleʻa, ʻo ia ke kaumaha. | Even in laughter the heart may ache, and joy may end in grief. |
| Sol 14:14 | E hoʻopiha ʻia auaneʻi ka naʻau o ka mea hoʻi hope i kona ʻaoʻao iho; A ʻo ke kanaka maikaʻi hoʻi i kona hua iho. | The faithless will be fully repaid for their ways, and the good man rewarded for his. |
| Sol 15:9 | He hoʻopailua iā Iēhova ka ʻaoʻao o ka mea hewa; ʻO ka mea hahai ma hope o ka pono, ʻo ia kāna mea i aloha ai. | The LORD detests the way of the wicked but he loves those who pursue righteousness. |
| Sol 16:15 | Ma ka maka ʻoluʻolu o ke aliʻi ke ola, ʻO kona lokomaikaʻi hoʻi ua like me ke ao i ke kuāua hope. | When a king's face brightens, it means life; his favor is like a rain cloud in spring. |
| Sol 16:25 | Pololei kekahi ʻaoʻao i ko ke kanaka manaʻo; Akā, ʻo kona hope, ʻo ia nā ʻaoʻao o ka make. | There is a way that seems right to a man, but in the end it leads to death. |
| Sol 20:7 | ʻO ka mea hele ma kona pololei, he mea pono ʻo ia; E hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia hoʻi kāna poʻe keiki ma hope ona. | The righteous man leads a blameless life; blessed are his children after him. |
| Sol 20:17 | Ua ʻono i ke kanaka ka ʻai no ka wahaheʻe; A ma hope iho, e piha kona waha i ke one. | Food gained by fraud tastes sweet to a man, but he ends up with a mouth full of gravel. |
| Sol 20:25 | He mea hihia i ke kanaka, ke hoʻohiki naʻaupō i ka mea hemolele; A ma hope iho o ka hoʻohiki ʻana, a laila noʻonoʻo. | It is a trap for a man to dedicate something rashly and only later to consider his vows. |
| Sol 21:21 | ʻO ka mea hahai ma hope o ka pono, a me ka lokomaikaʻi, E loaʻa iā ia ke ola a me ka pono a me ka nani. | He who pursues righteousness and love finds life, prosperity and honor. |
| Sol 23:18 | No ka mea, e hiki ʻiʻo mai nō ka hope; A e pio ʻole ana nō kou manaʻolana. | There is surely a future hope for you, and your hope will not be cut off. |
| Sol 23:32 | Ma hope iho, e nahu mai me he nahesa lā, A e pā mai me he moʻo niho ʻawa lā. | In the end it bites like a snake and poisons like a viper. |
| Sol 24:14 | Pēlā hoʻi ka ʻike ʻana i ka naʻauao i kou ʻuhane; A i loaʻa iā ʻoe, a laila he hope, A ʻo kou manaʻolana ʻaʻole ia e pohō. | Know also that wisdom is sweet to your soul; if you find it, there is a future hope for you, and your hope will not be cut off. |
| Sol 24:27 | Ma waho e hoʻomākaukau ai i kāu hana, A e hoʻoponopono nou iho ma ke kula; A ma hope iho, e kūkulu aʻe i kou hale. | Finish your outdoor work and get your fields ready; after that, build your house. |
| Sol 25:8 | Mai hikiwawe aku ʻoe i ka hakakā, No ka mea, he aha kāu e hana ai ma hope aku, Ke hoʻohilahila mai kou hoa noho iā ʻoe? | do not bring hastily to court, for what will you do in the end if your neighbor puts you to shame? |
| Sol 28:19 | ʻO ka mea mahi i ka ʻāina e māʻona ʻo ia i ka ʻai; ʻO ka mea hoʻopili mea ʻai ma hope o ka poʻe lapuwale e piha ʻo ia i ka ʻilihune. | He who works his land will have abundant food, but the one who chases fantasies will have his fill of poverty. |
| Sol 28:20 | ʻO ke kanaka hōʻoiaʻiʻo, nui wale kona mau mea e pōmaikaʻi ai; ʻO ka mea holo kikī ma hope o ka waiwai, ʻaʻole e ʻole kona hala. | A faithful man will be richly blessed, but one eager to get rich will not go unpunished. |
| Sol 28:23 | ʻO ka mea aʻo aku i ke kanaka, ma hope iho e loaʻa iā ia ka lokomaikaʻi ʻia mai, Ma mua o ka mea malimali me kona alelo. | He who rebukes a man will in the end gain more favor than he who has a flattering tongue. |
| Sol 29:11 | Hoʻopuka mai ka mea naʻaupō i kona manaʻo a pau; Noho mālie hoʻi ka mea naʻauao a ma hope aku. | A fool gives full vent to his anger, but a wise man keeps himself under control. |
| Sol 29:21 | ʻO ka mea hoʻohiwahiwa i kāna kauā mai kona wā ʻuʻuku mai, Ma hope iho, e lilo ʻo ia i keiki nāna. | If a man pampers his servant from youth, he will bring grief in the end. |
| Sol 31:25 | ʻO ka ikaika, a ʻo ka hanohano, ʻo ia kona kāhiko ʻana; E hauʻoli ʻo ia i ka manawa ma hope aku. | She is clothed with strength and dignity; she can laugh at the days to come. |
| Kekah 1:9 | ʻO nā mea ma mua, ʻo ia nā mea e hiki mai ana; a ʻo nā mea i hana ʻia, ʻo ia nā mea e hana ʻia ma hope aku nei: ʻaʻohe mea hou ma lalo iho o ka lā. | What has been will be again, what has been done will be done again; there is nothing new under the sun. |
| Kekah 1:11 | ʻAʻole i hoʻomanaʻo ʻia mai nā mea kahiko; a ʻo nā mea e hiki mai ana, ʻaʻole e hoʻomanaʻo ʻia ia mau mea e ka poʻe ma hope aku. | There is no remembrance of men of old, and even those who are yet to come will not be remembered by those who follow. |
| Kekah 2:12 | A hāliu au e ʻike i ka naʻauao, a me ka ʻuhaʻuha, a me ka lapuwale; no ka mea, he aha ka mea a ke kanaka [e hana ai] i hiki mai ma hope o ke aliʻi? ʻO ka mea wale nō i hana ʻia ma mua. | Then I turned my thoughts to consider wisdom, and also madness and folly. What more can the king's successor do than what has already been done? |
| Kekah 2:16 | A ma nēia hope aku, ʻaʻole i hoʻomanaʻo ʻia ke kanaka naʻauao ma mua o ka mea naʻaupō, no ka mea, ʻo nā mea e noho nei, i nā lā e hiki mai ana, e pau ia i ka hoʻopoina ʻia. A pehea ka make ʻana o ka mea naʻauao? Ua like nō me ko ka mea naʻaupō. | For the wise man, like the fool, will not be long remembered; in days to come both will be forgotten. Like the fool, the wise man too must die! |
| Kekah 2:18 | Ua hoʻopailua hoʻi au i ka hana a pau aʻu i hana ai ma lalo iho o ka lā; no ka mea, e waiho auaneʻi au ia mea no ke kanaka e hiki mai ana ma hope oʻu. | I hated all the things I had toiled for under the sun, because I must leave them to the one who comes after me. |
| Kekah 3:11 | Ua hana maila ʻo ia i nā mea a pau he maikaʻi i kona manawa; a hoʻokomo nō hoʻi ʻo ia i ko ke ao nei i loko o ko lākou mau naʻau, i ʻike ʻole ke kanaka i ka hana a ke Akua i hana ai, mai ka mua a hiki i ka hope. | He has made everything beautiful in its time. He has also set eternity in the hearts of men; yet they cannot fathom what God has done from beginning to end. |
| Kekah 3:22 | No ia mea, ʻike ihola au, ʻaʻohe mea maikaʻi ʻē aʻe i ke kanaka, ʻo ka hauʻoli wale nō i kāna hana ʻana; no ka mea, ʻo ia kona haʻawina. A ʻo wai ka mea e hōʻike iā ia i ka mea e hiki mai ana ma hope ona? | So I saw that there is nothing better for a man than to enjoy his work, because that is his lot. For who can bring him to see what will happen after him? |
| Kekah 4:16 | ʻAʻole pau i ka helu ʻia nā kānaka, ka poʻe ma mua o lākou; a ʻo ka poʻe ma hope, ʻaʻole lākou ʻoliʻoli iā ia. He mea lapuwale kēia, a me ka luhi hewa. | There was no end to all the people who were before them. But those who came later were not pleased with the successor. This too is meaningless, a chasing after the wind. |
| Kekah 6:12 | No ka mea, ʻo wai ka mea i ʻike i ka mea e pono ai ke kanaka i kona ola ʻana, i nā lā a pau o kona ola lapuwale ʻana i hoʻopau ai me he aka lā; a ʻo wai hoʻi ka mea nāna e haʻi aku i ke kanaka i nā mea e hiki mai ana ma hope ona ma lalo iho o ka lā? | For who knows what is good for a man in life, during the few and meaningless days he passes through like a shadow? Who can tell him what will happen under the sun after he is gone? |
| Kekah 7:8 | Ua ʻoi aku ka maikaʻi o ka hope o kekahi mea ma mua o ka hoʻomaka ʻana; a ʻo ka mea naʻau hoʻomanawanui ma mua o ka mea hoʻokiʻekiʻe. | The end of a matter is better than its beginning, and patience is better than pride. |
| Kekah 7:14 | I ka lā pōmaikaʻi e ʻoliʻoli ai ʻoe, a i ka lā pōpilikia e noʻonoʻo ai. Ua hoʻonoho ke Akua i kekahi e kū pono i kekahi, i loaʻa ʻole ai i ke kanaka kekahi mea e hiki mai ana ma hope ona. | When times are good, be happy; but when times are bad, consider: God has made the one as well as the other. Therefore, a man cannot discover anything about his future. |
| Kekah 9:2 | Ua loaʻa i nā kānaka a pau nā mea like. Hoʻokahi nō hope i ka mea pono, a me ka mea hewa; i ka mea maikaʻi, i ka mea maʻemaʻe, a me ka mea maʻemaʻe ʻole; i ka mea i mōhai aku, a me ka mea i mōhai ʻole aku. E like me ka mea maikaʻi, pēlā nō ka mea hewa; me ka mea hoʻohiki, pēlā nō ka mea makaʻu i ka hoʻohiki ʻana. | All share a common destiny--the righteous and the wicked, the good and the bad, the clean and the unclean, those who offer sacrifices and those who do not. As it is with the good man, so with the sinner; as it is with those who take oaths, so with those who are afraid to take them. |
| Kekah 9:3 | He mea pono ʻole kēia ma nā mea i hana ʻia ma lalo iho o ka lā; aia hoʻokahi hope i loaʻa mai i nā kānaka a pau. ʻOiaʻiʻo, ʻo ka naʻau o nā keiki a kānaka, ua piha i ka ʻino, aia nō ka ʻūlala i loko o ko lākou naʻau i ko lākou ola ʻana, a laila, [hele lākou] i ka make. | This is the evil in everything that happens under the sun: The same destiny overtakes all. The hearts of men, moreover, are full of evil and there is madness in their hearts while they live, and afterward they join the dead. |
| Kekah 10:13 | ʻO ka mua o nā ʻōlelo o kona waha, he mea lapuwale ia; a ʻo ka hope o kona waha, he huhū kolohe nō ia. | At the beginning his words are folly; at the end they are wicked madness-- |
| Kekah 10:14 | Ua hoʻomāhuahua ka mea naʻaupō i kāna mau ʻōlelo; ʻaʻole naʻe i ʻike ke kanaka i nā mea e hiki mai ana; a ʻo nā mea e hiki mai ana ma hope ona, na wai e haʻi aku iā ia? | and the fool multiplies words. No one knows what is coming-- who can tell him what will happen after him? |
| Kekah 12:2 | I ka wā i pouli ʻole ai ka lā, a me ka mālamalama, ʻO ka mahina hoʻi a me nā hōkū; A hoʻi ʻole mai nā ao ma hope o ka ua: | before the sun and the light and the moon and the stars grow dark, and the clouds return after the rain; |
| Kekah 12:12 | Eia hoʻi kekahi: E ao ʻia mai ʻoe, e kaʻu keiki, e kēia mau mea; ʻo ka hana ʻana i nā buke he nui loa, he mea hope ʻole ia, a ʻo ka ʻimi nui i ka palapala, he mea ia e luhi ai ke kino. | Be warned, my son, of anything in addition to them. Of making many books there is no end, and much study wearies the body. |
| Kekah 12:13 | E hoʻolohe ʻoe i ka hope o kēia mau mea a pau. E makaʻu i ke Akua, a e mālama i kona mau kānāwai, no ka mea, ʻo ia kā ke kanaka [pono] a pau. | Now all has been heard; here is the conclusion of the matter: Fear God and keep his commandments, for this is the whole of man. |
| Mele 2:9 | Ua like kaʻu mea i aloha ai, me ka ʻanetelope, A me ka dia keiki hoʻi; Aia kā, kū ihola ʻo ia ma hope o ko mākou pā, E nānā ana ma nā puka makani, E mākaʻikaʻi ana ma nā puka ʻōlepelepe. | My lover is like a gazelle or a young stag. Look! There he stands behind our wall, gazing through the windows, peering through the lattice. |
| ʻIsaia 1:4 | Auē ka lāhui kanaka hewa! He poʻe kānaka kaumaha i ka hala, He hanauna hana ʻino, he poʻe hoʻohaumia: Ua haʻalele lākou iā Iēhova, Ua hoʻowahāwahā i ka Mea Hemolele o ka ʻIseraʻela; Ua hoʻi i hope lākou. | Ah, sinful nation, a people loaded with guilt, a brood of evildoers, children given to corruption! They have forsaken the LORD; they have spurned the Holy One of Israel and turned their backs on him. |
| ʻIsaia 1:26 | E hoʻihoʻi hou nō wau i kou mau luna kānāwai, e like me ka wā i kinohi, A me kou poʻe kākāʻōlelo, e like me ka wā kahiko; A ma hope aku o kēia, e kapa ʻia ʻoe, Ke kūlanakauhale o ka pono, Ke kūlanakauhale ʻoiaʻiʻo. | I will restore your judges as in days of old, your counselors as at the beginning. Afterward you will be called the City of Righteousness, the Faithful City." |
| ʻIsaia 2:2 | E hiki mai nō kēia i nā lā ma hope, E kūkulu paʻa ʻia ka puʻu o ka hale o Iēhova ma luna o nā mauna, A e hoʻokiʻekiʻe ʻia ma luna o nā puʻu; A e holo nō i loko ona nā lāhui kanaka a pau. | In the last days the mountain of the LORD's temple will be established as chief among the mountains; it will be raised above the hills, and all nations will stream to it. |
| ʻIsaia 7:18 | A hiki aku i kēlā lā, Na Iēhova nō e pio aku i ka nalo, E noho ana ma nā wēlau o nā muliwai o ʻAigupita, A i ka nalo hope ʻeha, ma ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAsuria; | In that day the LORD will whistle for flies from the distant streams of Egypt and for bees from the land of Assyria. |
| ʻIsaia 9:1 | ʻAʻole naʻe e like ka pouli me ia kaumaha ma mua, I ka wā i hoʻowahāwahā ʻia ai ka ʻāina ʻo Zebuluna, a me ka ʻāina ʻo Napetali, A ma hope iho, hoʻonani ʻo ia i kahi maikaʻi, Ma kēlā ʻaoʻao o Ioredane, ʻo Galilaia no nā kānaka ʻē. | Nevertheless, there will be no more gloom for those who were in distress. In the past he humbled the land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali, but in the future he will honor Galilee of the Gentiles, by the way of the sea, along the Jordan-- |
| ʻIsaia 17:14 | I ke ahiahi, aia hoʻi he weliweli, A ma mua o ke kakahiaka, ʻaʻole lākou. ʻO ia ka hope o ka poʻe i hao i kā kākou, ʻO ka poʻe hoʻi i lawe wale i kā kākou. | In the evening, sudden terror! Before the morning, they are gone! This is the portion of those who loot us, the lot of those who plunder us. |
| ʻIsaia 20:4 | Pēlā nō ke aliʻi o ʻAsuria e alakaʻi ai I ka poʻe paʻa o ʻAigupita, a me ka poʻe pio o ʻAitiopa, I ka poʻe ʻōpiopio, a me ka poʻe ʻelemākule, Me ke kapa ʻole, a me ka kāmaʻa ʻole, E waiho wale ana nā hope o lākou, I mea e hilahila ai ko ʻAigupita. | so the king of Assyria will lead away stripped and barefoot the Egyptian captives and Cushite exiles, young and old, with buttocks bared--to Egypt's shame. |
| ʻIsaia 24:13 | Pēlā nō auaneʻi ma waenakonu o ka ʻāina, Ma waena hoʻi o nā kānaka, E like me ka lāʻau ʻoliva i lūlū ʻia, E like hoʻi me ka hoʻoʻiliʻili hope ʻana, I ka wā i pau ai ka hua waina i ka ʻohi ʻia. | So will it be on the earth and among the nations, as when an olive tree is beaten, or as when gleanings are left after the grape harvest. |
| ʻIsaia 24:22 | A e hoʻākoakoa pū ʻia lākou e like me ka poʻe paʻahao, no ka hale paʻahao; A e hoʻopaʻa loa iā lākou ma loko o ka hale paʻahao; A ma hope o nā lā he nui, e hoʻopaʻi ʻia nō lākou. | They will be herded together like prisoners bound in a dungeon; they will be shut up in prison and be punished after many days. |
| ʻIsaia 26:20 | E hele mai, e koʻu poʻe kānaka, E komo ʻoukou i loko o ko ʻoukou keʻena malu, E pani hoʻi i ko ʻoukou puka ma hope o ʻoukou; E hūnā iā ʻoe iho no ka manawa ʻuʻuku, A hala aku ka inaina. | Go, my people, enter your rooms and shut the doors behind you; hide yourselves for a little while until his wrath has passed by. |
| ʻIsaia 28:13 | No laila i hiki ai ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova iā lākou, He rula ma luna o ka rula, He rula ma luna o ka rula; He loina ma luna o ka loina, He loina ma luna o ka loina; He ʻuʻuku ma kēia wahi, He ʻuʻuku ma kēlā wahi; I hele ai lākou a hina i hope, a luku ʻia, I hoʻopahele ʻia hoʻi, a paʻa. | So then, the word of the LORD to them will become: Do and do, do and do, rule on rule, rule on rule; a little here, a little there-- so that they will go and fall backward, be injured and snared and captured. |
| ʻIsaia 30:8 | Ō hele hoʻi, e palapala ia mea ma ka papa i mua o lākou, A e kahakaha hoʻi ma ka buke, I mea no nā lā ma hope, no nā manawa mau loa aku: | Go now, write it on a tablet for them, inscribe it on a scroll, that for the days to come it may be an everlasting witness. |
| ʻIsaia 30:21 | E lohe nō kou mau pepeiao i ka ʻōlelo ma hope ou, i ka ʻī ʻana mai, Eia ke ala, e hele ma loko o laila, Inā paha ʻoukou e huli ma ka ʻākau, A inā paha ʻoukou e huli ma ka hema. | Whether you turn to the right or to the left, your ears will hear a voice behind you, saying, "This is the way; walk in it." |
| ʻIsaia 32:17 | E lilo nō ka hana pono ʻana i mea e malu ai, A ʻo ka hope o ka maikaʻi, he kuapapa nui mau loa, a me ka malu. | The fruit of righteousness will be peace; the effect of righteousness will be quietness and confidence forever. |
| ʻIsaia 38:8 | Aia hoʻi, e hoʻihoʻi i hope nō au i ke aka o nā degere āna i iho ai ma ka mea ana hora o ʻAhaza, he ʻumi degere ka hoʻi hope ʻana. A hoʻi hope ʻiʻo nō ka lā i ʻumi degere, ʻo nā degere hoʻi āna i iho ai i lalo. | I will make the shadow cast by the sun go back the ten steps it has gone down on the stairway of Ahaz.' " So the sunlight went back the ten steps it had gone down. |
| ʻIsaia 38:9 | Ke mele a Hezekia ke aliʻi o ka Iuda, ma hope iho o kona maʻi ʻana, a ua ola hoʻi i kona maʻi. | A writing of Hezekiah king of Judah after his illness and recovery: |
| ʻIsaia 38:17 | Aia hoʻi, ua hoʻololi mai ʻo ia i koʻu kaumaha loa i ʻoluʻolu, Aloha mai nō ʻoe, a hoʻopakele mai iaʻu, mai ka lua mai o ka make; No ka mea, ua kiola aku ʻoe i koʻu hewa a pau ma hope o kou kua. | Surely it was for my benefit that I suffered such anguish. In your love you kept me from the pit of destruction; you have put all my sins behind your back. |
| ʻIsaia 41:4 | Na wai ia i hoʻomākaukau, a hana hoʻi, Me ka hea aʻe i nā hanauna kanaka, mai kinohi mai? ʻO wau nō ʻo Iēhova, ʻo ka mea mua, A ʻo ka mea hope hoʻi, ʻo wau nō ia. | Who has done this and carried it through, calling forth the generations from the beginning? I, the LORD--with the first of them and with the last--I am he." |
| ʻIsaia 41:22 | E hoʻokokoke mai lākou, a e hōʻike mai hoʻi iā kākou i nā mea e hiki mai ana; I nā mea kahiko hoʻi, e haʻi mai lākou ia mau mea, I noʻonoʻo kākou ia mau mea, a ʻike hoʻi i ko lākou hope; E haʻi mai hoʻi iā kākou i nā mea e hiki mai ana. | "Bring in to tell us what is going to happen. Tell us what the former things were, so that we may consider them and know their final outcome. Or declare to us the things to come, |
| ʻIsaia 41:23 | A e hoʻomaopopo mai hoʻi i nā mea o kēia hope e hiki mai ana, A laila e ʻike nō mākou, he mau akua nō ʻoukou: ʻO ia e hana hoʻi i ka maikaʻi, a i ka hewa paha, A laila, mākou e weliweli, a e ʻike pū nō hoʻi. | tell us what the future holds, so we may know that you are gods. Do something, whether good or bad, so that we will be dismayed and filled with fear. |
| ʻIsaia 42:23 | ʻO wai ka mea o ʻoukou e hāliu mai i ka pepeiao i kēia? A hoʻolohe, a mālama hoʻi, no ka manawa ma hope? | Which of you will listen to this or pay close attention in time to come? |
| ʻIsaia 43:10 | ʻO ʻoukou nō koʻu poʻe ʻike maka, wahi a Iēhova, ʻO kaʻu kauā hoʻi ka mea aʻu i wae ai, I ʻike mai ʻoukou, a manaʻoʻiʻo mai iaʻu; A hoʻomaopopo hoʻi, ʻo wau nō Ia. Ma mua oʻu, ʻaʻohe akua i hana ʻia, ʻAʻole hoʻi auaneʻi ma hope oʻu. | "You are my witnesses," declares the LORD, "and my servant whom I have chosen, so that you may know and believe me and understand that I am he. Before me no god was formed, nor will there be one after me. |
| ʻIsaia 44:6 | Penei ʻo Iēhova i ʻōlelo mai ai, ʻo ke aliʻi hoʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela, A ʻo kona Hoʻōla pānaʻi, ʻo Iēhova o nā kaua; ʻO wau nō ka mea mua, ʻo wau nō ka mea hope, ʻAʻohe Akua ʻē aʻe, ʻo wau wale nō. | "This is what the LORD says-- Israel's King and Redeemer, the LORD Almighty: I am the first and I am the last; apart from me there is no God. |
| ʻIsaia 44:7 | ʻO wai hoʻi ka mea like me aʻu nei, e kala aku, A haʻi mua, a hoʻonohonoho pono noʻu, Mai ka wā mai o koʻu hoʻonoho ʻana i ka lāhui kanaka kahiko? I nā mea hoʻi e kokoke mai ana, a me nā mea e hiki mai ana ma hope, E haʻi mai lākou ia mau mea iā lākou. | Who then is like me? Let him proclaim it. Let him declare and lay out before me what has happened since I established my ancient people, and what is yet to come-- yes, let him foretell what will come. |
| ʻIsaia 44:25 | Ka mea hoʻokahuli i nā ʻōuli o ka poʻe wahaheʻe, A hoʻohilahila hoʻi i ka poʻe kilokilo; Ka mea alakaʻi hope i ka poʻe akamai, A hoʻolapuwale i ko lākou naʻauao: | who foils the signs of false prophets and makes fools of diviners, who overthrows the learning of the wise and turns it into nonsense, |
| ʻIsaia 46:10 | E haʻi ana i ka hope, mai kinohi mai, E haʻi ana hoʻi, mai kahiko loa mai, i nā mea i hana ʻole ʻia, Me ka ʻōlelo iho, E kūpaʻa ana koʻu manaʻo, A e hana nō hoʻi au i koʻu makemake a pau. | I make known the end from the beginning, from ancient times, what is still to come. I say: My purpose will stand, and I will do all that I please. |
| ʻIsaia 47:7 | Ua ʻōlelo nō ʻoe, E mau loa nō koʻu noho haku wahine ʻana; ʻAʻole hoʻi ʻoe i manaʻo i kēia mau mea ma kou naʻau, ʻAʻole i noʻonoʻo i kona hope. | You said, 'I will continue forever-- the eternal queen!' But you did not consider these things or reflect on what might happen. |
| ʻIsaia 48:12 | E hoʻolohe mai ʻoe iaʻu, e ka Iakoba, a me ka ʻIseraʻela hoʻi, koʻu mea i hea ʻia; ʻO wau nō ia, ʻo wau ka mua, ʻo wau hoʻi ka hope. | "Listen to me, O Jacob, Israel, whom I have called: I am he; I am the first and I am the last. |
| ʻIsaia 50:5 | Ua hoʻohakahaka ʻo Iēhova, ka Haku, i koʻu pepeiao, ʻAʻole hoʻi au i kipi aku, ʻaʻole au i hoʻi hope. | The Sovereign LORD has opened my ears, and I have not been rebellious; I have not drawn back. |
| ʻIsaia 52:12 | No ka mea, ʻaʻole ʻoukou e puka aku me ka holo, ʻAʻole hoʻi ʻoukou e hele me ka ʻauheʻe; No ka mea, e hele nō ʻo Iēhova i mua o ʻoukou, A ʻo ke Akua o ka ʻIseraʻela auaneʻi ka mea hele ma hope o ʻoukou. | But you will not leave in haste or go in flight; for the LORD will go before you, the God of Israel will be your rear guard. |
| ʻIsaia 53:11 | E ʻike aku nō ʻo ia i ka hope o ka luhi ʻana o kona ʻuhane, A e ʻoluʻolu ʻo ia; Ma ka ʻike ʻana iā ia, e hoʻāpono nō kaʻu kauā hemolele i nā mea he nui, No ka mea, nāna nō e amo i ko lākou hewa. | After the suffering of his soul, he will see the light and be satisfied; by his knowledge my righteous servant will justify many, and he will bear their iniquities. |
| ʻIsaia 57:8 | Ma hope o nā puka, a me nā lapauwila, Ua kūkulu ʻoe i kou mea e hoʻomanaʻo ai; No ka mea, ua hōʻike aku ʻoe iā ʻoe iho i ka mea ʻē, ʻaʻole iaʻu, A ua piʻi aku hoʻi, a ua hoʻākea ʻoe i kou wahi moe, A ua hana ʻoe i mea ʻike nou me lākou; Makemake nō ʻoe i ko lākou wahi moe, ua hoʻomākaukau ʻoe i wahi nona. | Behind your doors and your doorposts you have put your pagan symbols. Forsaking me, you uncovered your bed, you climbed into it and opened it wide; you made a pact with those whose beds you love, and you looked on their nakedness. |
| ʻIsaia 58:8 | A laila, e pohā aku nō kou mālamalama, e like me ko ke kakahiaka, A e puka koke mai nō kou ola; A e hele nō kou pono ma kou alo, A ʻo ka nani o Iēhova auaneʻi ka mea hele ma hope ou. | Then your light will break forth like the dawn, and your healing will quickly appear; then your righteousness will go before you, and the glory of the LORD will be your rear guard. |
| ʻIsaia 59:13 | I ke kipi ʻana, a i ka hōʻole ʻana iā Iēhova, I ka huli ʻana hoʻi, mai ka hahai ʻana i ko mākou Akua, E kamaʻilio ana i ka ʻālunu, a me ka hoʻi hope, E manaʻo ana a e haʻi ana hoʻi, mai loko aku o ka naʻau i nā ʻōlelo wahaheʻe. | rebellion and treachery against the LORD, turning our backs on our God, fomenting oppression and revolt, uttering lies our hearts have conceived. |
| ʻIsaia 59:14 | A ua hoʻohuli hope ʻia ka hoʻopono, Ua kū mamao aku ka pono: No ka mea, ua hina ka ʻoiaʻiʻo ma ke alanui, ʻAʻole hoʻi e hiki i ka pololei ke komo mai. | So justice is driven back, and righteousness stands at a distance; truth has stumbled in the streets, honesty cannot enter. |
| ʻIsaia 66:17 | ʻO ka poʻe hoʻāno iā lākou iho, a hoʻomaʻemaʻe iā lākou iho ma nā mahina ʻai, Ma hope o kekahi ma waena, e ʻai ana i ka ʻiʻo o ka puaʻa, a me ka mea e hoʻopailua ai a me ka ʻiole; E make pū nō lākou, wahi a Iēhova. | "Those who consecrate and purify themselves to go into the gardens, following the one in the midst of those who eat the flesh of pigs and rats and other abominable things--they will meet their end together," declares the LORD. |
| Ier 3:3 | No laila, ua kāohi ʻia ka ua, ʻaʻole hoʻi i hiki mai ka ua hope ʻana. Aia nō iā ʻoe ka maka o ka wahine hoʻokamakama; hōʻole nō ʻoe, ʻaʻole ʻoe e hoʻopalai maka. | Therefore the showers have been withheld, and no spring rains have fallen. Yet you have the brazen look of a prostitute; you refuse to blush with shame. |
| Ier 3:6 | ʻŌlelo mai nō hoʻi ʻo Iēhova iaʻu, i nā lā iā Iosia, i ke aliʻi, Ua ʻike anei ʻoe i ka mea a ka ʻIseraʻela hoʻi hope i hana ai? Ua hele nō ʻo ia ma luna o nā mauna kiʻekiʻe a pau, a ma lalo o nā lāʻau uliuli a pau, a ma laila i moekolohe ai. | During the reign of King Josiah, the LORD said to me, "Have you seen what faithless Israel has done? She has gone up on every high hill and under every spreading tree and has committed adultery there. |
| Ier 3:7 | A ʻī akula au, ma hope o kāna hana ʻana i kēia mau mea a pau, E huli mai ʻoe iaʻu. ʻAʻole ia i huli mai. ʻIke aʻela kona kaikuaʻana kipi, ʻo ka Iuda. | I thought that after she had done all this she would return to me but she did not, and her unfaithful sister Judah saw it. |
| Ier 3:11 | A ʻōlelo maila ʻo Iēhova iaʻu, Ua hoʻāpono ka ʻIseraʻela hoʻi hope iā ia iho, ma mua o ka Iuda kipi. | The LORD said to me, "Faithless Israel is more righteous than unfaithful Judah. |
| Ier 3:12 | Ō hele, e kala aku i kēia mau ʻōlelo ma ke kūkulu ʻākau, a e ʻī aku, E hoʻi mai, e ka ʻIseraʻela hoʻi hope, wahi a Iēhova; ʻaʻole hoʻi au e hoʻokau aku i koʻu ukiuki ma luna o ʻoukou; no ka mea, ua lokomaikaʻi au, wahi a Iēhova, ʻaʻole hoʻi au e hoʻomauhala mau loa. | Go, proclaim this message toward the north: " 'Return, faithless Israel,' declares the LORD, 'I will frown on you no longer, for I am merciful,' declares the LORD, 'I will not be angry forever. |
| Ier 3:14 | E huli mai, e nā keiki hoʻi hope, wahi a Iēhova, no ka mea, ua mare ʻia au nāu: a e lawe nō au iā ʻoukou, i hoʻokahi o ke kūlanakauhale hoʻokahi, a i ʻelua o ka hale hoʻokahi, a e lawe nō au iā ʻoukou i Ziona. | "Return, faithless people," declares the LORD, "for I am your husband. I will choose you--one from a town and two from a clan--and bring you to Zion. |
| Ier 3:22 | E hoʻi mai ʻoukou, e nā keiki hoʻi hope, a e hoʻōla nō wau i ko ʻoukou hoʻi hope ʻana. Aia hoʻi, ke hele mai nei mākou i ou lā, no ka mea, ʻo ʻoe nō ʻo Iēhova, ʻo ko mākou Akua. | "Return, faithless people; I will cure you of backsliding." "Yes, we will come to you, for you are the LORD our God. |
| Ier 5:6 | No laila, na ka liona mai ka ulu lāʻau mai e luku iā lākou, a na ka ʻīlio hae o ke ahiahi e ʻānai iā lākou; a na ka leopadi e kiaʻi i ko lākou mau kūlanakauhale: ʻo kēlā mea kēia mea o lākou e puka aku i waho, e haehae ʻia nō; no ka mea, ua nui loa kā lākou hana hewa ʻana, a ua hoʻomāhuahua ʻia ko lākou hoʻi hope ʻana. | Therefore a lion from the forest will attack them, a wolf from the desert will ravage them, a leopard will lie in wait near their towns to tear to pieces any who venture out, for their rebellion is great and their backslidings many. |
| Ier 5:24 | ʻAʻole naʻe lākou i ʻōlelo ma ko lākou naʻau, ʻĀnō, e makaʻu aku kākou iā Iēhova, i ko kākou Akua, i ka mea i hāʻawi mai i ka ua, i ka ua mua, a me ka ua hope i kona manawa pono; a hoʻokoe hoʻi no kākou i nā hebedoma e hōʻiliʻili ʻai. | They do not say to themselves, 'Let us fear the LORD our God, who gives autumn and spring rains in season, who assures us of the regular weeks of harvest.' |
| Ier 6:28 | He poʻe hoʻi hope ʻino lākou a pau, e hele pū ana me ka poʻe ahiahi; he keleawe lākou, a he hao hoʻi; he poʻe hoʻohaumia lākou a pau. | They are all hardened rebels, going about to slander. They are bronze and iron; they all act corruptly. |
| Ier 7:8 | Aia hoʻi, ke hilinaʻi nei nō ʻoukou i nā wahaheʻe hope ʻole. | But look, you are trusting in deceptive words that are worthless. |
| Ier 7:24 | Akā, ʻaʻole lākou i hoʻolohe mai, ʻaʻole hoʻi i hāliu mai i ko lākou pepeiao, akā, hele nō lākou ma ka noʻonoʻo ʻana a ma ka paʻakikī o ko lākou naʻau hewa, a hoʻi hope lākou, ʻaʻole i hele mua. | But they did not listen or pay attention; instead, they followed the stubborn inclinations of their evil hearts. They went backward and not forward. |
| Ier 8:5 | He aha ka mea e hoʻi hope ai kēia poʻe kānaka o Ierusalema me ka hoʻi hope mau loa? Hoʻopaʻa loa lākou i ka wahaheʻe; hōʻole lākou, ʻaʻole e hoʻi mai. | Why then have these people turned away? Why does Jerusalem always turn away? They cling to deceit; they refuse to return. |
| Ier 9:16 | A e hoʻopuehu aku au iā lākou i waena o ko nā ʻāina ʻē, i ka poʻe i ʻike ʻole ʻia e lākou, ʻaʻole hoʻi e ko lākou mau mākua; a e hoʻouna aku au i ka pahi kaua ma hope o lākou, a hoʻopau au iā lākou. | I will scatter them among nations that neither they nor their fathers have known, and I will pursue them with the sword until I have destroyed them." |
| Ier 9:22 | E ʻī aku, Ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻo Iēhova penei, E hāʻule nō nā kupapaʻu o kānaka, e like me ka lepo ma ke kula, e like hoʻi me ka pūʻā ʻai ma hope o ka mea hōʻiliʻili ʻai; ʻaʻohe mea nāna lākou e hōʻiliʻili. | Say, "This is what the LORD declares: " 'The dead bodies of men will lie like refuse on the open field, like cut grain behind the reaper, with no one to gather them.' " |
| Ier 11:10 | Ua huli hope lākou ma muli o nā hewa o ko lākou poʻe kūpuna, ka poʻe i hōʻole, ʻaʻole lākou e hoʻolohe i kaʻu mau ʻōlelo: a hahai lākou ma muli o nā akua ʻē, e mālama iā lākou. A ua uhaki ko ka hale o ka ʻIseraʻela, a me ko ka hale o ka Iuda i kaʻu berita, i ka mea aʻu i hana ai me ko lākou poʻe kūpuna. | They have returned to the sins of their forefathers, who refused to listen to my words. They have followed other gods to serve them. Both the house of Israel and the house of Judah have broken the covenant I made with their forefathers. |
| Ier 12:15 | A ma hope iho o koʻu lawe ʻana aku iā lākou, a laila, e hoʻi hou nō wau, a e aloha aku iā lākou, a e hoʻihoʻi hou mai iā lākou i kēlā kanaka, i kēia kanaka i kona ʻāina hoʻoili, a i kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka i kona ʻāina iho. | But after I uproot them, I will again have compassion and will bring each of them back to his own inheritance and his own country. |
| Ier 14:7 | E Iēhova, ke hōʻike kūʻē mai nei ko mākou hewa iā mākou, akā, e hana mai ʻoe no kou inoa iho; no ka mea, ua nui loa ko mākou hoʻi hope ʻana, ua hana hewa mākou iā ʻoe. | Although our sins testify against us, O LORD, do something for the sake of your name. For our backsliding is great; we have sinned against you. |
| Ier 14:14 | A laila, ʻōlelo maila ʻo Iēhova iaʻu, Ke wānana nei nā kāula i ka wahaheʻe ma koʻu inoa. ʻAʻole au i hoʻouna aku iā lākou, ʻaʻole hoʻi au i kauoha akula iā lākou, ʻaʻole hoʻi au i ʻōlelo iā lākou. Ke wānana nei lākou iā ʻoukou i hihiʻo wahaheʻe, a me ka ʻanāʻanā, a me ka mea hope ʻole, a me ka wahaheʻe o ko lākou naʻau. | Then the LORD said to me, "The prophets are prophesying lies in my name. I have not sent them or appointed them or spoken to them. They are prophesying to you false visions, divinations, idolatries and the delusions of their own minds. |
| Ier 15:6 | Ua haʻalele mai ʻoe iaʻu, wahi a Iēhova, ua hoʻi hope ʻoe. No laila, e kīkoʻo kūʻē aku au i koʻu lima iā ʻoe, a e luku iā ʻoe; no ka mea, ua uluhua wau i ka mihi ʻana. | You have rejected me," declares the LORD. "You keep on backsliding. So I will lay hands on you and destroy you; I can no longer show compassion. |
| Ier 16:16 | Aia hoʻi, e kiʻi aku nō wau i nā lawaiʻa he nui, wahi a Iēhova, a e loaʻa iā lākou nā Iudaio ma ka lawaiʻa ʻana; a ma hope iho, e kiʻi aku nō wau i nā mea ʻimi a nui, a na lākou nō e ʻimi i nā Iudaio, mai nā mauna mai a pau, a mai nā puʻu mai a pau, a mai nā lua o nā pōhaku mai. | "But now I will send for many fishermen," declares the LORD, "and they will catch them. After that I will send for many hunters, and they will hunt them down on every mountain and hill and from the crevices of the rocks. |
| Ier 17:11 | E like me ka manu ʻaihue i hoʻopūnana i nā hua āna i hānau ʻole ai; pēlā nō ka mea i loaʻa ka waiwai ma ka pono ʻole, i waenakonu o kona mau lā, e waiho ʻo ia ia mea, a i kona hope, e lapuwale ʻo ia. | Like a partridge that hatches eggs it did not lay is the man who gains riches by unjust means. When his life is half gone, they will desert him, and in the end he will prove to be a fool. |
| Ier 21:4 | Ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻo Iēhova, ke Akua o ka ʻIseraʻela pēnēia, Aia hoʻi, e hoʻihoʻi hope aku nō au i nā mea kaua, nā mea ma loko o ko ʻoukou lima, nā mea a ʻoukou i kaua ai i ke aliʻi o Babulona, a i ko Kaledea, ka poʻe hoʻopilikia mai iā ʻoukou ma waho o nā pā, a e hōʻiliʻili au ia mau mea ma loko o kēia kūlanakauhale. | 'This is what the LORD, the God of Israel, says: I am about to turn against you the weapons of war that are in your hands, which you are using to fight the king of Babylon and the Babylonians who are outside the wall besieging you. And I will gather them inside this city. |
| Ier 21:7 | A ma hope iho, wahi a Iēhova, e hāʻawi nō wau iā Zedekia, i ke aliʻi o ka Iuda, a me kāna poʻe kauā, a me kona poʻe kānaka, nā mea o kēia kūlanakauhale i koe i ke ahulau, a me ka pahi kaua, a me ka wī, a i loko o ka lima o Nebukaneza, ʻo ke aliʻi o Babulona, a i loko o ka lima o ko lākou poʻe ʻenemi, a i loko o ka lima o ka poʻe ʻimi i ko lākou ola; a e hahau mai nō ʻo ia iā lākou i ka maka o ka pahi kaua. ʻAʻole ia e hoʻokoe iā lākou, ʻaʻole e aloha mai, ʻaʻole hoʻi e lokomaikaʻi mai. | After that, declares the LORD, I will hand over Zedekiah king of Judah, his officials and the people in this city who survive the plague, sword and famine, to Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon and to their enemies who seek their lives. He will put them to the sword; he will show them no mercy or pity or compassion.' |
| Ier 23:20 | ʻAʻole e hoʻi hou aku ka huhū o Iēhova, a hoʻokō ʻo ia, a hana ʻiʻo i ka manaʻo o kona naʻau. I nā lā ma hope, e hoʻomaopopo loa ʻoukou ia mea. | The anger of the LORD will not turn back until he fully accomplishes the purposes of his heart. In days to come you will understand it clearly. |
| Ier 24:1 | Hōʻike mai ʻo Iēhova iaʻu, aia hoʻi, ʻelua hīnaʻi fiku e kau ana ma ke alo o ka luakini o Iēhova, ma hope iho o ka lawe pio ʻana o Nebukaneza, ʻo ke aliʻi o Babulona iā Iekonia i ke keiki a Iehoiakima, ke aliʻi o ka Iuda, a me nā kaukaualiʻi o ka Iuda, a me nā kamanā, a me nā ʻāmara, mai Ierusalema aku, a lawe iā lākou i Babulona. | After Jehoiachin son of Jehoiakim king of Judah and the officials, the craftsmen and the artisans of Judah were carried into exile from Jerusalem to Babylon by Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, the LORD showed me two baskets of figs placed in front of the temple of the LORD. |
| Ier 25:26 | A i nā aliʻi a pau o ke kūkulu ʻākau, ma kahi lōʻihi aku, a ma kahi kokoke mai, kekahi i kekahi, a i nā aupuni a pau o kēia ao, ma luna o ka honua nei; a e inu ke aliʻi, ʻo Sesaka ma hope o lākou. | and all the kings of the north, near and far, one after the other--all the kingdoms on the face of the earth. And after all of them, the king of Sheshach will drink it too. |
| Ier 28:12 | A laila, hiki maila ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova i o Ieremia lā, ma hope iho o ka uhaʻi ʻana o Hanania i ka ʻauamo, mai ka ʻāʻī o ke kāula, ʻo Ieremia, ʻī maila, | Shortly after the prophet Hananiah had broken the yoke off the neck of the prophet Jeremiah, the word of the LORD came to Jeremiah: |
| Ier 29:2 | (Ma hope iho o ka hele ʻana o Iekonia, ke aliʻi, a me ke aliʻi wahine, a me nā luna a me nā kaukaualiʻi o ka Iuda a me Ierusalema, a me nā kamanā, a me nā ʻāmara, a puka akula ma waho o Ierusalema;) | (This was after King Jehoiachin and the queen mother, the court officials and the leaders of Judah and Jerusalem, the craftsmen and the artisans had gone into exile from Jerusalem.) |
| Ier 29:10 | No ka mea, ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻo Iēhova penei, Ma hope o ka pau ʻana o nā makahiki he kanahiku ma Babulona, a laila, e ʻike aku nō au iā ʻoukou, a e hoʻokō i kaʻu ʻōlelo maikaʻi iā ʻoukou, i ka hoʻihoʻi ʻana mai iā ʻoukou i kēia wahi. | This is what the LORD says: "When seventy years are completed for Babylon, I will come to you and fulfill my gracious promise to bring you back to this place. |
| Ier 29:11 | No ka mea, ua ʻike nō wau i nā manaʻo aʻu e manaʻo nei iā oukou, wahi a Iēhova, he mau manaʻo no ka hoʻomalu, ʻaʻole no ke ʻāhewa, e hāʻawi iā ʻoukou i hope maikaʻi, a me ka hoʻolana. | For I know the plans I have for you," declares the LORD, "plans to prosper you and not to harm you, plans to give you hope and a future. |
| Ier 30:24 | ʻAʻole e hoʻi hou ka huhū nui o Iēhova, a hana ʻo ia, a hoʻokō ʻo ia i ka makemake o kona naʻau. I nā lā ma hope, e noʻonoʻo nō ʻoukou ia. | The fierce anger of the LORD will not turn back until he fully accomplishes the purposes of his heart. In days to come you will understand this. |
| Ier 31:17 | He lana na ka manaʻo i kou hope, wahi a Iēhova, i hele hou mai nō nā keiki i ko lākou mokuna iho. | So there is hope for your future," declares the LORD. "Your children will return to their own land. |
| Ier 31:19 | No ka mea, ma hope o koʻu hoʻohuli ʻia, mihi nō wau; a ma hope o koʻu aʻo ʻia mai, hahau nō wau i koʻu ʻūhā. Hilahila nō wau, ʻo ia, hoʻopalai maka nō hoʻi, no ka mea, kaʻikaʻi nō wau i ka hoʻowahāwahā o koʻu wā ʻōpiopio. | After I strayed, I repented; after I came to understand, I beat my breast. I was ashamed and humiliated because I bore the disgrace of my youth.' |
| Ier 31:22 | Pehea lā ka lōʻihi o kou ʻaeʻa ʻana aku, e ke kaikamahine hoʻi hope? No ka mea, ua hana ʻo Iēhova i ka mea hou ma ka honua, na ka wahine nō e hoʻomalu i ke kāne. | How long will you wander, O unfaithful daughter? The LORD will create a new thing on earth-- a woman will surround a man." |
| Ier 31:33 | Akā, ʻo kēia ka berita aʻu e hana ai me ka ʻohana a ʻIseraʻela; Ma hope iho o ia mau lā, wahi a Iēhova, e kau nō wau i koʻu kānāwai ma loko o lākou, a e kākau iho ma ko lākou naʻau; a ʻo wau auaneʻi ko lākou Akua, a ʻo lākou hoʻi koʻu poʻe kānaka. | "This is the covenant I will make with the house of Israel after that time," declares the LORD. "I will put my law in their minds and write it on their hearts. I will be their God, and they will be my people. |
| Ier 32:18 | Ke hōʻike mai nei ʻoe i ka lokomaikaʻi i nā tausani, a ke hoʻopaʻi nei hoʻi i ka hala o nā mākua ma loko o ka poli o kā lākou mau keiki ma hope o lākou; ke Akua nui a me ka mana, ʻo Iēhova Sābāōta kona inoa. | You show love to thousands but bring the punishment for the fathers' sins into the laps of their children after them. O great and powerful God, whose name is the LORD Almighty, |
| Ier 32:39 | A e hāʻawi aku nō wau iā lākou i hoʻokahi naʻau, a i hoʻokahi ʻaoʻao, i makaʻu mau lākou iaʻu, i mea e pono ai lākou, a me kā lākou poʻe keiki ma hope iho o lākou. | I will give them singleness of heart and action, so that they will always fear me for their own good and the good of their children after them. |
| Ier 34:8 | ʻO ka ʻōlelo i hiki mai i o Ieremia lā, mai o Iēhova mai, ma hope iho o kā Zedekia hana ʻana i berita me ka poʻe kānaka a pau ma Ierusalema, e kala aku i ko lākou noho kauā ʻole ʻana; | The word came to Jeremiah from the LORD after King Zedekiah had made a covenant with all the people in Jerusalem to proclaim freedom for the slaves. |
| Ier 34:11 | A ma hope iho, huli lākou, a hoʻihoʻi aʻela lākou i nā kauā kāne, a me nā kauā wahine a lākou i kuʻu iho ai, a hoʻokauā aʻela iā lākou i kauā kāne, a i kauā wahine. | But afterward they changed their minds and took back the slaves they had freed and enslaved them again. |
| Ier 35:15 | Ua hoʻouna aku nō hoʻi au i o ʻoukou lā, i kaʻu poʻe kauā a pau, i nā kāula, e ala ana i ka wanaʻao e hoʻouna, me ka ʻōlelo aku, E hoʻi mai kēlā mea kēia mea o ʻoukou, mai kona ʻaoʻao hewa mai, a e hoʻoponopono i kā ʻoukou hana ʻana; a mai hele ma hope o nā akua ʻē, e mālama iā lākou, a e noho nō ʻoukou ma ka ʻāina aʻu i hāʻawi aku ai iā ʻoukou, a i ko ʻoukou poʻe mākua; ʻaʻole naʻe ʻoukou i hāliu mai i ko ʻoukou pepeiao, ʻaʻole i hoʻolohe mai iaʻu. | Again and again I sent all my servants the prophets to you. They said, "Each of you must turn from your wicked ways and reform your actions; do not follow other gods to serve them. Then you will live in the land I have given to you and your fathers." But you have not paid attention or listened to me. |
| Ier 36:27 | A laila hiki mai ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova i o Ieremia lā, ma hope iho o ka puhi ʻana o ke aliʻi i ka ʻōwili, a me nā ʻōlelo o Baruka i kākau ai mai ka waha mai o Ieremia, ʻī maila, | After the king burned the scroll containing the words that Baruch had written at Jeremiah's dictation, the word of the LORD came to Jeremiah: |
| Ier 38:22 | Aia hoʻi, ʻo nā wāhine a pau i koe ma ka hale o ke aliʻi o ka Iuda, e lawe ʻia aku lākou i nā luna o ke aliʻi o Babulona, a e ʻōlelo nō lākou, ʻO kou mau makamaka kai hoʻoikaika iā ʻoe, a ua lanakila lākou ma luna ou, a ua pohō kou mau wāwae i lalo i ka lepo, a ua hele hope lāua. | All the women left in the palace of the king of Judah will be brought out to the officials of the king of Babylon. Those women will say to you: " 'They misled you and overcame you-- those trusted friends of yours. Your feet are sunk in the mud; your friends have deserted you.' |
| Ier 40:1 | Ka ʻōlelo i hiki mai i o Ieremia lā, mai o Iēhova mai, ma hope iho o ko Nebuzaradana, ko ka luna kaua lawe pio ʻana iā ia, a ua hoʻokuʻu aku iā ia mai Rama aku, no ka mea, ua hoʻopaʻa ʻo ia iā ia i nā kaula hao, me ka poʻe pio a pau o Ierusalema, a me ka Iuda, ka poʻe i lawe pio ʻia i Babulona. | The word came to Jeremiah from the LORD after Nebuzaradan commander of the imperial guard had released him at Ramah. He had found Jeremiah bound in chains among all the captives from Jerusalem and Judah who were being carried into exile to Babylon. |
| Ier 41:4 | A i ka lua o ka lā ma hope iho o kona pepehi ʻana iā Gedalia, ʻaʻole kanaka i ʻike, | The day after Gedaliah's assassination, before anyone knew about it, |
| Ier 41:16 | A laila, lawe ʻo Iohanana, ke keiki a Karea a me nā luna a pau o nā koa me ia, i ke koena a pau o nā kānaka i loaʻa iā ia ma Mizepa mai ʻIsemaʻela mai, ke keiki a Netania mai, ma hope iho o kona pepehi ʻana iā Gedalia, i ke keiki a ʻAhikama, ʻo nā kānaka kaua a me nā wāhine, a me nā keiki, a me nā mea i poʻa ʻia, ka poʻe āna i lawe aʻe ai, mai Gibeona mai; | Then Johanan son of Kareah and all the army officers who were with him led away all the survivors from Mizpah whom he had recovered from Ishmael son of Nethaniah after he had assassinated Gedaliah son of Ahikam: the soldiers, women, children and court officials he had brought from Gibeon. |
| Ier 42:7 | A ma hope iho o nā lā he ʻumi, a laila hiki mai ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova iā Ieremia. | Ten days later the word of the LORD came to Jeremiah. |
| Ier 44:18 | Akā, ma hope mai o ko mākou hoʻōki ʻana e kuni i ka mea ʻala no ke aliʻi wahine o ka lani, a e ninini hoʻi i mōhai inu nona, ua nele mākou i nā mea a pau, a ua oki loa mākou i ka pahi kaua a me ka wī. | But ever since we stopped burning incense to the Queen of Heaven and pouring out drink offerings to her, we have had nothing and have been perishing by sword and famine." |
| Ier 46:5 | No ke aha lā wau i ʻike aku ai iā lākou ua makaʻu a hoʻi hope? Ua hahau ʻia nā mea ikaika o lākou, a ua heʻe loa, ʻaʻole i nānā i hope; puni lākou i ka makaʻu, wahi a Iēhova. | What do I see? They are terrified, they are retreating, their warriors are defeated. They flee in haste without looking back, and there is terror on every side," declares the LORD. |
| Ier 46:26 | A e hāʻawi nō wau iā lākou i loko o ka lima o ka poʻe ʻimi i ko lākou ola, a i loko o ka lima o Nebukaneza, ke aliʻi o Babulona, a i loko o ka lima o kāna poʻe kauā. A ma hope iho e noho ʻia nō ia e like me ka wā kahiko, wahi a Iēhova. | I will hand them over to those who seek their lives, to Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon and his officers. Later, however, Egypt will be inhabited as in times past," declares the LORD. |
| Ier 47:3 | No ka halulu o ka hahi ʻana o nā māiʻuʻu o kona mau lio, a no ka holo ikaika ʻana o kona mau kaʻa kaua, a me ke kani ʻana o kona mau kaʻa, ʻaʻole e nānā i hope nā mākua kāne i nā keiki, no ka nāwaliwali o nā lima. | at the sound of the hoofs of galloping steeds, at the noise of enemy chariots and the rumble of their wheels. Fathers will not turn to help their children; their hands will hang limp. |
| Ier 48:39 | E uē aku lākou penei, Nani kona oki loa i ka makaʻu! Nani ko Moaba huli hope ʻana i ka hilahila! E lilo nō ʻo Moaba i mea e ʻakaʻaka ʻia ai, I mea hoʻi e makaʻu ai ka poʻe a pau a puni ona. | "How shattered she is! How they wail! How Moab turns her back in shame! Moab has become an object of ridicule, an object of horror to all those around her." |
| Ier 48:47 | Akā, e hoʻihoʻi nō wau i ke pio ʻana o Moaba, Ke hiki i nā lā ma hope, wahi a Iēhova. ʻO ia nō ka hoʻopaʻi ʻia ʻana o Moaba. | "Yet I will restore the fortunes of Moab in days to come," declares the LORD. Here ends the judgment on Moab. |
| Ier 49:4 | No ke aha lā ʻoe e hoʻokiʻekiʻe ai ma kou mau awāwa? A ma kou awāwa e kahe ana, e ke kaikamahine hoʻi hope? Ka mea hilinaʻi ma kou mau waiwai, i ka ʻī ʻana iho, ʻO wai ka mea hele mai i oʻu nei? | Why do you boast of your valleys, boast of your valleys so fruitful? O unfaithful daughter, you trust in your riches and say, 'Who will attack me?' |
| Ier 49:6 | A ma hope iho, e hoʻihoʻi nō wau i ke pio ʻana o nā keiki a ʻAmona, wahi a Iēhova. | "Yet afterward, I will restore the fortunes of the Ammonites," declares the LORD. |
| Ier 49:37 | No ka mea, e hoʻoweliweli aku au iā ʻElama i mua o ko lākou poʻe ʻenemi, I mua hoʻi o ka poʻe ʻimi i ko lākou ola: A lawe aku nō hoʻi au i ka hewa ma luna o lākou, I ka wela nō o koʻu ukiuki, wahi a Iēhova: A e hoʻouna aku au i ka pahi kaua ma hope o lākou, A hoʻopau wau iā lākou. | I will shatter Elam before their foes, before those who seek their lives; I will bring disaster upon them, even my fierce anger," declares the LORD. "I will pursue them with the sword until I have made an end of them. |
| Ier 49:39 | A hiki i nā lā ma hope, e hoʻihoʻi nō wau i ke pio ʻana o ʻElama, wahi a Iēhova. | "Yet I will restore the fortunes of Elam in days to come," declares the LORD. |
| Ier 50:17 | He poʻe hipa puehu ʻo ka ʻIseraʻela, Ua kipaku nā liona iā ia; ʻO ke aliʻi o ʻAsuria kai ʻai mua iā ia; A ma hope na kēia Nebukaneza, ke aliʻi o Babulona i uhaʻi i kona mau iwi. | "Israel is a scattered flock that lions have chased away. The first to devour him was the king of Assyria; the last to crush his bones was Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon." |
| Ier 50:21 | E piʻi aku ʻoe e kūʻē i ka ʻāina ʻo Merataima; E kūʻē ia wahi, a e kūʻē i ka poʻe e noho lā ma Pekoda; E luku aku, a e hoʻōki loa iho ma hope o lākou, wahi a Iēhova, E hana hoʻi e like me nā mea a pau aʻu i kauoha aku ai iā ʻoe. | "Attack the land of Merathaim and those who live in Pekod. Pursue, kill and completely destroy them," declares the LORD. "Do everything I have commanded you. |
| Ier 51:13 | E ka mea e noho lā ma nā wai nui, Ka mea waiwai nui hoʻi, Ua hiki mai kou hope, a me ke ana o kou hao ʻana. | You who live by many waters and are rich in treasures, your end has come, the time for you to be cut off. |
| Ier 52:8 | A laila, hahai ka poʻe kaua o ko Kaledea, ma hope o ke aliʻi, a loaʻa ʻo Zedekia iā lākou ma nā pāpū ʻo Ieriko, a ua hoʻopuehu ʻia akula kona poʻe kaua, mai ona aku lā. | but the Babylonian army pursued King Zedekiah and overtook him in the plains of Jericho. All his soldiers were separated from him and scattered, |
| Kan 1:8 | Ua hana hewa nui loa aku ʻo Ierusalema; No laila ʻo ia i kuewa wale aku ai; ʻO ka poʻe a pau i hoʻomaikaʻi iā ia, Ke hoʻowahāwahā nei lākou iā ia, No ka mea, ua ʻike lākou i kona wahi hilahila; ʻO ia, ke kaniʻuhū nei ʻo ia, a huli i hope. | Jerusalem has sinned greatly and so has become unclean. All who honored her despise her, for they have seen her nakedness; she herself groans and turns away. |
| Kan 1:9 | Aia nō kona haumia ma kona huʻa lole, ʻAʻole ia i hoʻomanaʻo i kona hope loa; No laila hāʻule kupanaha ihola ʻo ia; ʻAʻohe mea nāna e hoʻomaha iā ia. E Iēhova, e nānā mai ʻoe i koʻu pilikia; No ka mea, ua hoʻokiʻekiʻe ka ʻenemi. | Her filthiness clung to her skirts; she did not consider her future. Her fall was astounding; there was none to comfort her. "Look, O LORD, on my affliction, for the enemy has triumphed." |
| Kan 1:13 | Mai luna mai ʻo ia i hoʻouna mai ai i ke ahi i loko o koʻu mau iwi, A iho maila ia i loko o laila. Ua ʻuhola mai ʻo ia i ʻupena no koʻu mau wāwae, Ua hoʻihoʻi hope mai ʻo ia iaʻu. Ua hāʻawi mai ʻo ia i ka mehameha a me ka maʻule iaʻu a pau ka lā. | "From on high he sent fire, sent it down into my bones. He spread a net for my feet and turned me back. He made me desolate, faint all the day long. |
| Kan 2:3 | I ka wela ʻana o kona ukiuki, Ua ʻokiʻoki aʻe ʻo ia i nā pepeiaohao a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela. Ua hoʻihoʻi hope ʻo ia i kona lima ʻākau mai ke alo aku o ka ʻenemi; Ua hoʻopau ʻo ia iā Iakoba, e like me ke ahi lapalapa i ʻai i nā wahi a puni. | In fierce anger he has cut off every horn of Israel. He has withdrawn his right hand at the approach of the enemy. He has burned in Jacob like a flaming fire that consumes everything around it. |
| Kan 4:18 | Hoʻohālua lākou i ko mākou hele ʻana, I ʻole ai mākou e hele ma nā alanui; Ua kokoke ko mākou hope, ua piha ko mākou mau lā, no ka mea, ua hiki mai ko mākou hope. | Men stalked us at every step, so we could not walk in our streets. Our end was near, our days were numbered, for our end had come. |
| ʻEzek 3:12 | A laila kaʻikaʻi aʻela ka ʻuhane iaʻu, a lohe ihola au ma hope iho oʻu i ka leo me he kamumu o ka hele nui ʻana lā, e ʻī ana, E hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia aʻe ka nani o Iēhova mai kona wahi aʻe; | Then the Spirit lifted me up, and I heard behind me a loud rumbling sound--May the glory of the LORD be praised in his dwelling place!-- |
| ʻEzek 5:2 | A e puhi ʻoe i ka hapakolu me ke ahi i waenakonu o ke kūlanakauhale, i ka pau ʻana o nā lā o ka hoʻopuni ʻana; a e lawe ʻoe i kekahi hapakolu, a e hahau me ka pahi a puni; a e lūlū aku i kekahi hapakolu i ka makani, a e unuhi aʻe au i ka pahi kaua ma hope iho o lākou. | When the days of your siege come to an end, burn a third of the hair with fire inside the city. Take a third and strike it with the sword all around the city. And scatter a third to the wind. For I will pursue them with drawn sword. |
| ʻEzek 5:12 | E make nō kekahi hapakolu i ka maʻi ahulau, a me ka wī e hoʻopau ʻia aʻe lākou i waenakonu ou; a e hāʻule kekahi hapakolu i ka pahi kaua a puni ʻoe; a e lūlū aku au i kekahi hapakolu i nā makani a pau, a e unuhi aʻe au i ka pahi kaua ma hope iho o lākou. | A third of your people will die of the plague or perish by famine inside you; a third will fall by the sword outside your walls; and a third I will scatter to the winds and pursue with drawn sword. |
| ʻEzek 9:5 | A i kēlā poʻe, i ʻōlelo aʻela ia i koʻu lohe ʻana, E hahai ʻoukou ma hope ona ma waena o ke kūlanakauhale, a e pepehi aku; mai noho a aloha ko ʻoukou mau maka, ʻaʻole hoʻi ʻoukou e menemene; | As I listened, he said to the others, "Follow him through the city and kill, without showing pity or compassion. |
| ʻEzek 11:24 | A ma hope iho kaʻikaʻi aʻela ka ʻuhane, a lawe iaʻu i loko o ka hihiʻo ma ka ʻUhane o ke Akua i Kaledea i ka poʻe pio. A piʻi aʻela ka hihiʻo aʻu i ʻike aku ai mai oʻu aku lā. | The Spirit lifted me up and brought me to the exiles in Babylonia in the vision given by the Spirit of God. Then the vision I had seen went up from me, |
| ʻEzek 12:14 | A ʻo ka poʻe a pau e hoʻopuni ana iā ia, e kōkua iā ia, ʻo ia kaʻu e hoʻopuehu i kēlā makani i kēia makani, a me kāna mau poʻe; a e unuhi aʻe au i ka pahi kaua ma hope iho o lākou. | I will scatter to the winds all those around him--his staff and all his troops--and I will pursue them with drawn sword. |
| ʻEzek 16:23 | Eia hoʻi kēia ma hope iho o kāu hana hewa ʻana a pau, (Auē, auē ʻoe! wahi a Iēhova ka Haku;) | " 'Woe! Woe to you, declares the Sovereign LORD. In addition to all your other wickedness, |
| ʻEzek 20:39 | A ʻoukou hoʻi, e ka ʻohana a ʻIseraʻela, ke ʻī mai nei Iēhova ka Haku, penei; E hele ʻoukou, a e mālama kēlā mea kēia mea i kona mau kiʻi, a ma hope aku hoʻi, inā ʻaʻole ʻoukou e hoʻolohe mai iaʻu: akā, mai hoʻohaumia hou i koʻu inoa, me kā ʻoukou mau haʻawina a me ko ʻoukou mau akua kiʻi. | " 'As for you, O house of Israel, this is what the Sovereign LORD says: Go and serve your idols, every one of you! But afterward you will surely listen to me and no longer profane my holy name with your gifts and idols. |
| ʻEzek 23:35 | No laila, ke ʻōlelo mai nei Iēhova, penei; No ka mea, ua hoʻopoina mai ʻoe iaʻu, a ua kiola ʻoe iaʻu ma hope o kou kua; no laila e halihali ʻoe i kou moe haumia ʻana a me kou moekolohe ʻana. | "Therefore this is what the Sovereign LORD says: Since you have forgotten me and thrust me behind your back, you must bear the consequences of your lewdness and prostitution." |
| ʻEzek 24:14 | Naʻu na Iēhova i ʻōlelo, a e hiki mai nō ia, a e hana aku nō au; ʻaʻole au e hoʻi hope, ʻaʻole au e menemene, ʻaʻole hoʻi au e huli aʻe; e like me kou mau ʻaoʻao, a ma muli o kāu hana ʻana, e hoʻopaʻi ai lākou iā ʻoe, wahi a Iēhova ka Haku. | " 'I the LORD have spoken. The time has come for me to act. I will not hold back; I will not have pity, nor will I relent. You will be judged according to your conduct and your actions, declares the Sovereign LORD.' " |
| ʻEzek 38:4 | A e hoʻohuli au iā ʻoe i hope a hoʻokomo au i nā kīlou i loko o kou mau ā, a e lawe mai au iā ʻoe ma waho, a me kou poʻe kaua a pau, nā lio, nā hoʻoholo lio, e ʻaʻahu ana i kēlā mea kēia mea, he lehulehu nui hoʻi me nā pale umauma, a me nā pale kaua, e lawelawe ana lākou a pau i ka pahi kaua: | I will turn you around, put hooks in your jaws and bring you out with your whole army--your horses, your horsemen fully armed, and a great horde with large and small shields, all of them brandishing their swords. |
| ʻEzek 38:8 | A hala nā lā he nui nō, e hoʻonoho ʻia ʻoe i luna: a i nā makahiki hope, e komo ʻoe i ka ʻāina i hoʻihoʻi ʻia mai mai ka pahi kaua mai, i hōʻuluʻulu ʻia mai waena mai o nā lāhui kanaka i kūʻē i nā mauna o ka ʻIseraʻela i neoneo mau; akā, ua lawe ʻia mai mai ko nā ʻāina mai, a e noho maluhia lākou a pau. | After many days you will be called to arms. In future years you will invade a land that has recovered from war, whose people were gathered from many nations to the mountains of Israel, which had long been desolate. They had been brought out from the nations, and now all of them live in safety. |
| ʻEzek 38:16 | A e piʻi kūʻē mai ʻoe i kuʻu poʻe kānaka ʻIseraʻela, e like me ke ao e uhi mai ka ʻāina; a e hiki nō ia i nā lā ma hope, a e lawe mai au iā ʻoe e kūʻē i kuʻu ʻāina, i ʻike mai nā lāhui kanaka iaʻu i koʻu wā e hoʻāno ʻia ai ma ou lā, e Goga, i mua o ko lākou mau maka. | You will advance against my people Israel like a cloud that covers the land. In days to come, O Gog, I will bring you against my land, so that the nations may know me when I show myself holy through you before their eyes. |
| ʻEzek 39:2 | E hoʻihoʻi au iā ʻoe i hope, a e alakaʻi aku au iā ʻoe, a e hoʻohele mai au iā ʻoe mai nā wahi kūkulu ʻākau mai, a e lawe mai au iā ʻoe ma luna o nā mauna o ka ʻIseraʻela. | I will turn you around and drag you along. I will bring you from the far north and send you against the mountains of Israel. |
| ʻEzek 39:14 | A e hoʻokaʻawale aʻe lākou i mau kānaka e mau i ka hele ʻana ma waena o ka ʻāina, e kanu me nā mea hele i ka poʻe e koe ana ma luna o ka honua, e hoʻomaʻemaʻe aʻe iā ia; a ma hope o nā malama ʻehiku e huli lākou. | " 'Men will be regularly employed to cleanse the land. Some will go throughout the land and, in addition to them, others will bury those that remain on the ground. At the end of the seven months they will begin their search. |
| ʻEzek 39:26 | Ma hope o ko lākou halihali ʻana i ko lākou hōʻino ʻia, a me ko lākou mau lawehala ʻana a pau i hana hewa mai ai lākou iaʻu i ko lākou wā i noho maluhia ai i ko lākou ʻāina, ʻaʻohe mea o lākou i hoʻoweliweli ʻia. | They will forget their shame and all the unfaithfulness they showed toward me when they lived in safety in their land with no one to make them afraid. |
| ʻEzek 40:1 | I ka iwakāluakumamālima o ka makahiki o ko kākou pio ʻana, i ka hoʻomaka ʻana o ka makahiki, i ka lā ʻumi o ka malama, i ka ʻumikumamāhā o ka makahiki ma hope mai o ka pepehi ʻia o ke kūlanakauhale, ia lā nō, kau mai ka lima o Iēhova ma luna oʻu, a lawe mai iaʻu i laila. | In the twenty-fifth year of our exile, at the beginning of the year, on the tenth of the month, in the fourteenth year after the fall of the city--on that very day the hand of the LORD was upon me and he took me there. |
| ʻEzek 40:24 | Ma ia hope mai, lawe mai ʻo ia iaʻu ma ka ʻaoʻao kūkulu hema, aia hoʻi he ʻīpuka ma ka ʻaoʻao kūkulu hema: a ana aʻela ʻo ia i kona mau kia, a me kona mau hoaka, e like me kēlā mau ana ʻana. | Then he led me to the south side and I saw a gate facing south. He measured its jambs and its portico, and they had the same measurements as the others. |
| ʻEzek 41:1 | Ma hope iho, lawe maila ʻo ia iaʻu i ka luakini, a ana aʻela hoʻi ʻo ia i nā kia ʻeono kūbita ka laulā ma kēlā ʻaoʻao, a ʻeono kūbita ka laulā ma kēia ʻaoʻao, ma ka laulā o ka halelewa. | Then the man brought me to the outer sanctuary and measured the jambs; the width of the jambs was six cubits on each side. |
| ʻEzek 43:1 | Ma hope iho, lawe mai ʻo ia iaʻu i ka ʻīpuka, i ka ʻīpuka e nānā ana i ka hikina: | Then the man brought me to the gate facing east, |
| ʻEzek 44:26 | A ma hope o kona hoʻomaʻemaʻe ʻia, e helu lākou i nā lā ʻehiku nona. | After he is cleansed, he must wait seven days. |
| ʻEzek 46:12 | A i ka wā e hoʻomākaukau ka mōʻī i ka mōhai kuni na kona makemake iho, a he mau mōhai hoʻomalu paha na kona makemake iho no Iēhova, e wehe ʻia nona ka puka e nānā ana i ka hikina, a e hoʻomākaukau ʻo ia i kāna mōhai kuni a me kāna mau mōhai hoʻomalu, me ia i hana ai i ka lā Sābati: a laila e puka aku nō ia; a ma hope o kona puka ʻana e pani ʻia ka puka. | When the prince provides a freewill offering to the LORD--whether a burnt offering or fellowship offerings--the gate facing east is to be opened for him. He shall offer his burnt offering or his fellowship offerings as he does on the Sabbath day. Then he shall go out, and after he has gone out, the gate will be shut. |
| ʻEzek 46:17 | Akā, inā e hāʻawi ʻo ia i ka haʻawina o kona hoʻoilina i kekahi o kāna mau kauā, e lilo ia nona a hiki i ka makahiki o ka hoʻokuʻu wale; a ma hope iho e hoʻi nō ia i ka mōʻī; akā, e lilo kona hoʻoilina i kāna mau keiki no lākou. | If, however, he makes a gift from his inheritance to one of his servants, the servant may keep it until the year of freedom; then it will revert to the prince. His inheritance belongs to his sons only; it is theirs. |
| ʻEzek 46:19 | A ma hope iho, lawe mai ʻo ia iaʻu, ma kahi e komo ai, e pili ana i ka ʻaoʻao o ka ʻīpuka, ma loko o nā keʻena hoʻāno no nā kāhuna, ka mea e nānā ana i ke kūkulu ʻākau: aia hoʻi, he wahi ma nā ʻaoʻao ʻelua ma ke komohana. | Then the man brought me through the entrance at the side of the gate to the sacred rooms facing north, which belonged to the priests, and showed me a place at the western end. |
| ʻEzek 47:1 | Ma hope iho, lawe hou aʻe ʻo ia iaʻu i ka puka o ka hale; aia hoʻi, puka maila nā wai mai loko mai o ka paepae o ka hale ma ka hikina; no ka mea, ma ka hikina ke alo o ka hale; a kahe mai ka wai mai lalo mai, mai ka ʻaoʻao ʻākau o ka hale, ma ke kūkulu hema o ke kuahu. | The man brought me back to the entrance of the temple, and I saw water coming out from under the threshold of the temple toward the east (for the temple faced east). The water was coming down from under the south side of the temple, south of the altar. |
| Dan 1:5 | A kauoha aʻela ke aliʻi i ʻai na lākou no kēlā lā kēia lā, ma ka ʻai a ke aliʻi, a me ka waina āna i inu ai; i kūpalu ʻia lākou i nā makahiki ʻekolu, a ma hope e kū aku lākou i mua o ke aliʻi. | The king assigned them a daily amount of food and wine from the king's table. They were to be trained for three years, and after that they were to enter the king's service. |
| Dan 1:15 | A i ka hope o ua mau lā lā he ʻumi, ua ʻike ʻia ko lākou mau maka, ua maikaʻi, ua momona ka ʻiʻo ma mua o ko nā kamaliʻi a pau i ʻai i ka ʻai a ke aliʻi. | At the end of the ten days they looked healthier and better nourished than any of the young men who ate the royal food. |
| Dan 2:28 | Akā, aia ma ka lani ke Akua, ka mea e hōʻike mai i nā mea i ʻike ʻole ʻia; ʻo ia ka mea e hōʻike mai i ke aliʻi, iā Nebukaneza i nā mea e hiki mai ana i nā lā ma hope. ʻO kāu moeʻuhane, a me ka liʻa o kou poʻo ma kou wahi moe, penei nō ia; | but there is a God in heaven who reveals mysteries. He has shown King Nebuchadnezzar what will happen in days to come. Your dream and the visions that passed through your mind as you lay on your bed are these: |
| Dan 2:29 | A ʻo ʻoe, e ke aliʻi, ua kupu kou manaʻo ma kou wahi moe, no nā mea e hiki mai ana ma hope: a ʻo ka mea hōʻike i nā mea i ʻikea ʻole, nāna nō e hoʻākāka mai iā ʻoe i nā mea e hiki mai ana: | "As you were lying there, O king, your mind turned to things to come, and the revealer of mysteries showed you what is going to happen. |
| Dan 2:39 | A ma hope o kou e hoʻokū ʻia ana he aupuni ʻē, ua emi mai ia ma hope o kou; a ʻo ke kolu o ke aupuni [e hoʻokū ʻia mai] he keleawe ia; ʻo ia ka mea e aliʻi ana ma luna o ka honua a pau. | "After you, another kingdom will rise, inferior to yours. Next, a third kingdom, one of bronze, will rule over the whole earth. |
| Dan 2:45 | A i kou ʻike ʻana i ua pōhaku lā i kālai lima ʻole ʻia ai mai loko mai o ka mauna, i weluwelu liʻiliʻi ai ka hao, a me ke keleawe, a me ka pālolo, a me ke kālā, a me ke gula; ʻo ia ko ke Akua kiʻekiʻe hōʻike ʻana mai i ke aliʻi i nā mea e hiki mai ana ma hope; ua ʻoiaʻiʻo ka moe, a ʻo kona hōʻike ua paʻa loa ia. | This is the meaning of the vision of the rock cut out of a mountain, but not by human hands--a rock that broke the iron, the bronze, the clay, the silver and the gold to pieces. "The great God has shown the king what will take place in the future. The dream is true and the interpretation is trustworthy." |
| Dan 4:8 | Ma hope iho, hele mai i mua oʻu ʻo Daniʻela, ka mea i kapa ʻia ʻo Beletesaza ma muli o ka inoa o koʻu akua, no ka mea, aia i loko ona ka ʻuhane o nā akua hemolele; a haʻi aku au iā ia i kaʻu moe; | Finally, Daniel came into my presence and I told him the dream. (He is called Belteshazzar, after the name of my god, and the spirit of the holy gods is in him.) |
| Dan 7:6 | A ma hope iho o kēia, ʻike akula au, aia hoʻi kekahi, ua like me ka leopadi, a ma luna o kona kua ʻehā mau ʻēheu manu; ʻehā nō hoʻi poʻo o ua holoholona lā; a ua hāʻawi ʻia mai iā ia ke aliʻi ʻana. | "After that, I looked, and there before me was another beast, one that looked like a leopard. And on its back it had four wings like those of a bird. This beast had four heads, and it was given authority to rule. |
| Dan 7:7 | A ma hope iho o kēia, ʻike hou akula au ma ka hihiʻo ʻana i ka pō, aia hoʻi kekahi holoholona ʻē, ʻo ka hā ia, he mea weliweli loa ia, he mea makaʻu nui, he nui hoʻi kona ikaika; he mau niho hao nui kona, ua ʻai wale aku ia, a okaoka liʻiliʻi, a hehi ihola ia i ke koena ma lalo o kona mau wāwae; ʻaʻole ia i like iki me nā holoholona ma mua. He ʻumi hoʻi nā pepeiaohao ona. | "After that, in my vision at night I looked, and there before me was a fourth beast--terrifying and frightening and very powerful. It had large iron teeth; it crushed and devoured its victims and trampled underfoot whatever was left. It was different from all the former beasts, and it had ten horns. |
| Dan 7:24 | A ʻo nā pepeiaohao he ʻumi no loko mai nō o kēia aupuni, he mau aliʻi ia he ʻumi e kū mai ana; a ʻo kekahi mea e kū mai ana nō ma hope o lākou; ʻaʻole like ia me ka mea mua, a e luku hoʻi ia i nā aliʻi ʻekolu. | The ten horns are ten kings who will come from this kingdom. After them another king will arise, different from the earlier ones; he will subdue three kings. |
| Dan 7:28 | Eia ka hope o kēia mea; ʻO wau, ʻo Daniʻela, ua kaumaha au i kuʻu manaʻo iho, ua ʻano ʻē koʻu maka; akā, ua hūnā au i kēia mea i loko o koʻu naʻau iho. | "This is the end of the matter. I, Daniel, was deeply troubled by my thoughts, and my face turned pale, but I kept the matter to myself." |
| Dan 8:1 | I ka makahiki ʻekolu o ke au iā Belehazara ke aliʻi, ua hōʻike ʻia mai iaʻu iā Daniʻela nei, ka hihiʻo ma hope iho o ka mea i hōʻike ʻia mai iaʻu ma mua. | In the third year of King Belshazzar's reign, I, Daniel, had a vision, after the one that had already appeared to me. |
| Dan 8:3 | A laila, leha aʻela koʻu mau maka, a ʻike akula au, aia hoʻi, he hipa kāne e kū ana ma kapa o ka muliwai nona nā pepeiaohao ʻelua; ua kiʻekiʻe kona mau pepeiaohao; ua ʻoi aku naʻe ke kiʻekiʻe o kekahi i ko kekahi, a ʻo ka mea kiʻekiʻe ʻo ia ka mea i ulu hope aʻe. | I looked up, and there before me was a ram with two horns, standing beside the canal, and the horns were long. One of the horns was longer than the other but grew up later. |
| Dan 8:17 | A laila, hoʻokokoke mai ʻo ia i kahi aʻu i kū ai, a i kona hiki ʻana mai, makaʻu ihola au, a hāʻule iho i lalo koʻu maka: akā, ʻī maila ʻo ia iaʻu, E ʻike pono ʻoe, e ke keiki a ke kanaka; no ka mea, no ka manawa ma hope kēia hihiʻo. | As he came near the place where I was standing, I was terrified and fell prostrate. "Son of man," he said to me, "understand that the vision concerns the time of the end." |
| Dan 8:19 | ʻĪ mai ʻo ia iaʻu, Aia hoʻi, e hoʻākāka au iā ʻoe i ka mea e hiki mai ana ma ka manawa hope o ka huhū ʻana; no ka mea, no ka wā ma hope kēia hihiʻo. | He said: "I am going to tell you what will happen later in the time of wrath, because the vision concerns the appointed time of the end. |
| Dan 8:23 | A i ka hope o ko lākou aupuni, i ka manawa i piha ai ko lākou hewa, e kū mai kekahi aliʻi, he maka hihiu kona, he mea ʻike i nā ʻōlelo pohihihi. | "In the latter part of their reign, when rebels have become completely wicked, a stern-faced king, a master of intrigue, will arise. |
| Dan 8:27 | ʻO wau, ʻo Daniʻela nei, ua maʻule ihola au, a ua maʻi hoʻi i kekahi mau lā. Ma hope iho, kū aʻela au i luna, a hana aʻela i ka hana a ke aliʻi; a kāhāhā nui ihola koʻu naʻau i ua hihiʻo lā, akā, ʻaʻohe mea nāna i ʻike. | I, Daniel, was exhausted and lay ill for several days. Then I got up and went about the king's business. I was appalled by the vision; it was beyond understanding. |
| Dan 9:26 | A ma hope iho o ua mau hebedoma lā he kanaono me kumamālua, e ʻoki ʻia ana ka Mesia, ʻaʻole naʻe nona iho; a ʻo nā kānaka o ke aliʻi ka poʻe e hele mai ana, e luku auaneʻi lākou i ke kūlanakauhale a me ka hale hoʻāno; a ʻo kona hopena me he kai hoʻēʻe lā, a i ka hope o ua kaua lā e hoʻopaʻa ʻia mai ka hoʻoneoneo ʻana. | After the sixty-two 'sevens,' the Anointed One will be cut off and will have nothing. The people of the ruler who will come will destroy the city and the sanctuary. The end will come like a flood: War will continue until the end, and desolations have been decreed. |
| Dan 10:14 | ʻĀnō, ua hele mai nei au e hoʻākāka i ʻike ʻoe i nā mea e hiki mai ana i kou poʻe kānaka i nā lā ma hope; no ka mea, ua nui nā lā i koe o ua hihiʻo lā. | Now I have come to explain to you what will happen to your people in the future, for the vision concerns a time yet to come." |
| Dan 11:6 | A ma ka hope o nā makahiki e kuʻikahi lākou iā lākou kekahi me kekahi; no ka mea, e hele mai ke kaikamahine a ke aliʻi o ke kūkulu hema i ke aliʻi o ke kūkulu ʻākau e hoʻokuʻikahi; akā, ʻaʻole e mau iā ia ka ikaika o ka lima; ʻaʻole ia e kūpaʻa, ʻaʻole kona lima; akā, e hāʻawi ʻia aku ʻo ia, a me ka poʻe nāna ia i lawe mai, a me ka mea nāna ia i hānau, a me ka mea i hoʻoikaika iā ia ia mau lā. | After some years, they will become allies. The daughter of the king of the South will go to the king of the North to make an alliance, but she will not retain her power, and he and his power will not last. In those days she will be handed over, together with her royal escort and her father and the one who supported her. |
| Dan 11:18 | Ma hope huli aʻela ʻo ia i kona maka i nā mokupuni, a e lawe pio aku i nā mea he lehulehu; akā, na kekahi luna koa e hoʻopio i kona inaina nona iho; a e hoʻihoʻi iā ia i kona inaina ma luna iho ona. | Then he will turn his attention to the coastlands and will take many of them, but a commander will put an end to his insolence and will turn his insolence back upon him. |
| Dan 11:23 | A ma hope o ke kuʻikahi ʻana me ia, e hana hoʻopunipuni ʻo ia; no ka mea, e piʻi ʻo ia i luna, a e lilo ia i mea ikaika me ka poʻe ʻuʻuku. | After coming to an agreement with him, he will act deceitfully, and with only a few people he will rise to power. |
| Dan 11:29 | I ka manawa i hoʻopaʻa ʻia ai e hoʻi hou mai nō ia, a hele nō hoʻi i ke kūkulu hema; akā, ʻaʻole e like me ko ka mua, ʻaʻole hoʻi me ko ka hope. | "At the appointed time he will invade the South again, but this time the outcome will be different from what it was before. |
| Dan 11:40 | A i ka wā ma hope e pahu aku nō ke aliʻi o ka hema iā ia; a e hele mai nō hoʻi ke aliʻi o ka ʻākau me he puahiohio lā, e kūʻē mai iā ia me nā kaʻa kaua, a me nā hoʻoholo lio, a me nā moku he nui loa; a e komo ia i loko o nā ʻāina, a e hālana e hele aku ma kēlā ʻaoʻao. | "At the time of the end the king of the South will engage him in battle, and the king of the North will storm out against him with chariots and cavalry and a great fleet of ships. He will invade many countries and sweep through them like a flood. |
| Dan 11:45 | A e kūkulu iho ʻo ia i ka halelewa o kona hale aliʻi i waena o nā kai a me ka mauna nani hoʻāno; akā, e hiki aku nō ʻo ia i kona hope, ʻaʻohe mea nāna ia e kōkua mai. | He will pitch his royal tents between the seas at the beautiful holy mountain. Yet he will come to his end, and no one will help him. |
| Dan 12:4 | Akā, e hoʻopaʻa ʻoe, e Daniʻela, i nā ʻōlelo, a e hoʻopili i ka buke a hiki i ka hope: he nui ka poʻe e holo i ʻō a i ʻō, a e māhuahua ana nō ka ʻike. | But you, Daniel, close up and seal the words of the scroll until the time of the end. Many will go here and there to increase knowledge." |
| Dan 12:13 | Akā, e hele ʻoe i kou wahi e hele ai a hiki aku i ka hope; no ka mea, e hoʻomaha ʻoe, a e kū aʻe ma kou kuleana ma ka hope o ua mau lā lā. | "As for you, go your way till the end. You will rest, and then at the end of the days you will rise to receive your allotted inheritance." |
| Hos 3:5 | Ma hope iho e huli mai nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, a ʻimi iā Iēhova ko lākou Akua, a me Dāvida ko lākou aliʻi; A e makaʻu lākou iā Iēhova, a me kona lokomaikaʻi i nā lā ma hope. | Afterward the Israelites will return and seek the LORD their God and David their king. They will come trembling to the LORD and to his blessings in the last days. |
| Hos 5:8 | E puhi ʻoukou i ka pū kani ma Gibea, I ka pū hoʻi ma Rama: E kāhea nui aku ma Betavena ma hope ou, e Beniamina. | "Sound the trumpet in Gibeah, the horn in Ramah. Raise the battle cry in Beth Aven; lead on, O Benjamin. |
| Hos 6:2 | Ma hope o nā lā ʻelua e hoʻōla mai ia iā kākou: I ke kolu o ka lā e hoʻokū mai ia iā kākou i luna, A e ola kākou i mua ona. | After two days he will revive us; on the third day he will restore us, that we may live in his presence. |
| Hos 6:3 | A laila e ʻike kākou, ke hahai kākou e ʻike iā Iēhova; Ua mākaukau kona hele ʻana aku, e like me ka wanaʻao: A e hele mai ia iā kākou e like me ka ua; E like me ke kuāua mua, a me ke kuāua hope ma luna o ka honua. | Let us acknowledge the LORD; let us press on to acknowledge him. As surely as the sun rises, he will appear; he will come to us like the winter rains, like the spring rains that water the earth." |
| Hos 7:4 | He poʻe moekolohe lākou a pau, e like me ka umu i hōʻenaʻena ʻia e ka mea pūlehu palaoa, Hoʻopaneʻe ʻo ia i ka pūlehu ʻana, ma hope o ke kāwili ʻana i ka palaoa a hiki i ka wā e hū ai. | They are all adulterers, burning like an oven whose fire the baker need not stir from the kneading of the dough till it rises. |
| Hos 11:7 | A ua manaʻo kuʻu poʻe kānaka e hoʻi i hope mai oʻu aku lā; A ua kāhea aku lākou iā lākou lā i ka Mea kiʻekiʻe, ʻAʻole kekahi i hoʻokiʻekiʻe aku iā ia. | My people are determined to turn from me. Even if they call to the Most High, he will by no means exalt them. |
| Ioʻela 1:3 | E haʻi aku ʻoukou i kēia i kā ʻoukou poʻe keiki, A ʻo kā ʻoukou mau keiki i kā lākou poʻe keiki, A ʻo kā lākou mau keiki i ka hanauna ma hope. | Tell it to your children, and let your children tell it to their children, and their children to the next generation. |
| Ioʻela 2:2 | He lā pouli, a me ka pōpilikia, He lā nāulu a me ka pouli nui, E like me ka hohola ʻana o ke kakahiaka ma luna o nā mauna; He lāhui kanaka nui, a me ka ikaika; ʻAʻole me kēia mai ka wā kahiko mai, ʻAʻole hoʻi e like hou me ia ma hope, I nā makahiki o nā hanauna he nui. | a day of darkness and gloom, a day of clouds and blackness. Like dawn spreading across the mountains a large and mighty army comes, such as never was of old nor ever will be in ages to come. |
| Ioʻela 2:3 | E ʻai ana ke ahi i mua ona, A ma hope ona, he lapalapa e hoʻopau ana. Me ka māla ʻo ʻEdena, pēlā ka ʻāina ma mua ona; A ma hope ona, me he wao akua lā; ʻAʻole hoʻi e pakele kekahi mea iā ia. | Before them fire devours, behind them a flame blazes. Before them the land is like the garden of Eden, behind them, a desert waste-- nothing escapes them. |
| Ioʻela 2:14 | Mālama paha e huli mai ia a e loli i ka manaʻo, A e waiho ma hope ona i ka hoʻomaikaʻi ʻana; I ka mōhai makana, a me ka mōhai inu no Iēhova ko ʻoukou Akua? | Who knows? He may turn and have pity and leave behind a blessing-- grain offerings and drink offerings for the LORD your God. |
| Ioʻela 2:23 | ʻO ʻoukou, e nā keiki o Ziona, e ʻoliʻoli, a e hauʻoli hoʻi i loko o Iēhova ko ʻoukou Akua; No ka mea, ua hāʻawi mai ia no ʻoukou i ke kuāua mua ma ka pono, A e hoʻoua mai no ʻoukou i ka ua, I ke kuāua mua, a i ke kuāua hope, e like me ma mua. | Be glad, O people of Zion, rejoice in the LORD your God, for he has given you the autumn rains in righteousness. He sends you abundant showers, both autumn and spring rains, as before. |
| Ioʻela 2:28 | A i ka wā ma hope, e ninini aku au i kuʻu ʻUhane ma luna o nā kānaka a pau; A e wānana nā keiki kāne a ʻoukou, a me nā kaikamāhine a ʻoukou, A e moe ko ʻoukou poʻe ʻelemākule i nā moeʻuhane, E ʻike ko ʻoukou poʻe kānaka ʻōpio i nā hihiʻo: | "And afterward, I will pour out my Spirit on all people. Your sons and daughters will prophesy, your old men will dream dreams, your young men will see visions. |
| ʻAm 4:2 | Ua hoʻohiki ʻo Iēhova ka Haku, ma kona hemolele, Aia hoʻi, e hiki mai ana nā lā ma luna o ʻoukou, E lawe aku ai ʻo ia iā ʻoukou me nā kīlou, A i ka poʻe ma hope o ʻoukou i nā makau lawaiʻa. | The Sovereign LORD has sworn by his holiness: "The time will surely come when you will be taken away with hooks, the last of you with fishhooks. |
| ʻAm 7:1 | Pēnēia i hōʻike mai ai ʻo Iēhova ka Haku iaʻu: Aia hoʻi, hana ihola ia i nā ʻūhini i ka ulu mua ʻana o ka weuweu hope; aia hoʻi, ʻo ka weuweu lua ia ma hope o kā ke aliʻi ʻoki ʻana. | This is what the Sovereign LORD showed me: He was preparing swarms of locusts after the king's share had been harvested and just as the second crop was coming up. |
| ʻAm 8:2 | A ʻī maila ia, He aha kāu e ʻike nei, e ʻAmosa? ʻĪ akula au, He hīnaʻi hua oʻo. A laila, ʻī maila ʻo Iēhova iaʻu, Ua hiki mai ka hope ma luna o kuʻu poʻe kānaka o ka ʻIseraʻela; ʻAʻole au e hele hou aʻe mai o lākou aku. | "What do you see, Amos?" he asked. "A basket of ripe fruit," I answered. Then the LORD said to me, "The time is ripe for my people Israel; I will spare them no longer. |
| ʻAm 8:10 | A e hoʻolilo au i kā ʻoukou mau ʻahaʻaina i auē ʻana, A i ko ʻoukou mau mele i kanikau ʻana; A e lawe mai au i ke kapa ʻino ma luna o nā pūhaka a pau, A me ka ʻōhule ma luna o nā poʻo a pau; A e hoʻohālike au ia mea me ka auē ʻana no ke keiki kama kahi, A i ka hope o ia mea e like me ka lā ʻawaʻawa. | I will turn your religious feasts into mourning and all your singing into weeping. I will make all of you wear sackcloth and shave your heads. I will make that time like mourning for an only son and the end of it like a bitter day. |
| ʻAm 9:10 | E make ka poʻe hewa a pau o kuʻu poʻe kānaka i ka pahi kaua, Ka poʻe e ʻōlelo ana, ʻAʻole e hiki mai ka hewa ma hope, ʻaʻole hoʻi ma mua o kākou. | All the sinners among my people will die by the sword, all those who say, 'Disaster will not overtake or meet us.' |
| Ion 1:5 | A laila, makaʻu ihola nā hoʻoholo moku, a kāhea aku kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka i kona akua, a hoʻolei i ka waiwai ma ka moku i loko o ke kai, e hoʻomana i ka moku no ia mau mea. A ua iho ʻo Iona i lalo i ka ʻaoʻao hope o ka moku, a moe iho, a ua paʻuhia i ka hiamoe. | All the sailors were afraid and each cried out to his own god. And they threw the cargo into the sea to lighten the ship. But Jonah had gone below deck, where he lay down and fell into a deep sleep. |
| Mika 4:1 | A i nā lā ma hope e hoʻokūpaʻa ʻia ka mauna o ka hale o Iēhova, ma luna o nā mauna, A e hoʻokiʻekiʻe ʻia ʻo ia ma luna o nā puʻu; a e holo nā kānaka i ona lā. | In the last days the mountain of the LORD's temple will be established as chief among the mountains; it will be raised above the hills, and peoples will stream to it. |
| Nahuma 2:8 | A ua like ʻo Nineva me he kiʻo wai lā, mai ka manawa ma mua mai; Akā, e holo aku nō lākou. E kū ʻoukou, e kū! ʻAʻohe mea e nānā i hope. | Nineveh is like a pool, and its water is draining away. "Stop! Stop!" they cry, but no one turns back. |
| Nahuma 2:9 | E lawe aku ʻoukou i ke kālā, e lawe aku i ke gula: ʻAʻole he hope no ka waiwai, no ka nani, a me kona mau mea maikaʻi a pau. | Plunder the silver! Plunder the gold! The supply is endless, the wealth from all its treasures! |
| Nahuma 3:3 | Kaʻikaʻi aʻe ka hoʻoholo lio i ka pahi kaua wakawaka a me ka ihe huali; A he nui ka poʻe i pepehi ʻia, a he nui nā kupapaʻu; ʻAʻohe hope o nā heana, A hina lākou ma luna o ko lākou mau heana. | Charging cavalry, flashing swords and glittering spears! Many casualties, piles of dead, bodies without number, people stumbling over the corpses-- |
| Hab 2:3 | No ka mea, ʻo ka mea i ʻikea no ka manawa maopopo ia; A ke lalelale nei i ka hope, ʻaʻole ia e hoʻopunipuni; Inā e hoʻokaʻulua ʻia ʻo ia, e kali ʻoe iā ia, No ka mea, e hiki ʻiʻo mai nō ia, ʻaʻohe ia e hoʻokaʻulua. | For the revelation awaits an appointed time; it speaks of the end and will not prove false. Though it linger, wait for it; it will certainly come and will not delay. |
| Zep 1:6 | A me ka poʻe i hoʻi i hope mai o Iēhova aku; A me ka poʻe ʻaʻole i ʻimi iā Iēhova, ʻaʻole hoʻi i nīnau aku nona. | those who turn back from following the LORD and neither seek the LORD nor inquire of him. |
| Hagai 2:9 | E ʻoi auaneʻi ka nani o kēia hale hope i mua o ko ka mua, wahi a Iēhova o nā kaua; a ma kēia wahi hoʻi e hāʻawi aku nō wau i ka maluhia, wahi a Iēhova o nā kaua. | 'The glory of this present house will be greater than the glory of the former house,' says the LORD Almighty. 'And in this place I will grant peace,' declares the LORD Almighty." |
| Zek 1:8 | Ua ʻike au i ka pō, aia hoʻi, he kanaka e noho ana ma luna o ka lio ʻulaʻula, e kū ana i waena o nā lāʻau mureto ma kahi malumalu, a ma hope ona nā lio ʻulaʻula, kikokiko a keʻokeʻo. | During the night I had a vision--and there before me was a man riding a red horse! He was standing among the myrtle trees in a ravine. Behind him were red, brown and white horses. |
| Zek 1:17 | E kāhea aku hoʻi, i ka ʻī ʻana, Penei kā Iēhova o nā kaua i ʻōlelo ai; Ma ia hope e hoʻopiha lā ʻia koʻu mau kūlanakauhale i ka lokomaikaʻi; a ma ia hope hoʻi e hōʻoluʻolu ʻo Iēhova iā Ziona, a e wae hoʻi iā Ierusalema. | "Proclaim further: This is what the LORD Almighty says: 'My towns will again overflow with prosperity, and the LORD will again comfort Zion and choose Jerusalem.' " |
| Zek 2:8 | No ka mea, penei ka ʻōlelo ʻana mai a Iēhova o nā kaua, Ma hope o ka nani, ua hoʻouna mai ʻo ia iaʻu i nā lāhui kanaka, i ka poʻe nāna ʻoukou i hao mai; no ka mea, ʻo ka mea hoʻopā aku iā ʻoukou, hoʻopā nō ia i ka ʻōnohi o kona maka. | For this is what the LORD Almighty says: "After he has honored me and has sent me against the nations that have plundered you--for whoever touches you touches the apple of his eye-- |
| Zek 7:14 | Akā, hoʻopuehu akula au iā lākou i waena o nā lāhui kanaka a pau a lākou i ʻike ʻole ai; a ua neoneo ka ʻāina ma hope o lākou, i hiki ʻole ai i kekahi e hele i laila, ʻaʻole hoʻi e hoʻi aʻe: no ka mea, ua hoʻoneoneo ʻia ka ʻāina maikaʻi. | 'I scattered them with a whirlwind among all the nations, where they were strangers. The land was left so desolate behind them that no one could come or go. This is how they made the pleasant land desolate.' " |
| Zek 8:4 | Ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻo Iēhova o nā kaua, Ma ia hope e noho nā ʻelemākule a me nā luāhine ma nā kuamoʻo o Ierusalema, A e lawe kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka i kona koʻokoʻo ma kona lima no ka nui o nā lā; | This is what the LORD Almighty says: "Once again men and women of ripe old age will sit in the streets of Jerusalem, each with cane in hand because of his age. |
| Zek 8:20 | Penei ka ʻōlelo ʻana a Iēhova o nā kaua, Ma ia hope aku nō, E hele mai ai nā kānaka, A me nā kamaʻāina o nā kūlanakauhale he nui; | This is what the LORD Almighty says: "Many peoples and the inhabitants of many cities will yet come, |
| Zek 10:1 | E noi aku ʻoukou iā Iēhova i ka ua i ka manawa ua hope; E hana mai ʻo Iēhova i ka uila, A e hāʻawi mai iā lākou i ka ua nui, I kēlā kanaka i kēia kanaka i ka lāʻau iki ʻai o ke kula. | Ask the LORD for rain in the springtime; it is the LORD who makes the storm clouds. He gives showers of rain to men, and plants of the field to everyone. |